Ep2030 SM Minolta

FrameMaker Ver.5.
5(PC) EP1054/EP1085/EP2030 GENERAL

98.04.24
EP1054/EP1085/EP2030
GENERAL
FrameMaker Ver.5.5(PC) EP1054/EP1085/EP2030 GENERAL
98.04.24
COTNENTS
1. SPECIFICATIONS ........................................................................................... G-1
1-1. Specifications of EP2030 ......................................................................... G-1
2. PRECAUTIONS FOR INSTALLATION ............................................................ G-10
3. PRECAUTIONS FOR USE .............................................................................. G-11
4. HANDLING OF THE CONSUMABLES ........................................................... G-12
5. SYSTEM OPTIONS ......................................................................................... G-13
5-1. System Options of EP2030 ...................................................................... G-13
i
98.04.24
1174SBG0100A
1 SPECIFICATIONS
1174SBG0101A
1-1. Specifications of EP2030
TYPE : Desktop
PHOTOCONDUCTOR : Organic Photoconductor
COPYING SYSTEM : Electrostatic Indirect Image Transfer to Plain Paper
PAPER FEEDING : 3-Way Feeding 1st Drawer: Universal Tray
SYSTEM (250 sheets of paper)
2nd Drawer: Fixed Paper Size Tray
(250 sheets of paper)
Multi Bypass Table
EXPOSURE SYSTEM : Mirror Scanning, Slit Exposure
DEVELOPING SYSTEM : Minolta New Micro-Toning System
CHARGING SYSTEM : Comb Electrode DC Negative Corona with Scorotron Sys-
tem
IMAGE TRANSFER : Visible Image Transfer by means of a Single-Wire DC
SYSTEM Negative Corona with Corotron System
PAPER SEPARATING : AC Corona with Corotron System, plus
SYSTEM Paper Separator Finger
FUSING SYSTEM : Heat Roller
PAPER DISCHARGING : Charge Neutralizing Brush
SYSTEM
MAXIMUM ORIGINAL : Metric-A3L; Inch-11” × 17”L (L: Lengthwise)
SIZE
COPY MEDIUM
1st Drawer 2nd Drawer
(Automatic (Automatic Multi Bypass Table
feeding) feeding)
Plain paper
❍ ❍ ❍
(60 to 90 g/m²)
Translucent paper – – ❍
Medium
Transparencies – – ❍
Thick paper
– – ❍
(91 to 157 g/m²)
Recycled paper ❍ ❍ ❍
Dimensions
Maximum
297 × 432 mm 297 × 432 mm 297 × 432 mm
(Width × Length)
Minimum
140 × 182 mm 140 × 182 mm 100 × 140 mm
(Width × Length)
❍: Permissible –: Not permissible
G-1
FrameMaker Ver.5.5(PC) EP1054/EP1085/EP2030 GENERAL, MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL
98.04.24
MULTIPLE COPIES : 1 to 99
WARMING-UP TIME : 30 sec. or less with room temperature of 23°C and rated
power voltage
FIRST COPY TIME : A4C or 8-1/2” × 11”C: 7.2 sec. or less
(in Full size Mode using 1st Drawer)
CONTINUOUS COPY SPEED (copies/min.): Fed from 1st Drawer

Zoom Ratio Zoom Ratio
Area ×1.00 Area ×1.00
Size Size
A3L 13 11” × 17” (L) 13
A4L 17 8-1/2” × 11” (L) 17
Metric Inch
A4C 23 8-1/2” × 11” (C) 23
B4L 13 5-1/2” × 8-1/2” (L) 21
L: Lengthwise; C: Crosswise
ZOOM RATIOS
Area
Metric Inch
Mode
Full Size × 1.000 × 1.000
× 0.816 × 0.785
Fixed Reduction × 0.707 × 0.647
× 0.500 × 0.500
× 1.154 × 1.214
Enlargement × 1.414 × 1.294
× 2.000 × 2.000
Variable ×0.500 to ×2.000 (in 0.001 increments)
LENS : Through Lens (F = 8.0, f = 180 mm)

EXPOSURE LAMP : Halogen Frost Tube Lamp
FUSING : 195°C
TEMPERATURE
G-2
98.04.24
POWER/CURRENT CONSUMPTION (Copier Only)

Fusing
Exposure
Heater Max. Power
Voltage Lamp In Standby
Lamp Consumption
(Rating)
(Rating)
80V 115–120V
115V 1180W 935W
225W 900W
80V 115–120V
120V 1220W 965W
225W 900W
80V 115–120V
120–127V 1220–1290W 965–1070W
225W 900W
160V 220–240V
220–240V 1195–1270W 930–1060W
240W 900W
POWER : 115 V, 120 V, 120–127 V, 220–240 V; 50/60 Hz

REQUIREMENTS
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Temperature 10 to 30°C with a fluctuation of 10°C or less per hour
Humidity 15 to 85% RH with a fluctuation of 10% RH or less per hour
Ambient Illumination 3,000 lux or less
Levelness 1° (1.75 mm/100 mm)
DIMENSIONS : Width .... 650 mm (25-1/2”)

(Copier Only) Depth .... 658 mm (26”)
Height ... 481 mm (19”)(including Original Cover)
WEIGHT : 57 kg (125-3/4 lbs)
G-3
98.04.24
1174SBG0102A
TYPE : Desktop (with Stationary Platen)

PAPER FEEDING : 2-Way Feeding Paper Drawer: Universal Tray
Manual Bypass Table
tem
IMAGE TRANSFER : Visible Image Transfer by means of a Single-Wire DC Neg-
SYSTEM ative Corona with Corotron System
PAPER SEPARATING : AC Corona with Corotron System, plus Paper Separator
SYSTEM Finger
SYSTEM
SIZE
COPY MEDIUM
Paper Drawer Manual Bypass
(Automatic feeding) (Single-sheet feeding)
Plain paper
❍ ❍
(60 to 90 g/m²)
Translucent paper – ❍
Medium
Transparencies – ❍
Thick paper
– ❍
(91 to 157 g/m²)
Recycled paper ❍ ❍
Dimensions
Maximum
297 × 432 mm 297 × 432 mm
(Width × Length)
Minimum
140 × 182 mm 100 × 140 mm
(Width × Length)
G-4
98.04.24
power voltage
FIRST COPY TIME : A4C or 8-1/2” ×11”C: 7.2 sec. or less

Area ×1.00 Area ×1.00
Size Size
A3L 12 11” × 17” (L) 11
A4L 16 8-1/2” × 11” (L) 16
Metric Inch
A4C 18 8-1/2” × 11” (C) 18
B4L 13 5-1/2” × 8-1/2” (L) 18
ZOOM RATIOS
Area
Metric Inch
Mode
Full Size 100% 100%
81% 78%
Fixed Reduction 70% 64%
50% 50%
115% 121%
Enlargement 141% 129%
200% 200%
Variable 50% to 200% (in 1% increments)

FUSING : 195°C
TEMPERATURE
G-5
98.04.24

Fusing
Exposure
Heater Max. Power
Lamp Consumption
(Rating)
(Rating)
80V 115–120V
115V 1180W 935W
225W 900W
80V 115–120V
120V 1220W 965W
225W 900W
80V 115–120V
120–127V 1220–1290W 965–1070W
225W 900W
160V 220–240V
220–240V 1195–1270W 930–1060W
240W 900W
POWER : 115 V, 120 V, 120–127 V, 220–240 V; 50/60 Hz

REQUIREMENTS
DIMENSIONS : Width .... 610 mm (24”)

Height ... 401 mm (15-3/4”) (including Original Cover)
WEIGHT : 50 kg (110-1/4 lbs)
G-6
98.04.24
1174SBG0103A

✽ Except the U.S.A., Canada
TYPE : Desktop (with Stationary Platen)

PAPER FEEDING : 2-Way Feeding Paper Drawer: Universal Tray
Manual Bypass Table
tem
IMAGE TRANSFER : Visible Image Transfer by means of a Single-Wire DC Neg-
SYSTEM ative Corona with Corotron System
PAPER SEPARATING : AC Corona with Corotron System, plus Paper Separator
SYSTEM Finger
SYSTEM
SIZE
COPY MEDIUM
Paper Drawer Manual Bypass
(Automatic feeding) (Single-sheet feeding)
Plain paper
❍ ❍
(60 to 90 g/m²)
Translucent paper – ❍
Medium
Transparencies – ❍
Thick paper
– ❍
(91 to 157 g/m²)
Recycled paper ❍ ❍
Dimensions
Maximum
297 × 432 mm 297 × 432 mm
(Width × Length)
Minimum
140 × 182 mm 100 × 140 mm
(Width × Length)
G-7
98.04.24
power voltage
FIRST COPY TIME : A4C or 8-1/2” ×11”C: 7.2 sec. or less
Area ×1.00 Area ×1.00
Size Size
A3L 12 11” × 17” (L) 11
A4L 15 8-1/2” × 11” (L) 15
Metric Inch
A4C 15 8-1/2” × 11” (C) 15
B4L 13 5-1/2” × 8-1/2” (L) 15
ZOOM RATIOS
Area
Metric Inch
Mode
Full Size 100% 100%
81% 78%
Fixed Reduction 70% 64%
50% 50%
115% 121%
Enlargement 141% 129%
200% 200%
Variable 50% to 200% (in 1% increments)

FUSING : 195°C
TEMPERATURE
G-8
98.04.24

Fusing
Exposure
Heater Max. Power
Lamp Consumption
(Rating)
(Rating)
80V 115–120V
115V 1180W 935W
225W 900W
80V 115–120V
120V 1220W 965W
225W 900W
80V 115–120V
120–127V 1220–1290W 965–1070W
225W 900W
160V 220–240V
220–240V 1195–1270W 930–1060W
240W 900W
POWER : 115 V, 120 V, 120–127 V, 220–240 V; 50/60 Hz

REQUIREMENTS
DIMENSIONS : Width .... 610 mm (24”)

Height ... 401 mm (15-3/4”)(including Original Cover)
WEIGHT : 50 kg (110-1/4 lbs)
G-9
98.04.24
1174SBG0200A
2 PRECAUTIONS FOR INSTALLATION

Installation Site
To ensure safety and utmost performance of the copier, the copier should NOT be used in a
place:
• Where it will be subject to extremely high or low temperature or humidity.
• Which is exposed to direct sunlight.
• Which is in the direct air stream of an air conditioner, heater or ventilator.
• Which puts the operator in the direct stream of exhaust from the copier.
• Which has poor ventilation.
• Where ammonia gas might be generated.
• Which does not have a stable, level floor.
• Where it will be subject to sudden fluctuations in either temperature or humidity. If a cold
room is quickly heated, condensation forms inside the copier, resulting in blank spots in
the copy.
• Which is near any kind of heating device.
• Where it may be splashed with water.
• Which is dirty or where it will receive undue vibration.
• Which is near volatile flammables or curtains.
Power Source
Use an outlet with a capacity of 115V, 1.18KW or more, or 120V, 1.22KW or more, or 120-
127V, 1.29KW or more, or 220–240V, 1.27KW or more.
• If any other electrical equipment is sourced from the same power outlet, make sure that
the capacity of the outlet is not exceeded.
• Use a power source with little voltage fluctuation.
• Never connect by means of a multiple socket any other appliances or machines to the
outlet being used for the copier.
• Make the following checks at frequent intervals:
✽ Is the power plug abnormally hot?
✽ Are there any cracks or scrapes in the cord?
✽ Has the power plug been inserted fully into the outlet?
✽ Does something, including the copier itself, ride on the power cord?
• Ensure that the copier does not ride on the power cord or communications cable of other
electrical equipment, and that it does not become wedged into or underneath the mecha-
nism.
Grounding
To prevent receiving electrical shocks in the case of electrical leakage, always ground the
copier.
• Connect the grounding wire to:
✽ The ground terminal of the outlet.
✽ A grounding contact which complies with the local electrical standards.
• Never connect the grounding wire to a gas pipe, the grounding wire for a telephone, or a
water pipe.
G-10
98.04.24
1174SBG0300A
3 PRECAUTIONS FOR USE

To ensure that the copier is used in an optimum condition, observe the following precau-
tions.
• Never place a heavy object on the copier or subject the copier to shocks.
• Insert the power plug all the way into the outlet.
• Do not attempt to remove any panel or cover which is secured while the copier is making
copies.
• Do not turn OFF the Power Switch while the copier is making copies.
• Provide good ventilation when making a large number of copies continuously.
• Never use flammable sprays near the copier.
• If the copier becomes inordinately hot or produces abnormal noise, turn it OFF and
unplug it.
• Do not turn ON the Power Switch at the same time when you plug the power cord into the
outlet.
• When unplugging the power cord, do not pull on the cord; hold the plug and pull it out.
• Do not bring any magnetized object near the copier.
• Do not place a vase or vessel containing water on the copier.
• Be sure to turn OFF the Power Switch at the end of the workday or upon power failure.
• Use care not to drop paper clips, staples, or other small pieces of metal into the copier.
Operating Environment
The operating environmental requirements of the copier are as follows.
✽ Temperature: 10°C to 30°C with a fluctuation of 10°C per hour
✽ Humidity: 15% to 85% RH with a fluctuation of 10% RH per hour
Power Requirements
The power source voltage requirements are as follows.
✽ Voltage Fluctuation: AC115/120/127/220/240V
±10% (Copying performance assured)
+6%, –10% (Only AC127V)
–15% (Paper feeding performance assured)
✽ Frequency Fluctuation: 50/60 Hz ±0.3%
G-11
98.04.24
1174SBG0400A
4 HANDLING OF THE CONSUMABLES

Before using any consumables, always read the label on its container carefully.
• Use the right toner. The applicable copier model name is indicated on the Toner Bottle.
• Paper is apt to be easily damaged by dampness. To prevent absorption of moisture, store
paper, which has been removed from its wrapper but not loaded into the Drawer, in a
sealed plastic bag in a cool, dark place.
• Keep consumables out of the reach of children.
• Do not touch the PC Drum with bare hands.
• Store the paper, toner, and other consumables in a place free from direct sunlight and
away from any heating apparatus.
• The same sized paper is of two kinds, short grain and long grain. Short grain paper
should only be fed through the copier crosswise, long grain paper should only be fed
lengthwise.
• If your hands become soiled with toner, wash them with soap and water immediately.
• Do not throw away any used consumables (PC Drum, starter, toner, etc.). They are to be
collected.
NOTE
Do not burn, bury in the ground, or throw into the water any consumables
(PC Drum, starter, toner, etc.).
G-12
98.04.24
1174SBG0500A
5 SYSTEM OPTIONS
1174SBG0501A
5-1. System Options of EP2030
1, 2
1151O007AA
1138O525AA
7, 8
1139O0020A
1174G001AA
1174G002AA
6
5 3 4
1174G003AA 1174G004AA 1174G006AA
1. Automatic Document Feeder AF-5 6. Duplex Unit AD-11

2. Duplexing Document Feeder AFR-12 7. 10-Bin Sorter S-106
3. Paper Feed Cabinet PF-112 8. Staple Sorter ST-104
4. Duplex Cabinet PF-6D 9. Data Controller D-102
5. Paper Feed Cabinet PF-206
G-13
98.04.24
1174SBG0502A
4
1139O0010A
1138O525AA
1139O0170A
3
1139O0020A 1174G005AA
1. Automatic Document Feeder AF-5

2. Multi Bypass Table MB-4
3. 10-Bin Sorter S-106
4. Data Controller D-102
1174SBG0503A
✽ Except the U.S.A., Canada
1139O0170A
1174G005AA
1. Multi Bypass Table MB-4
G-14
FrameMaker Ver.5.5(PC) EP1054/EP1085/EP2030 MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL
98.04.24
EP1054/EP1085/EP2030
MECHANICAL/
ELECTRICAL
98.04.24
COTNENTS
1. CROSS-SECTIONAL VIEW ............................................................................ M-1
1-1. Cross-Sectional View of 23 cpm Copier .................................................. M-1
2. COPY PROCESS ............................................................................................ M-4
3. DRIVE SYSTEM .............................................................................................. M-6
4. SEQUENTIAL EXPLANATION ........................................................................ M-7
5. IMAGING UNIT ................................................................................................ M-12
5-1. Imaging Unit Drive ................................................................................... M-13
5-2. Imaging Unit Toner Recycling ................................................................. M-14
5-3. Imaging Unit Fuse .................................................................................... M-14
6. PC DRUM ........................................................................................................ M-15
7. DRUM CHARGING .......................................................................................... M-16
8. IMAGE ERASE LAMP ..................................................................................... M-17
9. OPTICAL SECTION ........................................................................................ M-20
9-1. Exposure Lamp ....................................................................................... M-21
9-2. AE Sensor ............................................................................................... M-22
9-3. Lamp Reflectors ...................................................................................... M-23
9-4. Aperture Plates ....................................................................................... M-23
9-5. Scanner and 2nd/3rd Mirror Carriage Movement ................................... M-24
9-6. 4th Mirror Movement ............................................................................... M-26
9-7. Lens Movement ...................................................................................... M-27
10. ORIGINAL SIZE DETECTING SENSORS (23 cpm COPIER ONLY) .............. M-28
10-1. Original Size Detecting Sensors ............................................................. M-28
10-2. Original Size Detecting Operation .......................................................... M-28
10-3. Sensor Locations .................................................................................... M-29
10-4. Size Detection ........................................................................................ M-30
10-5. Original Size Detection Timing ............................................................... M-31
10-6. Original Cover Angle Detection (23 cpm Copier Only) ........................... M-32
11. DEVELOPMENT .............................................................................................. M-33
11-1. ATDC Sensor ......................................................................................... M-34
11-2. Magnet Roller ......................................................................................... M-36
11-3. Developing Bias ...................................................................................... M-37
11-4. Doctor Blade ........................................................................................... M-38
11-5. Sleeve/Magnet Roller Lower Filter ......................................................... M-38
12. TONER HOPPER ............................................................................................ M-39
12-1. Toner Hopper Locking/Unlocking ........................................................... M-39
12-2. Toner Replenishing ................................................................................ M-39
12-3. Shutter .................................................................................................... M-40
12-4. Toner Hopper Home Position Detection ................................................. M-40
12-5. Toner Bottle Vibration ............................................................................. M-41
12-6. Toner Replenishing Control .................................................................... M-42
13. PAPER TAKE-UP/FEED SECTION (2ND DRAWER: 23 cpm
COPIER ONLY) ............................................................................................... M-43
13-1.Edge Guide and Trailing Edge Stop ........................................................ M-44
13-2.Drawer Positioning .................................................................................. M-45
i
98.04.24
13-3.Paper Lifting Plate ................................................................................... M-45

13-4.Drawer-in-Position Detection ................................................................... M-46
13-5.Universal Tray (1st Drawer) Paper Size Detection .................................. M-47
13-6.Paper Empty Detection ............................................................................ M-48
13-7.Paper Separating Mechanism ................................................................. M-49
13-8.Paper Take-Up Roll ................................................................................. M-50
13-9.Paper Take-Up Retry Control .................................................................. M-51
13-10.VERTICAL PAPER TRANSPORT ......................................................... M-52
14. MULTI BYPASS TABLE .................................................................................. M-53
14-1.Paper Take-Up Mechanism ..................................................................... M-54
14-2.Paper Take-Up Retry Control .................................................................. M-55
14-3.Paper Separating Mechanism ................................................................. M-56
14-4.Paper Empty Detection ............................................................................ M-56
15. SYNCHRONIZING ROLLERS ......................................................................... M-57
15-1.Upper Synchronizing Roller Positioning .................................................. M-58
15-2.Paper Dust Remover ............................................................................... M-58
15-3.Synchronizing Roller Control ................................................................... M-59
16. IMAGE TRANSFER AND PAPER SEPARATION ........................................... M-60
17. MAIN ERASE LAMP ........................................................................................ M-62
18. PAPER SEPARATOR FINGERS .................................................................... M-63
19. CLEANING UNIT ............................................................................................. M-64
19-1.Cleaning Bias .......................................................................................... M-65
20. PAPER TRANSPORT ..................................................................................... M-66
21. FUSING UNIT .................................................................................................. M-67
21-1. Fusing Temperature Control ................................................................... M-68
21-2.Fusing Rollers Pressure Mechanism ....................................................... M-69
21-3.Cleaning Roller ........................................................................................ M-69
22. EXIT UNIT ....................................................................................................... M-70
22-1.Upper/Lower Separator Fingers .............................................................. M-70
22-2.Paper Exit Sensor .................................................................................... M-71
23. EXIT/DUPLEX SWITCHING UNIT (OPTION) ................................................. M-72
24. DEHUMIDIFYING SWITCH (OPTION) ............................................................ M-73
25. COOLING FAN ................................................................................................ M-74
26. OPTICAL SECTION COOLING FAN ............................................................... M-75
27. MEMORY BACKUP ......................................................................................... M-76
ii
98.04.24
1174SBM0100A
1 CROSS-SECTIONAL VIEW
1174SBM0101A
1-1. Cross-Sectional View of 23 cpm Copier
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
1 11
12
13
22
21 14
20
15
23
19
18
1174M005AB
24 17 16
1. 3rd Mirror 17. Image Transfer/Paper Separator

2. 2nd Mirror Coronas
3. 1st Mirror 18. Suction Unit
4. Exposure Lamp 19. Cleaning Roller
5. Lamp Reflector 20. Upper/Lower Fusing Roller
6. Lens 21. Paper Exit Roller
7. Cleaning Blade 22. Exit/Duplex Switching Guide
8. PC Drum Charge Corona (for optional Duplex Unit and Sorter)
9. Image Erase Lamp 23. Duplex Unit Vertical Transport Roller 1
10. 4th Mirror (for optional Duplex Unit)
11. PC Drum 24. Duplex Unit Vertical Transport Roller 2
(for optional Duplex Unit)
12. Sleeve/Magnet Roller
13. Synchronizing Roller
14. Transport Roller
15. 1st/2nd Drawer Paper Take-Up Roll
16. 1st/2nd Drawer
M-1
98.04.24
1174SBM0102A
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
1
11
12
13
23
22
14
21
20 15
1174M004AB
19 18 17 16
1. 3rd Mirror 17. Image Transfer/Paper Separator

2. 2nd Mirror Coronas
3. 1st Mirror 18. Suction Unit
4. Exposure Lamp 19. Cleaning Roller
5. Lamp Reflector 20. Upper/Lower Fusing Roller
6. Lens 21. Paper Exit Roller
7. Cleaning Blade 22. Exit/Duplex Switching Guide
8. PC Drum Charge Corona (for optional Sorter)
9. Image Erase Lamp 23. Paper Exit Roller in Exit/Duplex
10. 4th Mirror Switching Guide Unit
(for optional Sorter)
11. PC Drum
13. Synchronizing Roller
14. Transport Roller
15. Paper Take-Up Roll
16. Drawe
M-2
98.04.24
1174SBM0103A
✽ Except U.S.A., Canada
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
1
11
12
13
14
21
20 15
1174M011AA
19 18 17 16
1. 3rd Mirror 13. Synchronizing Roller

2. 2nd Mirror 14. Transport Roller
3. 1st Mirror 15. Paper Take-Up Roll
4. Exposure Lamp 16. Drawer
5. Lamp Reflector 17. Image Transfer/Paper Separator
6. Lens Coronas
7. Cleaning Blade 18. Suction Unit
8. PC Drum Charge Corona 19. Cleaning Roller
9. Image Erase Lamp 20. Upper/Lower Fusing Roller
10. 4th Mirror 21. Paper Exit Roller
11. PC Drum
M-3
98.04.24
1174SBM0200A
2 COPY PROCESS
2 3
4
10
9 1 5
MULTI BYPASS
13 12 11 8
8 7 TABLE
6
1139M002AA
1. PC DRUM 8. PAPER SEPARATION

2. DRUM CHARGING 9. CLEANING
3. IMAGE ERASE 10. MAIN ERASE
4. EXPOSURE 11. TRANSPORT
5. DEVELOPING 12. FUSING
6. PAPER FEEDING 13. PAPER EXIT
7. IMAGE TRANSFER
1. PC Drum
The PC Drum is an aluminum cylinder coated with a photosensitive semiconductor.
It is used as the medium on which a visible developed image of the original is formed.
(For more details, see “6. PC DRUM”.)
2. Drum Charging
The PC Drum Charge Corona Unit is equipped with a Comb Electrode and a Scorotron
Grid to deposit a uniform negative charge across the entire surface of the PC Drum.
(For more details, see “7. DRUM CHARGING”.)
3. Image Erase
Any areas of charge which are not to be developed are neutralized by lighting up LEDs.
(For more details, see “8. IMAGE ERASE LAMP”.)
4. Exposure
Light from the Exposure Lamp reflected off the original is guided to the surface of the PC
Drum and reduces the level of the negative charges, thereby forming an electrostatic
latent image.
(For more details, see “9. OPTICAL SECTION”.)
5. Developing
Toner positively charged in the Developer Mixing Chamber is attracted onto the electro-
static latent image changing it to a visible, developed image. A DC negative bias voltage is
applied to the Sleeve/Magnet Roller to prevent toner from being attracted onto those areas
of the PC Drum which correspond to the background areas of the original.
(For more details, see “11. DEVELOPMENT”.)
M-4
98.04.24
6. Paper Feeding
Paper is fed either automatically from the 1st or 2nd Drawer, or manually via the Multi
Bypass Table or Manual Bypass Table. Each Drawer has fingers that function to separate
the top sheet of paper from the rest at take-up. (2nd Drawer: 23 cpm Copier Only)
(For more details, see “13. PAPER TAKE-UP/FEED SECTION”.)
7. Image Transfer
The single-wire Image Transfer Corona Unit applies a DC negative corona emission to the
underside of the paper, thereby attracting toner onto the surface of the paper.
(For more details, see “16. IMAGE TRANSFER AND PAPER SEPARATION”.)
8. Paper Separation
The single-wire Paper Separator Corona Unit applies an AC corona emission to the
underside of the paper to neutralize the paper. In addition, mechanical paper separation is
provided by the two PC Drum Paper Separator Fingers fitted to the Imaging Unit.
(For more details, see “16. IMAGE TRANSFER AND PAPER SEPARATION”.)
9. Cleaning
Residual toner on the surface of the PC Drum is scraped off by the Cleaning Blade.
(For more details, see “19. CLEANING UNIT”.)
10. Main Erase
Light from the Main Erase Lamp neutralizes any surface potential remaining on the sur-
face of the PC Drum after cleaning.
(For more details, see “17. MAIN ERASE LAMP”.)
11. Transport
The paper is fed to the Fusing Unit by the Suction Belts.
(For more details, see “20. PAPER TRANSPORT”.)
12. Fusing
The developed image is permanently fused to the paper by a combination of heat and
pressure applied by the Upper and Lower Fusing Rollers.
(For more details, see “21. FUSING UNIT”.)
13. Paper Exit
After the fusing process the paper is fed out by the Paper Exit Roller onto the Copy Tray.
(For more details, see “22. EXIT UNIT”.)
M-5
98.04.24
1174SBM0300A
3 DRIVE SYSTEM
This copier is equipped with two main drive motors, the PC Drive Motor that drives the
upper half of the copier (Imaging Unit) and the Main Drive Motor which gives drive for the
lower half of the copier (paper take-up/feeding, transport mechanism and Fusing Unit).
Each has its own drive transmitting gears and timing belts as illustrated below.
Drive Train for Lower Half of Copier Coupled to Exit/Duplex

Switching Unit
Paper Exit Roller Drive
Suction Unit
Drive
Upper Fusing
Roller Drive
Main Drive Motor M2
Synchronizing Roller Clutch CL 1
1151M001YB
Coupled to Paper Paper Transport
Take-Up Unit Clutch CL 2 Drive Train for Upper
Half of Copier
PC Drum Drive
Imaging Unit
Drive Train for Drive
Paper Take-Up Unit 1139M005AA
<23 cpm Copier>

Coupled to Copier Gear PC Drive Motor M1
<15/18 cpm Copier>
Coupled to Copier Gear
1st Vertical
Transport Roller
1st Drawer Paper
Take-Up Roll
Vertical
Transport Roller
2nd Drawer Paper
Take-Up Roll Paper Drawer Paper
2nd Vertical Take-Up Roll
1139M004AA 1142M002AA
Transport Roller
M-6
98.04.24
1174SBM0400A
4 SEQUENTIAL EXPLANATION
✽ Numbers given in rectangles in the following flowchart are timer values in seconds.
A The power cord is plugged into the outlet.
Power cord is plugged in.
ON
AC24V for Drum heating (Transformer)
ON
Drum Dehumidifying
Heater Only when Dehumidifying
ON Switch is ON
Paper Dehumidifying
Heater
B Power Switch is turned ON.
Power Switch ON
ON
DC5V (Power Supply Unit)
ON
DC24V (Power Supply Unit)
ON
Control panel
ON
The Cooling Fan turns at full speed.
ON
Approx. 3 The Cooling Fan turns at half speed.
ON
Fusing Heater Lamp
ON
Approx. 1 Scanner Reference Position Sensor
✽ If the Scanner is not at the home position, Scanner Motor is
energized to move the Scanner to the home position.
ON
Lens Reference Position Sensor
✽ If the Lens is not at the home position, Lens Motor is
energized to move the Lens to the home position.
ON
Mirror Reference Position Sensor
✽ If the 4th Mirror is not at the home position, Mirror
Motor is energized to move the Mirror to the home
position.
Starter setup and ATDC Sensor automatic adjustment
✽ Only when the Imaging Unit is new. I/U Fuse blows when the
starter setup sequence is completed normally.
M-7
98.04.24
C The Fusing Unit temperature reaches 205°C.
Fusing Thermistor detects 205°C.
ON/OFF
Fusing Heater Lamp
✽ The Fusing Unit temperature control is started.
M-8
98.04.24
D The Start Key is pressed.
Start Key ON
ON
PC Drive Motor
ON
Main Erase Lamp
ON
Main Drive Motor
ON
Image Erase Lamp
✽ All LEDs are turned ON.
ON
Developing Bias (High Voltage Unit)
ON
Paper Separator Corona (High Voltage Unit)
ON
Cleaning Bias (High Voltage Unit)
✽ Some models have no Bias Seal installed depending on
their marketing areas.
ON
Synchronizing Roller Clutch ✽For approx 0.2 sec. only
ON
Approx. 0.3 1st/2nd Drawer Paper Take-Up Solenoid
OFF 1st/2nd Drawer Paper Take-Up

Approx. 0.1 Solenoid (2nd Drawer Paper Take-
Up Solenoid: 23 cpm copier only)
ON
Approx. 0.2 PC Drum Charge Corona/Image Transfer Corona
ON
Approx. 0.2 Paper Transport Clutch
ON
Approx. 2.5 Synchronizing Roller Clutch
E Paper is taken up.
1st/2nd Drawer Paper Take-Up Solenoid ON

(2nd Drawer Paper Take-Up Solenoid: 23 cpm copier only)
ON
Approx. 0.4 1st/2nd Drawer Paper Take-Up Sensor
ON
1st Drawer: Transport Roller Sensor
Approx. 0.7
2nd Drawer: ON
Approx. 0.5 Paper Leading Edge
Approx. 1.4 Detecting Sensor
(23 cpm copier
Only) OFF
Approx. 0.2 Paper
Transport
Clutch
ON
Approx. 0.2 Exposure Lamp
M-9
98.04.24
ON
Approx. 0.5 Scanner Motor
OFF
Scanner Reference Position Sensor
Approx. 0.2 Image Erase Lamp LEDs ON/OFF control is started.
ON
ON
Paper Transport Clutch
F A scan motion is completed.
SCEND signal: LOW
ON
Approx. 0.2 All LEDs of Image Erase Lamp ON
Approx. 0.3 Scanner starts return motion.
ON
Approx. 0.6 Scanner Reference Position Sensor
✽ For A4 crosswise, ×1.000
OFF
Approx. 0.3 Exposure Lamp
M-10
98.04.24
G The last paper moves past Transport Roller Sensor.
Transport Roller Sensor OFF
OFF
Approx. 0.6 Paper Leading Edge Detecting Sensor
OFF
OFF
Approx. 0.7 PC Drum Charge Corona/Image Transfer
Corona (High Voltage Unit)
OFF
Approx. 0.7 PC Drive Motor
OFF
Main Erase Lamp
OFF
Image Erase Lamp
OFF
Approx. 0.5 Developing Bias (High Voltage Unit)
OFF
Cleaning Bias (High Voltage Unit)
✽ Some models have no Bias Seal installed
depending on their marketing areas.
OFF
Paper Separator Corona (High Voltage Unit)
ON
Approx. 0.9 1st Paper Exit Sensor
OFF
Approx. 1.2 Paper Transport Clutch
H The paper moves past 1st Paper Exit Sensor.
1st Paper Exit Sensor OFF
OFF
Approx. 1.5 Main Drive Motor
M-11
98.04.24
1174SBM0500A
5 IMAGING UNIT
This copier is equipped with an Imaging Unit, or IU, which integrates a PC Drum, PC Drum
Charge Corona, Developing Unit, Cleaning Unit, and Toner Recycling mechanism into one
assembly. The Unit also includes the Upper Synchronizing Roller which facilitates clearing
of a paper misfeed.
Corona Unit Cleaning PC Drum Coupled to Gear in

Lever Charge Corona Copier
PC Drum
Developer Mixing Chamber

1139M009AA 1139M010AA
Counter
Toner Supply Port
Paper Separator Fingers
Upper Synchronizing Roller

1174M014AA
Paper Guide Plate
M-12
98.04.24
1174SBM0501A
5-1. Imaging Unit Drive
Drive for the Imaging Unit is transmitted by one of the gears on the Unit.
This particular gear is in mesh with the Imaging Unit Drive Gear in the copier.
Developer Mixing Screw Drive Gear
Bucket Roller Drive Gear

Imaging Unit Drive Sleeve/Magnet Roller
Gear (in Copier) Drive Gear
1139M012AA
Toner Recycling Coil

Coupling (in Copier) Drive Gears
M-13
98.04.24
1174SBM0502A
5-2. Imaging Unit Toner Recycling
The copier is provided with a toner recycling mechanism. The toner, which has been
scraped off the surface of the PC Drum by the Cleaning Blade and collected in the Cleaning
Unit, is conveyed by the two Toner Recycling Coils to the Toner Supply Port and, from
there, it is returned back to the Developer Mixing Chamber of the Developing Unit.
One of the gears of the Toner Recycling mechanism receives drive through a gear at the
rear end of the PC Drum.
Toner Supply Port

Toner Recycling Path
Bevel Gears
1139M013AA
1174SBM0503A
5-3. Imaging Unit Fuse

The Imaging Unit is provided with a fuse called the I/U Fuse. When a new Imaging Unit is
installed in the copier and the Power Switch turned ON, an I/U Set signal is output causing
the copier to start the starter setup sequence and ATDC Sensor automatic adjustment.
When the starter setup sequence is completed normally, an I/U Fuse Blow signal is output
to blow the I/U Fuse. Once the I/U Fuse is blown, the I/U Set signals are no longer output.
This means that the starter setup sequence and ATDC Sensor automatic adjustment will
not be carried out when the Power Switch is thereafter turned ON.
When Fuse is When Fuse is

Control Signal WIRING DIAGRAM
not Blown Blown
Fuse PWB-A PJ10A-6 H L 2-I
M-14
98.04.24
1174SBM0600A
6 PC DRUM
The photoconductive drum used in this copier is the organic photoconductor (OPC) type.
The drum is made up of two distinct, semiconductive materials on an aluminum alloy base.
The outer of the two layers is called the Charge Transport Layer (CTL), while the inner layer
is called the Charge Generating Layer (CGL).
The PC Drum has its grounding point inside at its rear end. When the Imaging Unit is
installed in the copier, the shaft on which the PC Drum Drive Coupling Gear is mounted
contacts this grounding point.
Handling Precautions
This photoconductor exhibits greatest light fatigue after being exposed to light over an
extended period of time. It must therefore be protected from light by a clean, soft cloth
whenever the Imaging Unit has been removed from the copier. Further, use utmost care
when handling the PC Drum to prevent it from being contaminated.
PC Drum Cross-Sectional View
CTL
PC Drum CGL
Aluminum
Cylinder
1139M007AA
1139M006AA
Gear
Shaft
Grounding Point
Grounding 1139M008AA
Plate
PC Drum Drive Coupling Gear
M-15
98.04.24
1174SBM0700A
7 DRUM CHARGING
The PC Drum Charge Corona has a Scorotron grid to deposit a negative DC charge evenly
across the surface of the PC Drum. The grid voltage (VG) applied to the grid mesh is
selected between -650V in the normal mode and -520V in the Photo mode by the Constant-
Voltage Circuit in the High Voltage Unit.
The Corona Unit has a Comb Electrode which minimizes the amount of ozone produced.
The conventional wire type corona unit produces a large amount of ozone due to corona
discharge in radial directions. The comb electrode type, on the other hand, discharges only
toward the Grid Mesh, meaning a reduced amount of ozone is produced.
The Comb Electrode can be cleaned by the user who pulls out to the front the shaft on
which a Cleaning Roller is mounted.
Holder Comb Electrode Spring Holder
1139M030AA
Grid Mesh
1174T20MCA
Control Signal ON OFF WIRING DIAGRAM

PC Drum
PWB-A PJ11A-9A L H 4-C
Charge Corona
Normal
Control Signal Photo Mode WIRING DIAGRAM
Mode
Grid Voltage
(VG)
M-16
98.04.24
1174SBM0800A
8 IMAGE ERASE LAMP

To prevent a black band from occurring across both the leading and trailing edges, and
along the front and rear edges, of the electrostatic latent image, 31 LEDs of the Image
Erase Lamp are turned ON before development takes place, thereby reducing to a mini-
mum the unnecessary potential on the surface of the PC Drum. Because of the light path
involved, this copier has the edge erasing cycle between drum charging and exposure.
PC Drum Charge Corona Image Erase Lamp LA3
Exposure
1139M031AA
The position of the Image Erase Lamp can be adjusted using the adjusting screw on the
front of the copier.
Copier Front Frame
Copier Rear
Frame Adjusting Screw
1139M032AA
Compression Image Erase Lamp

Image Erase Lamp
Spring
M-17
98.04.24
The 31 LEDs of the Image Erase Lamp are grouped as shown below. The table at the bot-
tom of this page shows which LEDs turn ON and OFF for different paper sizes and different
zoom ratios.
LED Group No. LED No. LED Group No. LED No.
00 LED 1 10 LED 23
01 LED 2 to 6 11 LED 24
02 LED 7 to 11 12 LED 25
03 LED 12 to 16 13 LED 26
04 LED 17 14 LED 27
05 LED 18 15 LED 28
06 LED 19 16 LED 29
07 LED 20 17 LED 30
08 LED 21 18 LED 31
09 LED 22
✽ The smaller the number, the nearer the LED is to the front side of the copier.
LED ON/OFF Pattern

Zoom Ratio Paper Width LED Group No.
From - To From - To
Less Than Less Than 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
(%) (mm)
50~53 to 152 ❍ – – – ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
53~57 152 to 163 ❍ – – – – ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
57~61 163 to 173 ❍ – – – – – ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
61~64 173 to 183 ❍ – – – – – – ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
64~67 183 to 192 ❍ – – – – – – – ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
67~70 192 to 201 ❍ – – – – – – – – ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
70~74 201 to 212 ❍ – – – – – – – – – ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
74~78 212 to 223 ❍ – – – – – – – – – – ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
78~82 223 to 235 ❍ – – – – – – – – – – – ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
82~86 235 to 247 ❍ – – – – – – – – – – – – ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
86~90 247 to 259 ❍ – – – – – – – – – – – – – ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
90~93 259 to 270 ❍ – – – – – – – – – – – – – – ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
93~96 270 to 281 ❍ – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – ❍ ❍ ❍
96~99 281 to 291 ❍ – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – ❍ ❍
99~ 291 to ❍ – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – ❍
❍: ON; –: OFF
✽ Max. width (291 mm or more) applies to manual bypass copying in which the copier is
unable to detect paper width.
M-18
98.04.24
1174T22MCB

LA3 PWB-A PJ16A-4A ~ 9A L H 1-G
M-19
98.04.24
1174SBM0900A
9 OPTICAL SECTION
As the Scanner is moved by the Scanner Motor, the light from the Exposure Lamp is
reflected off the original and guided through the four Mirrors onto the surface of the PC
Drum to form the electrostatic latent image.
The image is enlarged or reduced as necessary by changing the position of the Lens and
4th Mirror and varying the angle of the 4th Mirror.
• 23 cpm Copier
Scanner Lens Motor M6
4th Mirror Mirror Motor M7
AE Sensor Board
(PWB-H)
Scanner Motor M5
2nd/3rd Mirrors
Carriage
Lens
Scanner Shaft 1149M008AA
• 15/18 cpm Copier
1139M033AA
Scanner Motor M5
M-20
98.04.24
1174SBM0901A
9-1. Exposure Lamp
An AC halogen lamp is used as the Exposure Lamp.
As the exposure level is adjusted on the control panel, the duty ratio of the pulse of AVR
Remote from the Master Board changes to increase or decrease the Exposure Lamp volt-
age, thereby changing the image density.
In Photo mode, the voltages are varied on a level 5V lower than the manual Exposure Lamp
voltages.
Manual EXP Setting 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 ✽1

Lamp Voltage
–8 –4 –2 –1 Reference +1 +2 +4 +4
Difference (V)
✽ At Manual Exposure Setting 1 only VG is reduced, thereby giving a lamp Voltage differ-
ence equivalent to +8V.
1174T13MCA

AVR Remote
PWB-A PJ14A-3 L H 6-D
Signal (LA1)
✽ If reduction copies are made using large size paper, the trailing edge of the first copy
moves past the Transport Roller Sensor after the SCEND signal for the second copy has
been generated. If the Exposure Lamp is turned ON for the second copy at the same tim-
ing as the first one, therefore, the image for the second copy is produced on the trailing
edge of the first copy. To prevent this from occurring, the Exposure Lamp is turned ON for
the second and subsequent copies when all of the following conditions are met:
• Approx. 0.8 sec. or more have elapsed after the first copy deactivated the Transport
Roller Sensor.
• The Transport Roller Sensor output is HIGH.
• The SCEND signal for the second copy is output.
M-21
98.04.24
1174SBM0902A
9-2. AE Sensor
In the Auto Exposure Mode, the AE Sensor on the AE Sensor Board measures the intensity
of the light reflected off the original, which results in the black/white ratio of a 210-mm-wide
area from the reference position of the original being measured. According to this measure-
ment, the Exposure Lamp voltage is automatically increased or decreased so that copies of
consistent quality are produced.
The output from the AE Sensor is applied to the Master Board which, in turn, varies the
duty ratio of the AVR Remote from it to vary accordingly the Exposure Lamp voltage.
Original Density (B/W Ratio) High Low

Intensity of Reflected Light Low High
AE Sensor Board Output High Low
AVR Duty Increased Decreased
Exposure Lamp Voltage Increased Decreased

PWB-H
PWB-A PJ9A-3 L H 4-F
(AE Sensor)
AVR Remote
PWB-A PJ14A-3 L H 6-D
Signal (LA1)
M-22
98.04.24
1174SBM0903A
9-3. Lamp Reflectors
The Main Reflector ensures that light from the Exposure Lamp exposes all areas of the
original. The Auxiliary Reflector reflects light onto the areas that the Exposure Lamp cannot
illuminate when an original that does not lie flat on the Original Glass (such as a book) is
being used. This reduces shadows which would otherwise be transferred to the copy.
The Main Reflector is of aluminum, while the Auxiliary Reflector is aluminum to which film
has been deposited. The same film as that used on the Auxiliary Reflector is affixed to both
ends of the frame to compensate for the reduced intensity of light around both ends of the
Exposure Lamp.
Auxiliary Reflector
Main Reflector
Exposure Lamp LA1
1151M021AA
1174SBM0904A
9-4. Aperture Plates
Four Aperture Plates are moved to the right or left to ensure even light distribution.
Aperture
1151M020AA
M-23
98.04.24
1174SBM0905A
9-5. Scanner and 2nd/3rd Mirror Carriage Movement
The Scanner and 2nd/3rd Mirrors Carriage are moved by the Scanner Drive Cable fitted in
the rear side of the copier. The Cable is driven by the Scanner Motor.
Both the Scanner and 2nd/3rd Mirrors Carriage slide along the Scanner Shaft at the rear
side. At the front side, there is a Slide Bushing attached to the underside of each of the
bodies and that Bushing slides over the Slide Rail. The speed of the Scanner and 2nd/3rd
Mirrors Carriage varies with different zoom ratios.
The Scanner Reference Position Sensor detects the home position of the Scanner and
2nd/3rd Mirrors Carriage. If they are not at the home position when the copier is turned ON,
the Scanner Motor is energized to move them to the home position.
• 23 cpm Copier 2nd/3rd Mirrors

Scanner Carriage
Slide Rail
Scanner Shaft
Scanner
Reference
Position
Sensor PC81
Scanner Drive Cable
Scanner Motor M5 1149M009AA
• 15/18 cpm Copier
Scanner Motor M5
1151M022YA
M-24
98.04.24
The Scanner starts the scan motion as a Scan signal is output from the Master Board. At
the start of a scan motion and other heavy load conditions, the Scanner Motor requires a
large amount of current. The Current 1 or 2 signal from the Motor Drive Board is selected
accordingly to vary the amount of current supplied to the Scanner Motor.
✽ The Current signal selection timing is controlled by software.
Current 1 H H L
Current 2 H L H
When the scan At scan start and dur- At return start and
Operation speed reaches a ing scan decelera- during return motion.
given level. tion.
On receiving the Scan signal, the Motor Drive Board applies motor drive pulses, which are
out-of-phase with each other, to the Scanner Motor. The motor speed is varied by changing
the width of the pulses applied to the Scanner Motor.
Control Signal Energized Deenergized WIRING DIAGRAM

PWB-F (23 cpm Copier)
M5
PWB-E (15/18 cpm L H
Scan Signal
Copier)
M5
Current
Switching 8-D/8-H
Copier)
Signal 1
M5
Current
Switching
Copier)
Signal 2
Control Signal Blocked Unblocked WIRING DIAGRAM

PC81 PWB-A PJ17A-7B L H 11-A
M-25
98.04.24
1174SBM0906A
9-6. 4th Mirror Movement
The 4th Mirror is moved to vary the conjugate distance for a particular zoom ratio by driving
the rack-and-pinion gears at the front and rear ends of the mirror using the Mirror Motor
(stepping motor). The Levers of the Holder to which the Mirror is mounted slide along a
tilted rail to change the Mirror angle. This ensures that the light strikes the surface of the PC
Drum in the direction of the normal, thereby preventing resolution from being degraded.
The Mirror Reference Position Sensor is used to control the position of the 4th Mirror. It
ensures that the Mirror is located at the home position when the copier is turned ON.
Mirror Reference
Position Sensor (PC86)
Levers
4th Mirror Drive Shaft

Mirror
Motor
M7
Tilt Adjusting Screw 1139M037AA

Lever
1139M038AA

M7 PWB-A PJ16A-2B L H 8-B/8-F

PC86 PWB-A PJ22A-5 L H 12-A
M-26
98.04.24
1174SBM0907A
9-7. Lens Movement
The Lens is moved by the Lens Drive Cable which is driven by the Lens Motor (stepping
motor). The motor drive pulses sent from the Motor Drive Board drive the Lens Motor to
move the Lens a given distance, corresponding to the zoom ratio, from the reference posi-
tion determined by the Lens Reference Position Sensor.
There is a fixed-type Lens Aperture Cover provided at the rear of the Lens (on the 4th Mir-
ror end). It limits the amount of light striking the surface of the PC Drum.
Lens Reference Position Sensor PC90

Lens Base Bracket
Lens
Shaft
Lens Aper-
ture Cover
Spring Cam
Lens Drive Cable
Lens Motor M6 1151M023AA
Lens
1149M010AA
Lens Aperture Cover

M6 PWB-A PJ16A-1B L H 8-B/8-F

PC90 PWB-A PJ22A-8 L H 12-B
M-27
98.04.24
1174SBM1000A
10 ORIGINAL SIZE DETECTING SENSORS (23 cpm COPIER ONLY)

The four sensors fixed in the optical section receive the light reflected off the original to
determine the size of the original in the Auto Paper and Auto Size mode. (The image den-
sity of the original, or OD, that can be detected is 0.6 or less.)
1174SBM1001A
10-1. Original Size Detecting Sensors
Original Size Detecting

Sensor CD1 PC114 Original Cover Detecting
Sensor PC111

Sensor CD2 PC116

Sensor FD3 PC115

Sensor FD2 PC113
Size Reset Switch

S108 Original Size Detecting 1174M009AA
Board UN2
1174SBM1002A
10-2. Original Size Detecting Operation
Each photo receiver of the original size detecting sensors responds to reflected light of a
given intensity with reference to the intensity of the light emitted by each LED. This allows
the Original Size Detecting Board to determine whether or not there is an original within a
set distance.
Original
Original Glass
Set Distance
Photo Receiver
LED
1136M020AA
M-28
98.04.24
1174SBM1003A
10-3. Sensor Locations
• The number and location of the Original Size Detecting Sensors vary depending on the
marketing area as shown below.
Sensors CD1 CD2 FD2 FD3
Areas (PC114) (PC116) (PC113) (PC115)
Metric Areas ❍ ● ❍ ●
Inch Areas ❍ ● ❍ ●
Mixed inch/metric Areas ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
U.S.A and Canada Areas ● ● ● ●
❍: Standard ●: Optional
NOTE
If the optional sensors are installed, set Jumper Connector JP2 on the Original Size Detect-
ing Board as illustrated below and run the F7 operation.
Length (Inch) Letter C Letter L Legal 11”×17”

FD2 FLS FD3
Width (Inch)
Width (Metric)
A5L Invoice
B5L
Legal,
A4L
Letter L
B4L, B5C
A3L, A4C Letter C,
11”×17”
CD2 CD1 L: Lengthwise
Length (Metric) B5C A4C, B5L A4L B4L A3L
A5L C: Crosswise
Original Size Detecting Board UN2
CN1 CN4
CN3
JP1
LED1 LED2 JP2 CN2
CD2 and FD3 CD2 and FD3

are mounted are not mounted
Position
of JP2
1174M012AB
M-29
98.04.24
1174SBM1004A
10-4. Size Detection
• The Original Size Detecting Board reads the output data provided by the original size
detecting sensors. By comparing the data from each sensor with the threshold level, it
determines whether there is an original placed on the Original Glass. The Original Size
Detecting Board then determines the size of the original according to the combination of
the data.
Metric Area
FD2 FD3 CD1 CD2
Size Determined
Original Size LED1 LED2 LED1 LED2 LED1 LED2 LED1
by UN2
A3L A3L (A3L) ❍ ❍ ❍(❍) ❍(●) ❍ ❍ ❍(❍)
B4L B4L (B4L) ❍ ❍ ❍(❍) ❍(●) ● ❍ ●(●)
A4L A4L (A4L) ❍ ❍ ●(●) ●(●) ● ● ●(●)
A5L A5L (A5L) ● ● ●(●) ●(●) ● ● ●(●)
A4C A4C (A4C) ● ● ●(●) ●(●) ❍ ❍ ❍(❍)
Letter L:
Letter L (Letter L) ❍ ● ●(●) ●(●) ● ● ●(●)
8-1/2”×11”
11”×17” 11”×17” (A3L) ❍ ❍ ❍(❍) ❍(●) ❍ ❍ ●(❍)
Legal:
Legal (A4L) ❍ ❍ ❍(●) ❍(●) ● ● ●(●)
8-1/2”×14”
FLS:
FLS (A4L) ❍ ❍ ❍(●) ●(●) ● ● ●(●)
8-1/2”×13”
Letter C:
Letter C (A4C) ● ● ●(●) ●(●) ❍ ❍ ●(❍)
11”×8-1/2”
No Original A5L ● ● ●(●) ●(●) ● ● ●(●)
Inch Area
FD2 FD3 CD1
Size Determined
Original Size LED1 LED2 LED1 LED2 LED1 LED2
by UN2
11”×17” 11”×17” (11”×17”) ❍ ❍ ❍(❍) ❍(❍) ❍ ❍
Legal:
Legal (Legal) ❍ ❍ ❍(❍) ❍(❍) ● ●
8-1/2”×14”
Letter L:
Letter L (Letter L) ❍ ● ●(●) ●(●) ● ●
8-1/2”×11”
Letter C:
Letter C (Letter C) ● ● ●(●) ●(●) ❍ ❍
11”×8-1/2”
FLS:
FLS (Legal) ❍ ❍ ❍(❍) ●(❍) ● ●
8-1/2”×13”
Invoice:
Invoice ● ● ●(●) ●(●) ● ●
5-1/2”×8-1/2”
No Original Invoice ● ● ●(●) ●(●) ● ●
✽ ❍: Original Present ●: Original Not Present
✽ If no optional sensors are mounted, data is processed as indicated in ( ) and the original
sizes determined by the Size Detecting Board are as indicated in ( ).
✽ The Original Size Detecting Board does not use the data provided by LED2 of Original
Size Detecting Sensor CD2 for the determination of the original size.
✽ Any non-standard size is rounded off to the nearest standard size.
✽ When all sensors detect no original, the Original Size Detecting Board determines that
A5L or Invoice size is present.
M-30
98.04.24
1174SBM1005A
10-5. Original Size Detection Timing
Master CPU on the Master Board affirms and resets the readings of the original size at the
following timings.
• Takes size readings: When the Original Cover is raised to an angle of 15° or more (Origi-
nal Cover Detecting Sensor is deactivated).
• Affirms size readings: When the Original Cover is lowered to an angle of 15° or less
(Original Cover Detecting Sensor is just activated); or, when the Start key is pressed with
the Original Cover Detecting Sensor in the deactivated state.
• Resets size readings: When the Original Cover is raised (Size Reset Switch is deactu-
ated).
M-31
98.04.24
1174SBM1006A
10-6. Original Cover Angle Detection (23 cpm Copier Only)
The Original Cover Detecting Sensor detects the angle of the Original Cover as it is raised.
The following control is provided.
Original Cover raised to an angle of 15° or more:

The size of the original is read by the Original Size Detecting Sensors.
Original Cover raised to an angle of less than 15°:

When the Original Cover Detecting Sensor is activated, the original size data is latched and
Original Size Detecting Board UN2 transmits the size data to the Master Board. As soon as
the Size Reset Switch is turned ON, the size data is validated and the paper size is shown
on the control panel.
The paper size selected is reset when the Size Reset Switch is turned OFF.
Original Cover Detecting

Sensor PC111
Magnet
Size Reset
Switch S108
1139M093AA

PC111 PWB-A PJ18A-2 L H 12-B

S108 PWB-A PJ23A-11B L H 6-C
M-32
98.04.24
1174SBM1100A
11 DEVELOPMENT
The Developing Unit built into the Imaging Unit performs the following functions:
• Mixes the toner and carrier well to ensure that a sufficient amount of toner is positively
charged.
• Detects the toner-to-carrier ratio of the developer by means of the ATDC Sensor and
replenishes the supply of toner as necessary.
• Detects a toner empty condition by means of the ATDC Sensor.
• Ensures that a proper amount of toner is attracted to the PC Drum by means of its
Sleeve/Magnet Roller, Developing Bias, and Doctor Blade.
PC Drum
Developer Mixing Screw

Doctor Blade
1139M015AA
Sleeve/Magnet Roller Bucket Roller ATDC Sensor (UN3)
M-33
98.04.24
1174SBM1101A
11-1. ATDC Sensor
The ATDC Sensor installed on the underside of the Developer Mixing Chamber detects the
varying toner-to-carrier ratio of the developer which flows over it in the Chamber. The copier
CPU compares the detected ratio with the ratio set by the ATDC Detection Level Mode
(Tech. Rep. Choice C-90) to control toner replenishment.
Set T/C (%) ATDC Output Voltage (V)
6.0 2.5 (Standard)
Toner is replenished for 5 seconds (the Toner Bottle is turned one turn, which is equivalent
to a run of 2 copy cycles) for each Toner Replenishing signal.
If the toner-to-carrier ratio becomes lower than 3.5% in a toner-empty condition, the copier
inhibits the initiation of a new copy cycle (this feature can be enabled or disabled by a Tech.
Rep. Choice mode). When a ratio of 4% or more is recovered as a result of Auxiliary Toner
Replenishing, the copier permits the initiation of a new copy cycle.
If the Front Door is swung open and closed with a T/C ratio of less than 4%, the copier ini-
tiates an Auxiliary Toner Replenishing sequence. (It stops the sequence as soon as a T/C
ratio of 4.5% is reached.)
ATDC Sensor Automatic Adjustment

An automatic adjustment of the ATDC Sensor is made in the F8 Test Mode operation and
when a new Imaging Unit is installed in the copier.
✽ When a New Imaging Unit is Installed in the Copier:

Following the execution of the starter setup mode upon power-up, the copier CPU reads the
output value of the ATDC Sensor and establishes the reading as the reference value.
✽ When F8 is Run after Starter Has Been Changed:

Following the execution of the starter setup mode upon pressing of the Start Key, the copier
CPU reads the output value of the ATDC Sensor and establishes the reading as the refer-
ence value.
NOTE
If an F8 operation is run at a time when the starter has not been changed, it can result in a
wrong T/C reference value being set by the copier. Avoid casual use of F8.
If the setting value has been cleared because of the RAM Board being replaced, however,
enter the ATDC control value before the replacement using the Zoom Up/Down Keys in the
F8 operation (without pressing the Start Key).
M-34
98.04.24
Toner Empty Detection

The copier has no toner empty detecting sensor and, instead, the ATDC Sensor performs
that function. The ATDC Sensor checks the toner-to-carrier ratio and, if it reads a T/C ratio
lower than the set level for 37 copies and, further, if it next reads a ratio 1% lower than the
setting, this is a toner-empty condition. The toner-empty condition is canceled after detec-
tion under any of the following conditions when the Front Door is swung open and closed:
• T/C is 4% or more: The toner-empty condition is canceled.
• T/C is less than 4%: The copier initiates an Auxiliary Toner Replenishing sequence and
cancels the toner-empty condition as soon as T/C reaches 4.5%.
Standard
Control Signal Set T/C Output WIRING DIAGRAM
Voltage
UN3 PWB-A PJ10A-3 6.0% 2.5 2-H
M-35
98.04.24
1174SBM1102A
11-2. Magnet Roller
The Magnet Roller of the Sleeve/Magnet Roller of this copier has the following magnetic
characteristics. Part of pole S2 before the principal N1 pole (i.e., the area marked as S2b in
the Fig. below) provides a very weak magnetic force. If developer is compacted and clogs
at the Doctor Blade and, as a result, part of the surface of the Sleeve/Magnet Roller is not
covered with developer, the nearby developer around S2b goes to those uncovered areas
because of its weak magnetic force. This helps prevent blank lines from occurring on the
copy.
The Sleeve Roller, onto which developer is attracted by the magnetic fields of force set up
by the poles of the Magnet Roller, turns to convey the developer toward the point of devel-
opment.This also means that developer fresh from the Developer Mixing Chamber is
always brought to the point of development.
As noted earlier, the Imaging Unit integrates the Developing Unit with the PC Drum into one
body. Because of that, it is impossible to move the Developing Unit against the PC Drum,
thereby providing a certain distance between the PC Drum and Sleeve/Magnet Roller. The
Sleeve/Magnet Roller has therefore been made movable: the Bushing is pressed by com-
pression springs thereby pressing the Positioning Collars on both ends of the Sleeve/Mag-
net Roller against the PC Drum. This ensures a given distance between the PC Drum and
the Sleeve/Magnet Roller.
Magnetic Pole Positioning
Pole Having Weak

Magnetic Force
1139M016AA
Movable Bushing
Compression Spring Fixed Bushing

1139M017AA
PC Drum
M-36
98.04.24
1174SBM1103A
11-3. Developing Bias
A negative voltage (Vb = Developing Bias voltage) is applied to the Sleeve Roller to prevent
a foggy background on the copy. The amount of toner attracted onto the surface of the PC
Drum depends on how much lower the PC Drum surface potential (Vi) is than Vb (i.e., the
potential difference).
• When the potential difference is large, a greater amount of toner is attracted.
• When the potential difference is small, a smaller amount of toner is attracted.
Because the Sleeve/Magnet Roller of this copier is movable, a flat spring is used as the
Bias Terminal which follows the movement of the Sleeve/Magnet Roller.
Bias Terminal
Sleeve/Magnet Roller
1139M018AA
1151T01MCA

Developing Bias PWB-A PJ11A-8A L H 2-H
M-37
98.04.24
1174SBM1104A
11-4. Doctor Blade
The Doctor Blade installed over the Sleeve/Magnet Roller regulates the height of the devel-
oper brush on the surface of the Sleeve Roller. The Blade is perpendicular to the direction
of movement of the Sleeve/Magnet Roller to minimize variations in the distance between
the Doctor Blade and Sleeve/Magnet Roller as the Sleeve/Magnet Roller moves.
Doctor Blade
Direction of Magnet
Roller Movement
1139M019AA
1174SBM1105A
11-5. Sleeve/Magnet Roller Lower Filter
✽ Except the U.S.A., Canada, and Europe
There is a slit provided under the Sleeve/Magnet Roller to collect insufficiently charged
toner in the grounded Toner Antispill Trap. This effectively prevents the toner from spilling
onto the mechanisms inside the copier.
1139M020AA
Slit
M-38
98.04.24
1174SBM1200A
12 TONER HOPPER
1174SBM1201A
12-1. Toner Hopper Locking/Unlocking
The Toner Hopper is not integrated into the Imaging Unit; instead, it is secured to the
copier. To replace an empty Toner Bottle, the user first needs to swing the Toner Bottle
Holder out 40° to the front. The Holder pivots about the Toner Supply Port as it is swung out
or in, which effectively prevents toner from spilling when the Holder is swung out or in.
Copier Frame
Lock
Toner Replenishing
Motor M8
40° Toner Supply Port
1139M024AA
Toner Bottle Toner Bottle Holder

1174SBM1202A
12-2. Toner Replenishing
• Drive from the Toner Replenishing Motor is transmitted via the motor shaft to the Bottle
Cap Claw, which turns the Toner Bottle. As the Toner Bottle is fitted to the Coupling, both
turn together during toner replenishing.
• A Metering Chamber provided at the toner supply port of the Coupling regulates the
amount of toner that falls through the port.
• There is a supply port for the exclusive use of the starter. The starter does not pass
through the Metering Chamber, which means that it takes a shorter time to load the
starter.
Metering Chamber
Starter
Supply Port Coupling
Opening
1151M018YA
Bottle Cap Claw
Toner Replenish-
1139M025AA
ing Motor M8
M-39
98.04.24
1174SBM1203A
12-3. Shutter
The connection between the Toner Hopper and Imaging Unit is provided with a Shutter
which prevents toner from spilling when the Imaging Unit is slid out of the copier.
Imaging Unit Out of Copier Imaging Unit in Position in Copier
Shutter
1139M026AA
1139M027AA
Imaging Unit
1174SBM1204A
12-4. Toner Hopper Home Position Detection
The Coupling is fitted with a Home Position Plate which is detected by the Toner Hopper
Home Position Sensor. This ensures that the Toner Bottle is located so that its opening is
positioned on top whenever the Toner Replenishing Motor is deenergized.
Toner Replenishing Motor M8
Home Position Plate
1151M019AA
Toner Hopper Home

Position Sensor PC112
M-40
98.04.24
1174SBM1205A
12-5. Toner Bottle Vibration
When the indentations at three places on the left-hand end (as viewed when the Toner Bot-
tle is in position) of the Toner Bottle move past the protrusion in the Toner Bottle Holder, the
Toner Bottle is vibrated to prevent some of the toner from remaining unconsumed in the
Bottle.
Toner Bottle
Indentations
1139M029AA Toner Bottle Holder
Protrusion
M-41
98.04.24
1174SBM1206A
12-6. Toner Replenishing Control
1. The ATDC Sensor installed in the Imaging Unit reads the toner-to-carrier ratio of the
developer in the Developer Mixing Chamber for each copy cycle.
2. It samples the ratio 16 times and compares each with the preset level.
3. If eight or more readings out of the total 16 are lower than the preset level, a Toner
Replenishing signal is output.
4. The Toner Replenishing Motor is turned one complete turn for each Toner Replenishing
signal (which is equivalent to a supply of 0.3 to 0.6 g toner).
✽ The readings taken while the Toner Replenishing Motor is turning (it takes 5 seconds for
the Toner Replenishing Motor to turn one complete turn) are ignored. This means that, in
a multi-copy cycle, the ATDC Sensor may take readings as the next copy cycle is started
while the Toner Replenishing Motor is turning; but, those readings are ignored.

M8 PWB-A PJ5A-6 H L 2-D

PC112 PWB-A PJ17A-2B L H 2-D
Reference
Control Signal Set T/C WIRING DIAGRAM
Voltage
UN3 PWB-A PJ10A-3 6.0% 2.5 2-H
M-42
98.04.24
1174SBM1300A
13 PAPER TAKE-UP/FEED SECTION (2ND DRAWER: 23 cpm COPIER ONLY)

The copier is equipped with two Paper Drawers, 1st and 2nd, that can be slid out to the
front of the copier. Each can hold up to 250 sheets of paper.
The 1st Drawer is a universal paper size type, while the 2nd Drawer is a fixed paper size
type.
Paper Take-up Paper Take-Up Sensors (PC55, PC56)

Solenoids (SL2, SL3)
1st Drawer Set
Paper Empty Sensors (PC101, PC102)
Detecting Switch
S65
Marketing 1st Drawer

Area Switch (Universal Paper Size)
S66 Paper
2nd Drawer
Paper Size Take-Up Rolls
(Fixed Paper Size)
Detecting Switches
(S61 ~ S64)
2nd Drawer Set
Sensor PC69
1151M004YA
Paper Sizes That Can be Loaded

Marketing
Area
Switch
S66
5.5” × 8.5”, 8.5” × 11”, 8.5” × 14”, 8.5” × 11” [LETTER], 11” × 8.5”
Inch
11” × 8.5”, 11” × 14”, 11” × 17” [LETTER], 8.5” × 13” [G.LEGAL],
8.5” × 14” [LEGAL],
11” × 17”, 5.5” × 8.5” [INVOICE],
Inch
A5L, A4L, A4C, A3L 8” × 10.5” [G.LETTER]
Areas
Metric 8” × 13”, 8.5” × 13” [G.LEGAL] 10.5” × 8” [G.LETTER], 8-1/4” × 13”,
8-1/4” × 13” 10” × 14”, 11” × 14”, 210 × 280,
280 × 210, 216 × 297, 216 × 320,
220 × 280, 220 × 330, 280 × 420
M-43
98.04.24
Marketing
Area
Switch
S66
A3L, B4L, A4L, A4C, A5L, B5C, A3L, B4L, A4L, A4C, A5L, 8” × 13”
Metric B5L (Taiwan Only), 8” × 13”, 8-1/4” × 13”, 10” × 8” [QUARTO],
Metric 8.5” × 13”✽, 8-1/4” × 13” 210 × 280, 216 × 297, 297 × 216,
Areas 5.5” × 8.5” [INVOICE], 216 × 320, 220 × 280, 297 × 430
Inch 8.5” × 11” [LETTER]✽,
8.5” × 14” [LEGAL]✽, 11” × 17”✽
✽ Except Taiwan
1174SBM1301A
13-1. Edge Guide and Trailing Edge Stop
1st Drawer
The 1st Drawer is a universal type allowing the user to slide freely the Edge Guide and
Trailing Edge Stop to accommodate paper of different sizes.
The Edge Guide and Trailing Edge Stop can be locked into position by meshing the notches
in the Lock Lever with those in the Drawer.
Drawer Side
Lock Lever
1139M052AA
Trailing Edge Stop Edge Guide
1139M053AA
1139M054AA
2nd Drawer
The 2nd Drawer is a fixed paper size type, in which the Edge Guide and Trailing Edge Stop
are screwed into fixed positions.
The Edge Guide is provided with an Edge Pad (which is Velcro) that prevents double feed
and ensures that the paper stack keeps its correct alignment with regard to the paper path
reference position.
M-44
98.04.24
1174SBM1302A
13-2. Drawer Positioning
Each of the 1st and 2nd Drawers is positioned by fitting its Positioning Plate on the paper
take-up end into the groove in the Drawer Frame. It is then secured in position by the mag-
net installed in the Drawer Front Cover on the paper take-up end. The tabs on both sides at
the front of the Drawer ensure that the Drawer clicks into position. Any deviation in the
paper path reference position can be adjusted within ±2 mm by moving the Front Cover of
the Drawer to the front or rear.
Tab Rear End
Positioning
Plate
1139M056AA
Front End
Position
Plate
1151M024AA
1139M057AA
1174SBM1303A
13-3. Paper Lifting Plate
The Paper Lifting Plate of each Drawer is raised at all times by two Paper Lifting Springs.
For the 2nd Drawer, the type and position of the Paper Lifting Springs must be changed
according to the paper size. (For details, see DIS/REASSEMBLY, ADJUSTMENT.)
Paper Lifting Plate
Paper Lifting Springs
1139M058AA
M-45
98.04.24
1174SBM1304A
13-4. Drawer-in-Position Detection
The copier detects that the Drawer is slid into position as follows.
1st Drawer
When the 1st Drawer is slid into the copier, the Drawer Frame presses the 1st Drawer Set
Detecting Switch installed on the back panel of the copier.
2nd Drawer
When the 2nd Drawer is slid into the copier, the Rib on the Drawer Frame blocks the 2nd
Drawer Set Sensor.
Paper Size
1st Drawer Set
Detecting Switches
Detecting Switches S65
S61 S62 S63

1139M060AA
Drawer Frame
1139M061AA
2nd Drawer Set Sensor PC69

<Control>
S65 PWB-A PJ15A-11 L H 15-B

PC69 PWB-A PJ2A-2 L H 17-A
M-46
98.04.24
1174SBM1305A
13-5. Universal Tray (1st Drawer) Paper Size Detection
The length (feeding direction) and width (crosswise direction) of the paper are indepen-
dently detected and the copier determines the paper size by combining the two separate
detections made.
On the bottom of the tray is a lever fitted to the Trailing Edge Stop and another lever fitted to
the Edge Guide. These levers actuate and deactuate Paper Size Detecting Switches to
allow the copier to determine a particular paper size.
The Marketing Area Switch is used to set the type of paper to be used (inch or metric).
S62
Marketing Area S61 S63 Drawer Set Detecting
Switch S66 S64 Switch S65
NOTE
The number and the installed position of
the Paper Take-Up Rolls vary depending on
the marketing areas: inch or metric. See
pp. M-43 and M-44 for the sizes of the
paper that can be taken up and fed out of
the drawer.
1151M003AA
Paper Size Detecting Switches Inch/Metric Setting Switch S66

Length (FD) Width (CD) Paper Length
Metric Inch
S61 S62 S63 S64
ON ON ON – 402.0~402.0 A3 11” × 17”
OFF 8-1/2” × 14”
ON ON OFF 402.0~349.2 B4
ON 11” × 14”
OFF 8-1/2” × 14”
ON OFF OFF 349.4~317.2 FLS
ON 11” × 14”
OFF OFF OFF – 317.2~272.0 A4L Letter L
OFF Letter L
OFF OFF ON 272.0~222.0 B5L
ON Letter C
OFF A5L Invoice L
OFF ON ON 222.0~195.0
ON A4L Letter C
OFF Letter C
OFF ON OFF 195.0~195.0 B5C
ON Letter L
The 2nd Drawer accepts only paper of a fixed size and has no paper size detecting system.
(The paper size is input from the control panel using a Tech. Rep. Mode.)
M-47
98.04.24
<Control>
S61 PWB-A PJ15A-1 L H 14-A
S66 PWB-A PJ2A-4 L H 17-B
1174SBM1306A
13-6. Paper Empty Detection
When the Drawer runs out of paper, the Actuator for the Paper Empty Sensor drops into the
cutout in the Paper Lifting Plate. This activates the Paper Empty Sensor and the copier
detects that the Drawer has run out of paper.
As noted earlier, the Paper Lifting Plate is raised at all times by the Paper Lifting Springs. To
prevent the Actuator for the Paper Empty Sensor from being caught by the paper stack
when the Drawer is slid out of the copier, it is tilted slightly. This, however, results in the
operating stroke of the Actuator becoming small, which increases the possibility of the
Actuator activating the Sensor by the flexing of a sheet of paper as it is taken up and fed in.
To prevent this false detection of a paper-empty condition, the paper empty detection is
enabled only when the Paper Take-Up Roll is in the retracted position.
Paper Empty Sensor (PC101, PC102)
1139M062AA
Actuator
<Control>
PC101 PWB-A PJ4A-6 L H 17-F
PC102 PWB-A PJ3A-4 L H 17-D
M-48
98.04.24
1174SBM1307A
13-7. Paper Separating Mechanism
Each Drawer has Fingers that separate the top sheet of paper from the rest of the paper
stack at paper take-up. The Fingers are fitted to the right front and rear corners of the
Drawer. When the Paper Take-Up Roll starts turning to take up the top sheet of paper, its
turning force is directly transmitted to the top sheet of paper as it is in direct contact with the
Paper Take-Up Roll. That force overcomes the block of the Fingers, causing the top sheet
of paper to ride over the Fingers and be fed out of the Drawer into the copier.
As to the second sheet of paper, the paper transport force obtained through friction with the
top sheet of paper is weak and does not allow the second sheet of paper to ride over the
block of the Fingers. Hence, the second sheet of paper remains stationary with the rest of
the paper stack in the Drawer.
When there are only two sheets of paper left in the Drawer, the bottom sheet can be fed
with the top one if the friction of the Paper Lifting Plate is weak. The Friction Plate affixed to
the Paper Lifting Plate prevents this from happening.
Paper Take-Up Roll
Paper
Separator Finger
1139M063AA
Friction Plate Paper Lifting Plate
M-49
98.04.24
1174SBM1308A
13-8. Paper Take-Up Roll
Since the Paper Lifting Plate is raised at all times by the Paper Lifting Springs, paper is
wedged in the mechanism when the Drawer is slid out of the copier if the Paper Take-Up
Roll is round in shape. So the Take-Up Roll is semicircular and the circular part of the Roll
is positioned on top at times other than take-up. For convenience, we call this position of
the Paper Take-Up Roll the “retracted” position.
The Paper Take-Up Roll is grooved to keep good friction even under heavy loading. The 1st
Drawer, which is a universal type to accommodate paper of different sizes, is provided with
five (four in areas using only inch paper) Paper Take-Up Rolls. The 2nd Drawer accommo-
dating paper of a fixed size only is equipped with two Rolls whose positions must be
changed according to the paper size. (For the positions, see DIS/REASSEMBLY, ADJUST-
MENT.)
The Paper Take-Up Roll is driven when the Paper Take-Up Solenoid is energized. The Roll
is turned one complete turn for each single sheet of paper.
The Paper Take-Up Sensor is used to detect whether a sheet of paper has been properly
taken up or not.
Paper Take-Up Roll Paper Take-Up Solenoid (SL2, SL3)

Ratchet
1139M064AA
Ratchet 1151M025AA
Vertical Transport Roller

Paper Take-Up Sensor (PC55, PC56)
Actuator
1139M066AA
M-50
98.04.24
1174T21MCA

SL2 PWB-A PJ4A-9 L H 17-F
SL3 PWB-A PJ3A-2 L H 17-D

PC55 PWB-A PJ4A-2 H L 17-F
PC56 PWB-A PJ3A-7 H L 17-E
1174SBM1309A
13-9. Paper Take-Up Retry Control
To minimize the occurrence of paper misfeed due to a slippery Paper Take-Up Roll, the
Paper Take-Up Solenoid is energized a second time if a sheet of paper fails to reach the
Paper Take-Up Sensor within T sec. after the solenoid has been deenergized. The solenoid
is energized this second time 0.5 sec. after the above-mentioned period of T sec. has
elapsed. (This is referred to as the paper take-up retry function.)
A misfeed results if the sheet of paper does not reach the Paper Take-Up Sensor even after
three paper take-up sequences (initial take-up plus two retries).
Here is the control timing chart.
1174T15MCA

T 1.3 sec. 1.6 sec.
M-51
98.04.24
1174SBM1310A
13-10. VERTICAL PAPER TRANSPORT
The sheet of paper taken up by the Paper Take-Up Roll from the Drawer is fed along the
Paper Guide to the Vertical Transport Rollers. The paper fed by the Vertical Transport Roll-
ers reaches the Transport Rollers and is then fed up to the Synchronizing Rollers. The
Transport Rollers are turned and stopped by the Paper Transport Clutch. The Transport
Roller Sensor immediately before the Transport Rollers detects a sheet of paper fed from
the Vertical Transport Section or Manual Bypass Table.
The Cover for the Vertical Transport Section (i.e., the Side Door) can be opened and closed
for clearing misfeeds. The Side Door Detecting Sensor detects whether or not this Cover is
open.
<23 cpm Copier> <15/18 cpm Copier>
Transport Transport
Rollers Rollers Side Door
Side Door Detecting
Detecting Actuator Sensor PC57
Actuator Sensor PC57
Transport Roller
Transport Roller Vertical
Vertical Sensor PC51
Sensor PC51 Transport
Transport
Rollers/Rolls. Rollers/Rolls.
1142M006AA
1139M067AA
<Control>
1174T16MCA

CL2 PWB-A PJ5A-2A L H 4-B

PC54 PWB-A PJ17A-2A L H 4-D
M-52
98.04.24
1174SBM1400A
14 MULTI BYPASS TABLE

The optional Multi Bypass Table permits the user to make multiple copies (up to 50) on
paper that cannot be fed automatically via any built-in paper drawer of the copier.
✽ Standard on 23 cpm copier, optional on 18 cpm copier and 15 cpm copier.
Lever
Manual Feed
Paper Empty
Sensor
PC31
Paper Take-Up
Clutch CL51
Manual Feed Paper Take-Up Sole-

noid SL51
Paper Take-Up Roll 1139M087AA
M-53
98.04.24
1174SBM1401A
14-1. Paper Take-Up Mechanism
The Paper Take-Up Rolls are normally in their raised (retracted) position so that they will
not hamper proper loading of paper. When the Start Key is pressed, the Manual Feed
Paper Take-Up Solenoid is deenergized causing the Paper Take-Up Rolls to press the
paper stack downward and take up a sheet of paper.
Paper Stoppers are provided that block the leading edge of the paper stack as it is loaded
on the Table, preventing any portion of the leading edge of the paper from getting inside.
These Stoppers are unlocked at paper take-up, allowing paper into the copier.
Manual Feed Paper Take-Up Clutch controls the turning and stop of the Paper Take-Up
Rolls.
In Standby Lock Levers Lever
Rack Gear
Paper Take-Up
Rolls
Manual Feed
Paper Take-Up
1139M088AA
Solenoid SL51
Paper Stoppers
At Take-Up
1139M089AA
M-54
98.04.24
1174T18MCA

CL51 PWB-A PJ5A-4B L H 17-H
SL51
PWB-A PJ5A-2B L H
DOWN
17-H
SL51
PWB-A PJ5A-3B L H
UP
1174SBM1402A
14-2. Paper Take-Up Retry Control
To minimize the occurrence of a paper misfeed due to a slippery Paper Take-Up Roll, the
Manual Feed Paper Take-Up Clutch is kept deenergized for a given period of time before it
is energized again, if a sheet of paper fails to reach the Transport Roller Sensor even after
the lapse of a given period of time after the clutch has first been energized. (This is referred
to as the paper take-up retry function.)
A misfeed results if the sheet of paper does not reach the Transport Roller Sensor even
after three paper take-up sequences (initial take-up plus two retries).
Here is the control timing chart.
1174T19MCA
M-55
98.04.24
1174SBM1403A
14-3. Paper Separating Mechanism
The paper separating mechanism ensures that only the top sheet of paper is fed in by sep-
arating the second sheet of paper from the top one. This is accomplished by the Torque
Limiter fitted to the Separator Roll shaft which stops the Separator Roll when there is a
change in friction between the Feed and Separator Rolls.
1174SBM1404A
14-4. Paper Empty Detection
The Multi Bypass Table is equipped with a Manual Feed Paper Empty Sensor which
detects a sheet of paper at the manual bypass port.
Manual Feed
Paper Empty Sensor
PC31
Paper Take-Up Roll

Paper Stopper
1139M092AA
Actuator

PC31 PWB-A PJ5A-6B L H 17-H
M-56
98.04.24
1174SBM1500A
15 SYNCHRONIZING ROLLERS
The Synchronizing Rollers, operating in phase with the Scanner’s scan motion and paper
feeding, synchronize the leading edge of the copy paper accurately with the leading edge of
the toner image on the PC Drum.
The Upper Synchronizing Roller is a metal roller covered with a polyvinyl chloride tubing,
while the Lower one is a rubber roller.
Synchronizing
Upper Synchronizing Roller Roller Clutch CL1
Lower Synchronizing Roller

Paper Leading Edge Detecting
Sensor PC54
1151M026AA
To facilitate clearing of misfeeds, the Upper Synchronizing Roller is installed in the Imaging
Unit. It is fitted to the Guide Frame of the Imaging Unit and the Compression Springs at the
front and rear ends press the Roller downward so that it makes contact with the Lower Syn-
chronizing Roller. The Lower Roller is driven by the drive source, while there is a gear train
that transmits the rotation of the Lower Roller to the Upper Roller, thus ensuring good paper
transport performance.
To ensure good image transfer during conditions of high humidity, the Pre-Synch Guide
Plate is electrically floated by a plastic spacer, grounded through an 82MΩ resistor and 1kV
varistor.
Upper Synchronizing Roller

Compression Spring
Pre-Image Transfer Guide Frame

Guide Plate Pre-Synch Guide Plate
Paper Leading Edge
Detecting Sensor PC54
Lower Synchronizing Roller 1139M069AA
Actuator
M-57
98.04.24
1174SBM1501A
15-1. Upper Synchronizing Roller Positioning
Since the Upper Synchronizing Roller is fitted to the Imaging Unit, it must be correctly posi-
tioned with reference to the Lower Synchronizing Roller when the Upper Half of the copier
is swung down into the locked position. For this purpose, slits are cut in the lower copier
frame and the Bushings of the Upper Synchronizing Roller fit into these slits.
The Upper Synchronizing Roller is grounded through the Bushings which are in contact
with the frame. To positively ground the Roller, the Ground Plate fitted to the lower frame
makes contact with the Shaft of the Upper Synchronizing Roller.
Upper Synchronizing shaft

Lower Copier Frame
Ground Plate
1151M027YA
1174SBM1502A
15-2. Paper Dust Remover
The Paper Dust Remover is installed so that it makes contact with the Upper Synchronizing
Roller. Since the Upper Synchronizing Roller is covered with a vinyl tubing, triboelectric
charging occurs as the Roller turns in contact with the Paper Dust Remover. As paper is
then fed between the Synchronizing Rollers, the charges on the tubing attract paper dust
from the paper. The dust is then transferred onto the Paper Dust Remover.
Upper Synchronizing Roller Paper Dust Remover
1139M071AA
Lower Synchronizing Roller
M-58
98.04.24
1174SBM1503A
15-3. Synchronizing Roller Control
The Synchronizing Rollers are started as the Synchronizing Roller Clutch is energized
upon reception of a signal from the Master Board.
1174T17MCA
t: The value of t depends on the settings made in Adjust Mode.

CL1 PWB-A PJ5A-4A L H 4-A

PC54 PWB-A PJ17A-2A L H 4-D
M-59
98.04.24
1174SBM1600A
16 IMAGE TRANSFER AND PAPER SEPARATION

Image Transfer
The Image Transfer Corona applies a DC negative corona emission to the underside of the
paper thereby attracting the positively charged toner onto the surface of the paper to form a
visible, developed image of the original. The Corona Unit is provided with a Corona Wire
cleaning mechanism: the operator has only to pull out the Lever on which the Cleaner is
mounted from the front of the copier, which cleans the Wire.
Paper Separation
The Paper Separator Corona showers the underside of the paper with both positive and
negative charges so that the paper can be easily separated from the PC Drum. In addition,
two Paper Separator Fingers physically peel the paper off the surface of the PC Drum. (For
details, see PAPER SEPARATOR FINGERS.)
The Image Transfer/Paper Separator Coronas Unit is provided with a Pre-Image Transfer
Guide Plate that determines the angle at which the paper comes into contact with the PC
Drum and keeps an optimum distance between the paper and the PC Drum so that the
image may be properly transferred onto the paper.
The Image Transfer/Paper Separator Coronas Unit is grounded via a 2.6MΩ resistor, which
improves its efficiency to discharge to the PC Drum side, thus reducing the output current
from the High Voltage Unit.
PC Drum
Housing
Pre-Image
Transfer Guide
Resistor 1149M013AA Plate
Paper Separator Image Transfer
Corona Wire Corona Wire
1139M047AA
Cleaner Lever Cleaner
M-60
98.04.24
1174T14MCA

Image Transfer
Corona
Paper Separator
Corona
M-61
98.04.24
1174SBM1700A
17 MAIN ERASE LAMP

The Main Erase Lamp is turned ON to neutralize any surface potential remaining on the
surface of the PC Drum after cleaning.
Mounting Bracket Main Erase Lamp LA2
PC Drum
Slit
1139M044AA
The Main Erase Lamp consists of five tungsten-filament lamps mounted on a Board.
Slit
Tungsten-Filament Lamp Copier

Front Frame
Mounting Bracket
1174M001AA
1151T06MCA

LA2 PWB-A PJ10A-7 H L 2-I
M-62
98.04.24
1174SBM1800A
18 PAPER SEPARATOR FINGERS

After image transfer, an AC corona emission is applied to the underside of the paper by the
Paper Separator Corona to neutralize the paper so that it can be easily separated from the
PC Drum. To further ensure that the paper is positively separated from the PC Drum, there
are two Paper Separator Fingers attached to the Imaging Unit. They physically peel the
paper off the surface of the PC Drum.
The Paper Separator Fingers are made of plastic and are kept in constant contact with the
surface of the PC Drum.
PC Drum
1174M006AA
Separator Finger
The Paper Separator Fingers are also moved back and forth over a given distance so that
they will make contact with a wider surface area of the PC Drum, thus preventing localized
damage to the PC Drum surface. This lateral movement is done by the Lever connected to
the Cleaning Blade and, when the Cleaning Blade is moved, the Separator Fingers are also
moved back and forth.
✽ Lateral Movement: 3.7 mm
Cleaning Blade
Lever Holder
100mm 80mm
1139M050AA
Finger Positions Paper Path
Reference Position
M-63
98.04.24
1174SBM1900A
19 CLEANING UNIT
The Cleaning Blade is pressed tightly against the surface of the PC Drum and scrapes off
any toner remaining on the surface after image transfer and paper separation have been
completed.
The Cleaning Blade is moved back and forth to prevent the PC Drum from deteriorating and
the Cleaning Blade from warping away from the surface of the PC Drum.
A Toner Antispill Mylar is affixed to the Imaging Unit. It prevents toner scraped off the sur-
face of the PC Drum from falling down onto the surface of the copy paper or the paper path.
In addition, a Side Seal and Brush Seal are affixed to both ends of the Imaging Unit on both
sides of the Cleaning Blade. They prevent toner from spilling from both ends of the Clean-
ing Blade.
Cleaning Blade Brush Seal

Tension Spring
Side Seal
1139M021AA
Toner Antispill Mylar
Blade Lateral
Movement Cam
1139M022AA
M-64
98.04.24
1174SBM1901A
19-1. Cleaning Bias
✽ Except the U.S.A., Canada, and Europe
A Cleaning Bias Seal is installed to minimize damage to the PC Drum from acid paper.
Toner Antispill Mylar
PC Drum
1139M023AA
Cleaning Bias Seal
1151T02MCA

Cleaning Bias PWB-A PJ11A-8A L H 2-H
M-65
98.04.24
1174SBM2000A
20 PAPER TRANSPORT
After having gone through the image transfer and paper separation processes, the paper is
then transported to the Fusing Unit by the Suction Belts of the Suction Deck driven directly
by the Main Drive Motor.
The Suction Fan Motor draws the paper onto the turning Suction Belts for positive transport
of the paper.
The Suction Fan Motor is turned on/off at the same timing as the Main Motor.
Suction Fan Motor M4
Suction Belts
1151M005AA

M2 PWB-A PJ11A-14A L H 25-F
M4 PWB-A PJ5A-9A L H 4-B
M-66
98.04.24
1174SBM2100A
21 FUSING UNIT
The Upper Fusing Roller and Lower Fusing Roller together apply heat and pressure to the
toner and paper to permanently fix the developed image to the paper.
Drive for the Upper Fusing Roller is transmitted from the Main Drive Motor to the Upper
Fusing Roller Drive Gear. The Lower Fusing Roller and Cleaning Roller are driven by the
respective Rollers in contact with them.
Fusing Thermistor TH1

Fusing Thermoswitch TS1
Fusing Heater Lamp H1
Paper Exit Roll
Upper Fusing Roller
Lower Fusing Roller
Pressure Spring Cleaning Roller 1174M002AA
Paper Exit Roller Drive Gear
Upper Fusing Roller Drive Gear 1151M007AA
M-67
98.04.24
1174SBM2101A
21-1. Fusing Temperature Control
The Upper Fusing Roller is heated by a Fusing Heater Lamp which is an AC halogen lamp.
The Fusing Thermistor installed on the Upper Fusing Roller helps keep the optimum fusing
temperature.
The fusing temperature is normally controlled at 195°C. To ensure good fusing perfor-
mance, however, even when the Lower Fusing Roller remains cool immediately after warm-
up in the early morning, the temperature is controlled as follows when the copier is turned
ON:
✽ If the initial fusing temperature is less than 90°C:
Temperature is controlled at 205°C for 3 min. after the copier has completed warming up,
which is followed by a temperature control at 195°C.
✽ If the initial fusing temperature is less than 150°C:
Temperature is controlled at 205°C for 1 min. after the copier has completed warming up,
which is followed by a temperature control at 195°C.
✽ If the initial fusing temperature is more than 150°C:
Temperature is controlled at 195°C after the copier has completed warming up.
TH1 is positioned at a point 84 mm from the paper path reference position, thereby prevent-
ing offset caused by low temperature and degraded fusing performance for small-size
paper.
The control temperature in the Energy Saving Mode is 100°C.
The Fusing Thermoswitch, installed above the Upper Fusing Roller, cuts off the power to
the Fusing Unit if the temperature of the Upper Fusing Roller becomes excessively high. It
eliminates the possibility of a fire that could occur when the Fusing Heater Lamp remains
ON due to a faulty temperature control circuit.
1174M008CC
M-68
98.04.24
1174SBM2102A
21-2. Fusing Rollers Pressure Mechanism
Pressure Springs are installed at both ends of the Lower Fusing Roller. These springs con-
tact the bearings mounted on both ends of the Lower Fusing Roller and exert pressure
through the Lower Fusing Roller to the Upper Fusing Roller which is installed in the Fusing
Unit.
The Fusing Unit is divided into an upper and a lower half, and the upper half can be swung
open. The Upper Half of the copier, when locked in position, presses the upper half of the
Fusing Unit down onto its lower half.
Upper Copier Frame
Upper Fusing Roller
Pressure Spring Lower Fusing Roller
1139M076AA
1174SBM2103A
21-3. Cleaning Roller
The Cleaning Roller is made up of a core aluminum roller around which a high temperature
resistant paper based material is wound. As well as serving to clean the surface of the
Upper and Lower Fusing Rollers, the Cleaning Roller also ensures that the temperature
along the entire length of the Fusing Rollers does not rise excessively when, for example,
continously feeding small size paper.
Upper Fusing Roller
Lower Fusing Roller
Cleaning Roller
1174M003AA
M-69
98.04.24
1174SBM2200A
22 EXIT UNIT
The Paper Exit Roller/Rolls feed the paper, to which the developed image has been fixed,
out of the Fusing Unit onto the Copy Tray. The Charge Neutralizing Brush touches the sur-
face of the sheet of paper being fed out of the Fusing Unit to neutralize any static charge
left on it. The Upper and Lower Separator Fingers strip the paper from the surface of the
Upper/Lower Fusing Rollers.
Paper Exit Roll

Charge Neutralizing Brush
Upper Separator Finger
Paper Exit Roller
1139M078AA
Lower Separator Finger
1174SBM2201A
22-1. Upper/Lower Separator Fingers
The Upper and Lower Separator Fingers are laid out as shown below to cope with many dif-
ferent paper sizes.
A5
A3 A4
B6
B4 B5 A6
273 231 158 106 19

Paper Path Reference
36.6 Position
250.6 175.6 122.6
✽ Unit: mm
Upper Lower Separator Fingers
Separator
1139M079AA
Fingers
M-70
98.04.24
1174SBM2202A
22-2. Paper Exit Sensor
1st Paper Exit Sensor installed in the paper exit section of the lower half of the copier
detects the sheet of paper being fed out of the Fusing Unit onto the Copy Tray.
Actuator
Paper Exit Roller
1139M080AA
Paper Exit Sensor PC53

PC53 PWB-A PJ17A-8A L H 2-B
M-71
98.04.24
1174SBM2300A
23 EXIT/DUPLEX SWITCHING UNIT (OPTION)

If the copier is configured with an optional Sorter or Staple Sorter, or Duplex Unit (installed
in the Cabinet), the Exit/Duplex Switching Unit must be fitted to the exit section of the
copier.
Exit/Duplex Switching Plate
Drive Transmitting Gear

(coupled to a gear in the
Exit Section of the copier)
1139M081AA
The Master Board outputs a signal to energize the Exit/Duplex Switching Solenoid, which
switches the position of the Exit/Duplex Switching Plate. The Unit has a 2nd Paper Exit
Sensor built into it which detects a sheet of paper being fed out of the Unit. (For more
details of switching control, see the Service Manual for “DUPLEX UNIT.”)
2nd Paper Exit Sensor PC30
Paper Exit Roller/Rolls
Exit/Duplex Switching Plate
1139M082AA
Exit/Duplex Switching Solenoid SL61
M-72
98.04.24
1174SBM2400A
24 DEHUMIDIFYING SWITCH (OPTION)

To prevent image transfer efficiency from being reduced due to damp paper in highly humid
weather, a Paper Dehumidifying Heater is installed on the base frame of the copier under
the 2nd Drawer.
A Drum Dehumidifying Heater is located under the Lower Guide Plate to prevent the PC
Drum from forming condensation.
Both Drum and Paper Dehumidifying Heaters are ON when the Dehumidifying Switch is
ON and the power cord plugged in. They are OFF it the Dehumidifying Switch is OFF.
Drum Dehumidifying Heater H2 Paper Dehumidifying Heater H3
1174M013AC
1149M023AA
Lower Dehumidifying
Synchronizing Switch S3 Base frame
Roller
M-73
98.04.24
1174SBM2500A
25 COOLING FAN
Ozone produced by the PC Drum Charge Corona and Image Transfer/Paper Separator
Coronas is drawn out of the copier by the Cooling Fan Motor and absorbed by the Ozone
Filter.
The Cooling Fan Motor is turned either at high or low speed. It turns at high speed during
the time the main motor is on and for 3 seconds after the power switch is turned on.
Cooling Fan Motor M9
PC Drum Charge Corona

Duct
Image Transfer/Paper
Separator Coronas
1151M009AA

M9 PWB-A PJ20A-3 H L 11-A
M-74
98.04.24
1174SBM2600A
26 OPTICAL SECTION COOLING FAN

The Optical Section Cooling Fan Motor draws outside air into the copier and blows it
against the Original Glass which is heated by the lit Exposure Lamp.
The Filter at the intake port of the Fan prevents dust and dirt from entering the Optical Sec-
tion of the copier.
The Optical Section Cooling Fan Motor turns only while the Main Drive Motor is being ener-
gized.
<23 cpm copier> Filter Original Glass
Rear of Front of
Copier Copier
Optical Section Cooling

Fan Motor M3 1149M024AA
<15/18 cpm copier>

Front of Copier
Filter Original Glass
Optical Section Cooling

Outside Air Fan Motor M3
1139M095AA

M3 PWB-A PJ22A-2 L H 5-F/5-G
M-75
98.04.24
1174SBM2700A
27 MEMORY BACKUP
IC1 (RAM) of the RAM Board connected to the Master Board stores the setting/adjustment
values set in the Tech. Rep. Modes as well as the counter counts. The Backup Battery is
mounted on the RAM Board to prevent the contents of memory from being lost when the
power cord is unplugged or the RAM Board removed from the copier. The Backup Battery
requires a voltage of 2V or more to retain the contents of memory.
Important
As noted above, the RAM stores critical data. If the RAM Board has been replaced with a
new one, memory must first be cleared and then all settings be made again. It should also
be noted that the RAM Board should not be replaced at the same time when the Master
Board is replaced.
M-76
FrameMaker Ver.5.5(PC) EP1054/EP1085/EP2030 SWITCHES ON PWBs/TECH. REP. SETTINGS
98.06.09
EP1054/EP1085/EP2030
SWITCHES ON PWBs/
TECH. REP. SETTINGS
17196
98.06.09
CONTENTS
1. PRECAUTIONS FOR HANDLING THE PWBs ................................................ S-1
1-1. Precautions for Transportation and Storage ............................................ S-1
1-2. Precautions for Replacement and Inspection .......................................... S-1
2. CONTROL PANEL KEYS AND INDICATORS ................................................ S-2
2-1. 15 cpm Copier ......................................................................................... S-2
2-2. 18 cpm Copier ......................................................................................... S-4
2-3. 23 cpm Copier ......................................................................................... S-6
3. FUNCTIONS OF SWITCHES AND OTHER PARTS ON PWBs ..................... S-8
3-1. PWB Location .......................................................................................... S-8
3-2. Tech. Rep. Setting Switches Board ......................................................... S-8
4. USER MODE ................................................................................................... S-10
4-1. Functions Available from the User Mode ................................................. S-10
4-2. User Mode Setting Procedure ................................................................. S-10
4-3. User Mode Setting Details ....................................................................... S-11
5. SERVICE MODE ............................................................................................. S-16
5-1. Service Mode Function Tree .................................................................... S-16
5-2. Entering the Service Mode ...................................................................... S-17
5-3. Settings in the Service Mode ................................................................... S-18
(1) Test .................................................................................................. S-18
(2) Tech. Rep. Choice ........................................................................... S-20
(3) Altering Fixed Zoom Ratios (For 23 cpm Copier Only) .................... S-25
(4) PM Counter and Ports/Options Counter .......................................... S-25
(5) Paper Size Counter ......................................................................... S-26
(6) Misfeed Counter .............................................................................. S-27
(7) Malfunction Counter ........................................................................ S-28
(8) Parts/Supplies Life Counter ............................................................. S-29
(9) Paper Size Input (For 23 cpm Copier Only) .................................... S-30
(10) Display ............................................................................................. S-30
6. ADJUST MODE ............................................................................................... S-31
6-1. Functions Available in the Adjust Mode ................................................... S-31
6-2. Entering the Adjust Mode ........................................................................ S-31
6-3. Settings in the Adjust Mode ..................................................................... S-32
7. FUNCTION SETTING REQUIREMENTS AT REPLACEMENT OF PARTS ... S-34
i
98.06.09
1 PRECAUTIONS FOR HANDLING THE PWBs
1-1. Precautions for Transportation and Storage

A. Before transporting or storing the PWBs, put them in protective conductive cases or
bags so that they are not subjected to high temperature (and they are not exposed to
direct sunlight).
B. Protect the PWBs from any external force so that they are not bent or damaged.
C. Once the PWB has been removed from its conductive case or bag, never place it
directly on an object that is easily charged with static electricity (such as a carpet or
plastic bag).
D. Do not touch the parts and printed patterns on the PWBs with bare hands.
1-2. Precautions for Replacement and Inspection

A. Whenever replacing the PWB, make sure that the power cord of the copier has been
unplugged.
B. When the power is on, the connectors should never be plugged in or unplugged.
C. Use care not to strap the pins of an IC with a metal tool.
D. When touching the PWB, wear a wrist strap and connect its cord to a securely
grounded place whenever possible. If you cannot wear a wrist strap, touch the metal
part to discharge static electricity before touching the PWB.
S-1
98.06.09
CONTROL PANEL KEYS AND INDICA-

2
TORS
✽ For more details, see the “Operator’s Manual” shipped with the copier.
2-1. 15 cpm Copier
1. 10-Keys 9. Auto Exposure Mode Key

• Numeric keypad used for setting the num- • Selects either the Auto or Manual Expo-
ber of copies to be made, zoom ratio, and sure, or Photo mode.
Tech. Rep. mode settings.
10. Exposure Control Keys
2. Clear Key • Selects the exposure level.
• Clear the number-of-copies setting, zoom
ratio, choice modes setting. 11. Paper Select Key
• Selects the paper source.
3. Energy Saver Key
• Sets the copier into the Energy Saver 12. Book Key
mode. • Selects the Book mode.
4. Panel Reset Key 13. Drum Dehumidify Key

• Resets the copier to the initial mode. • Runs a Drum Dehumidify cycle.
5. Stop Key 14. Auxiliary Toner Replenishing Key

• Stops a multi-copy cycle or a test (F✽) • Starts an auxiliary toner replenishing
operation. sequence.
6. Start Key 15. Meter Count Key

• Gives a display of the current copy count.
• Starts a multi-copy cycle or a test (F✽)
operation.
7. Zoom Ratio Select Key

• Selects a fixed zoom ratio.
8. Zoom Up/Down Keys

• Changes the zoom ratio manually.
NOTE
15 cpm Copier is Except for U.S.A. and Canada Areas.
S-2
98.06.09
3 4
5
1
10
11
12
13
14
15
1158O001DA
S-3
98.06.09
2-2. 18 cpm Copier
1. 10-Keys
• Numeric keypad used for setting the num- 9. Auto Exposure Mode Key
ber of copies to be made, and Tech. • Selects either the Auto or Manual Expo-
Rep. mode settings. sure, or Photo mode.
2. Clear Key 10. Exposure Control Keys

• Clear the number-of-copies setting, • Selects the exposure level.
choice modes setting.
11. Paper Select Key
3. Energy Saver Key • Selects the paper source.
• Sets the copier into the Energy Saver
mode. 12. Book Key
• Selects the Book mode.
4. Panel Reset Key
• Resets the copier to the initial mode. 13. Finishing Mode Select Key
• Selects the Sort mode.
5. Stop Key
14. Auto Size Key
• Stops a multi-copy cycle or a test (F✽)
• Selects the Auto Size mode.
operation.
15. Drum Dehumidify Key
6. Start Key
• Runs a Drum Dehumidify cycle.
• Starts a multi-copy cycle or a test (F✽)
operation. 16. Auxiliary Toner Replenishing Key
• Starts an auxiliary toner replenishing
7. Zoom Ratio Select Key sequence.
• Selects a fixed zoom ratio.
17. Meter Count Key
8. Zoom Up/Down Keys • Gives a display of the current copy count.
• Changes the zoom ratio manually.
S-4
98.06.09
3 4
5
1
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
1174S001AA
S-5
98.06.09
2-3. 23 cpm Copier
1. 10-Keys 13. Mixed Original Detection Key

• Numeric keypad used for setting the num- • Selects the Mixed Original mode.
ber of copies to be made, zoom ratio, and
Tech. Rep. mode settings. 14. Orig. Copy Key
• Selects the original-and-copy type.
2. Clear Key
• Clear the number-of-copies setting, zoom 15. Manual Staple Key
ratio, choice modes setting. • Effects manual stapling of copies.
3. Energy Saver Key 16. Finishing Key

• Sets the copier into the Energy Saver • Selects the finishing type.
mode.
17. Auto Size Key
4. Interrupt Key • Selects the Auto Size mode.
• Sets the copier into, or lets it leave, the
Interrupt mode. 18. File Margin Key
• Selects the Margin mode.
5. Panel Reset Key
• Resets the copier to the initial mode. 19. Cover Key
• Selects the Cover mode.
6. Stop Key
• Stops a multi-copy cycle or a test (F✽) 20. Job Memory Select Key
operation. • Calls up a job program previously stored
in memory.
7. Start Key • Stores a job program when used in com-
• Starts a multi-copy cycle or a test (F✽) bination with the Input key.
operation.
21. Job Memory Input Key
8. Paper Select Key • Stores a job program in, or erases it from,
• Selects the paper source. memory.
9. Zoom Ratio Select Key 22. Drum Dehumidify Key

• Selects a fixed zoom ratio. • Runs a Drum Dehumidify cycle.
10. Zoom Up/Down Keys 23. Auxiliary Toner Replenishing Key

• Changes the zoom ratio manually. • Starts an auxiliary toner replenishing
sequence.
11. Auto Exposure Mode Key
• Selects either the Auto or Manual 24. Meter Count Key
Exposure, or Photo mode. • Gives a display of each of the current
counts of different electronic counters of
12. Exposure Control Keys the copier.
• Selects the exposure level.
S-6
98.06.09
4 5
1
7
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
1151O041DA
24 23 22 21
S-7
98.06.09
3 FUNCTIONS OF SWITCHES AND OTHER PARTS ON PWBs
3-1. PWB Location
Tech. Rep. Setting Switches Board PWB-A Board
1151S001AA
3-2. Tech. Rep. Setting Switches Board
1151S002AA
Symbol Name Description

Trouble Reset Switch Resets all malfunctions including Exposure Lamp
S1
(C04XX) and fusing (C05XX) malfunctions.
Initialize Points Forcibly resets a misfeed or malfunction that occurred
due to incorrect operation, etc. when it cannot be
PJ2
reset by opening and closing the Front Door and turn-
ing ON S1.
TP1 GND Test Point Ground terminal used for memory clear.
Memory Clear Test Point Initializes all data except those counted by the elec-
TP2
tronic counters.
S-8
98.06.09
<Clearing Procedures>
• Initialize Points PJ2
1. Turn OFF the Power Switch.
2. With PJ2 closed, turn ON the Power Switch.
3. In approx. 5 sec., open PJ2.
• Memory Clear Test Point TP2

1. Turn OFF the Power Switch.
2. With the circuit across TP1 and 2 closed, turn ON the Power Switch.
3. In approx. 5 sec., open the circuit across TP1 and 2.
NOTE
• If an erratic operation or display occurs, perform the clearing procedures in the order of
PJ2 and TP2.
• When memory clear has been performed, make the necessary settings again.
<List of Data Cleared by Switches and Points>

Clearing Means Trouble Reset Initialize Memory Clear
Front Door
Switch Points Test Point
Open/Close
Data Cleared (S1) (PJ2) (TP2)
Misfeed display ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
Malfunction display
(excluding Exposure
❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
Lamp and fusing
malfunctions)
Malfunction display
(including Exposure
− ❍ ❍ ❍
Lamp and fusing
malfunctions)
Erratic operation/display − − ❍ ❍
User mode − − − ❍
Service mode − − − ❍
F3/5/8 adjustment values − − − ❍
Adjust mode − − − ❍
❍ : Cleared − : Not cleared
S-9
98.06.09
4 USER MODE
• This mode is used to make various settings according to the user’s needs.
4-1. Functions Available from the User Mode
No. Function No. Function

✽ Mixed Original Detection ✽ Priority Orig. Copy type
0 18
✽✽ Lightweight Original 20 Auto clear ON/OFF

4
✽6 Smaller Originals 21 Energy Saver ON Timing
✽✽ Auto Clear for Plug-In

7 Auto Power OFF Disabling 23
Counter
✽ ✽✽ Sort/Non-Sort Switching
9 File Margin 24 ON/OFF
✽ Priority Paper Size/Source 28 Auto Power OFF Timing
10
✽✽ ✽ Special Paper Setting

12 APS/AMS/Manual Priority 51 (1st Drawer)
✽ Special Paper Setting

13 Optimum Exposure Level 52 (2nd Drawer)
Priority Manual Exposure ✽ Special Paper Setting
14 53
Level (3rd Drawer)
✽✽ 15 ✽54 Special Paper Setting

Finishing Mode Priority
(4th Drawer)
✽
For 23 cpm Copier only
✽✽
For 18/23 cpm Copier only
4-2. User Mode Setting Procedure

<Setting Procedure>
1. Hold down the Panel Reset key for about 3 seconds to set the copier into the User
mode. (“U” appears on the Zoom Ratio Indicator.)
2. From the 10-Keys, enter the number assigned to the desired function. (The number
entered appears following the letter “U” on the Zoom Ratio Indicator.)
3. Press the Start key. (Then, the current setting for that particular function appears on the
Multi-Copy Display.)
4. Press the Clear key.
5. Make a new setting.
6. Press the Start key to validate the entry of the new setting.
Note
If the setting data entered is outside the specifications, it is not validated and is shown blink-
ing.
<Resetting Procedure>
• Press the Panel Reset key to return to the Basic screen.
S-10
98.06.09
[User Mode]
4-3. User Mode Setting Details
Function No. Setting (The default is Highlighted .)

U-0 <Mixed Original Detection>
✽ Select whether to turn ON the Mixed Original Detection function or not
For 23 cpm
Copier only (high-speed processing).
ON: The copier enables its Auto Paper Selection (APS) or Auto Size
Selection (AMS) function for all originals loaded in the ADF (i.e.,
it can make copies from originals of assorted sizes loaded in a
set).
OFF: The copier enables its APS/AMS function only for the first
original loaded in the ADF.
Data 0 1
Mixed Original Detection Mixed Original Detection
Description function ON function OFF (high-speed
processing)
U-4 <Lightweight Original>

✽✽
For 18/23 cpm Select whether to turn ON the Lightweight Original function or not
Copier only when the ADF is used.
Data 0 1
Normal Lightweight Original
The original is pressed The original is not
Description against the Original Width pressed against the Origi-
Scale when stopped. nal Width Scale when
stopped.
U-6 <Smaller Originals>

✽ Select whether to enable (“ON”) a copy cycle or not (“OFF”) when it is
For 23 cpm
Copier only initiated by pressing the Start key with an original of the smallest
detectable size (metric areas: A5 or smaller; inch areas: Letter or
smaller) placed on the Original Glass.
ON OFF
The copy cycle is run using the A warning message is given and
paper loaded in the default paper the copier inhibits the start of this
source. copy cycle.
NOTE
The default setting is OFF for the metric areas and ON for the inch
areas.
S-11
98.06.09
[User Mode]

U-7 <Auto Power OFF Disabling>
Select whether to enable or disable the setting of “0: Disabled” for
“Auto Power OFF Timing” available from the User mode.
Data 0 1
Description Disabled Enabled
U-9 <File Margin>

✽ Select the margin making method in the File Margin mode.
For 23 cpm
Copier only
Data 0 1
File Margin mode when File Margin mode when
Description the original has a file mar- the original does not have
gin. a file margin.
U-10 <Priority Paper Size/Source>

✽ For 23 cpm Select the priority paper size or paper source selected when the
Copier only copier is set into the AMS or Manual mode.
Data Description Data Description

0 A3 (L) 10 11” × 17” (L)
1 B4 (L) 11 11” × 14” (L)
2 A4 (L) 12 Legal (L)
3 B5 (L) 13 Letter (L)
4 A5 (L) 14 5-1/2” × 8-1/2” (L)
5 FLS (L) 15 Letter (C)
6 A4 (C) 20 1st Drawer
7 B5 (C) 21 2nd Drawer
22 3rd Drawer
23 4th Drawer
Default: 15 (inch areas) / 6 (metric areas)
L: lengthwise; C: crosswise
NOTE
If a paper size or source that does not exist is selected, the 1st
Drawer (20) is automatically selected.
U-12 <APS/AMS/Manual Priority>

✽✽
For 18/23 cpm Select the priority copying mode that is automatically selected when
Copier only the Power Switch is turned ON or Panel Reset key is pressed.
[23 cpm Copier]
Data 0 1 2
Description APS AMS Manual
[18 cpm Copier]
Data 1 2
Description AMS Manual
S-12
98.06.09
[User Mode]

U-13 <Optimum Exposure Level>
Determine the optimum exposure level in the Auto as well as the Man-
ual Exposure mode.

46 Low level 4: – 2.0 steps 50 Standard ±0 steps
47 Low level 3: – 1.5 steps 51 High level 1: +0.5 steps
48 Low level 2: – 1.0 steps 52 High level 2: +1.0 steps
49 Low level 1: – 0.5 steps
U-14 <Priority Manual Exposure Level>

Determine the priority exposure level for the Manual Exposure mode.
The level determines the priority exposure level selected when the
exposure mode is switched from the initial Auto to Manual, and when
Manual Exposure is initially selected when power is turned ON.
[Auto Manual] [Manual]

0 Auto EXP.1 10 Manual EXP.1
U-15 <Finishing Mode Priority>

✽✽ Determine the priority finishing mode selected when the copier is
For 18/23 cpm
Copier only equipped with a finishing option.
[23 cpm Copier]
Data 0 1 2 3
Sort-and-
Description Non-Sort Sort Group
Staple
[18 cpm Copier]
Data 0 1
Description Non-Sort Sort
S-13
98.06.09
[User Mode]

U-18 <Priority Orig. Copy Type>
✽ For
23 cpm Determine the orig. copy type automatically selected when the
Copier only Power Switch is turned ON or Panel Reset key is pressed. The setting
made in “C-40 (Orig. Copy Type)” available as one of the Tech.
Rep. Choice functions determines the details of orig. copy type
selected by the setting of this function.
[When “0” is set for C-40] [When “1” is set for C-40]
0 1➡1 0 1➡2
1 1➡2 1 1➡2
2 2➡2 2 2➡2
3 1 ➡ 1 2in1 3 1 ➡ 2 2in1
4 1 ➡ 2 2in1 4 1 ➡ 2 2in1
NOTE
2in1 = Enabled when an ADF is mounted.
2 = Enabled when a Duplex Unit is mounted.
U-20 <Auto Clear ON/OFF>

Select whether or not to activate the auto clear (panel reset) function
after the lapse of a given period of time after a copy cycle has been
completed or a key on the control panel has been operated.
Data 0 1 2
Description Disabled Enabled: 30 sec. Enabled: 1 min.
U-21 <Energy Saver ON Timing>

Select whether or not to set the copier into the Energy Saver mode
after the lapse of a given period of time after a copy cycle has been
completed or a key on the control panel has been operated.

1 Enabled: 1 min. . .
. . . .
. . 97 Enabled: 97 min.
15 Enabled: 15 min. 99 Enabled: 240 min.
NOTE
Except for 99, the setting data equals the time in minutes.
S-14
98.06.09
[User Mode]

U-23 <Auto Clear for Plug-In Counter>
✽✽ Select whether to activate the auto clear (panel reset) function when
For 18/23 cpm
Copier only the Plug-In Counter is pulled out.
Data 0 1
Auto clear is not acti-
Description Auto clear is activated.
vated
U-24 <Sort/Non-Sort Switching ON/OFF>
✽✽ Select whether to enable or disable the function that automatically
For 18/23 cpm
Copier only switches between the Sort and Non-Sort mode depending on the
number of originals loaded in the ADF when the copier is equipped
with an ADF and finishing option.
Data 0 1
Description OFF (disabled) ON (enabled)
U-28 <Auto Power OFF Timing>

Select whether or not to enable the auto power OFF function that
turns power off automatically after the lapse of a given period of time
after a copy cycle has been completed or a key on the control panel
has been operated.

0 Disabled ✽ Enabled: 60 min.
60
✽ Enabled: 30 min. Enabled: 240 min.
30 99
✽
30: 15/18 cpm Copier 60: 23 cpm Copier
NOTES
1. Except for 0 and 99, the setting data equals the time in minutes.
2. “0” cannot be selected for this function if U-7 (Auto Power OFF
Disabling) available as one of the User Mode functions is set to
“0.”
U-51 to 54 <Special Paper Setting>

✽ Designates each drawer of the copier for special paper.
For 23 cpm
Copier only
U-51: 1st Drawer
U-52: 2nd Drawer Data 0 1
U-53: 3rd Drawer Description Plain paper Special paper
U-54: 4th Drawer
NOTE
The APS mode is disabled if “1” is set.
S-15
98.06.09
5 SERVICE MODE
• This mode is used by the Tech. Rep. to set, check, adjust, and/or program various ser-
vice functions.
5-1. Service Mode Function Tree
F1 : Paper passage test

F2 : PC Drum Charge/Image Transfer Coronas output
F3 : Exposure Lamp voltage adjustment
F4 : Paper Separator Corona output
Test F5 : AE Sensor automatic adjustment
Service Mode No. 1 F6 : Edge Erase Lamp check
✽ F7 : Original Size Detecting Unit adjustment
F8 : ATDC Sensor automatic adjustment
F9 : IU check, optimum exposure adjustment
FA : Scanner/Image Erase Lamp operation check
✽ C-0 : Plug-In Counter counting

C-1 : Size Counter counting
C-2 : Total Counter counting
C-4 : Maintenance Call Reminder ON/OFF
C-5 : PM Counter
✽✽ C-6 : Plug-In Counter copying enable/disable
C-7 : IU 60K stop
C-15 : Toner empty stop
C-20 : Leading edge erase
Service Tech. Rep. C-21 : Trailing edge erase
Mode Choice C-23 : Loop length adjustment
Service Mode No. 2 ✽✽ C-31 : 1-sided original stop position adjustment
✽ C-32 : 2-sided original stop position adjustment
✽ C-33 : 2-in-1 original stop position adjustment
✽ C-34 : 2-in-1 original distance adjustment
✽✽ C-37 : S-ADF mode original stop position adjustment
✽✽ C-38 : ADF Registration Loop adjustment
✽ C-40 : Orig. copy type
C-90 : ATDC detection level
✽
✽✽
For 18/23 cpm Copier only
Altering Fixed Zoom Ratios

✽For 23 cpm Copier only
Service Mode No. 3
S-16
98.06.09
~
PM Counter and Ports/Options Counter Service Mode No. 4
Paper Size Counter Service Mode No. 5
Service
Misfeed Counter Service Mode No. 6
Mode
Malfunction Counter Service Mode No. 7
Parts/Supplies Life Counter Service Mode No. 8
Paper Size Input Service Mode No. 9

✽
Display Service Mode No. 0
5-2. Entering the Service Mode
<Procedure>
1. Press the Meter Count key. Then, press the following keys in this order.
Press the Press the
➡ Press “0.” ➡ Press “0.” ➡ ➡ Press “0.” ➡ Press “1.”
Stop key. Stop key.
2. From the 10-Keys, press the number corresponding to the service mode no. assigned.
3. Perform the necessary steps for the function selected.
<Leaving the Service Mode>

• Press the Panel Reset key twice to go back to the Basic screen.
S-17
98.06.09
5-3. Settings in the Service Mode

(1) Test
• This function allows the Tech. Rep. to perform various functional tests and adjustments.
<Setting Procedure>
1. Enter the number assigned to the desired test from the 10-Keys. (The number appears
on the Multi-Copy Display.)
2. Press the Start key to start the test.
3. Press the Stop key to stop the test.
<Test Copy>
• A test copy can be made by entering “F3, F5” of the Test No., holding down the Stop key
and pressing the Start key.
<Leaving the Function>

[Service Mode Test]

Test No. Description
F1 <Paper Passage Test>
A paper passage test is carried out to check for correct sensor opera-
tion without having to wait for the copier to complete warming up. It
provides the following two modes:
1. Normal mode (The Zoom Ratio Indicator shows “On.”)
2. Load OFF mode, in which some parts are put in an inactive state
(The Zoom Ratio Indicator shows “Off.”)
<Procedure>
1. Using the Zoom Up/Down key, select either one of the two modes.
2. Press the Start key.
<To quit>
• Press the Stop key, or the test stops when paper runs out.
F2 <PC Drum Charge/Image Transfer Coronas Output>
Do not use this test as it is only for factory adjustment.
F3 <Exposure Lamp Voltage Adjustment>
This test allows the Tech. Rep. to adjust the maximum Exposure
Lamp voltage and the optimum exposure setting in the Manual Expo-
sure mode. (It runs for 30 sec.)
NOTE
For details, see DIS/REASSEMBLY, ADJUSTMENT.
F4 <Paper Separator Corona Output>

F5 <AE Sensor Automatic Adjustment>
This test automatically adjusts the AE Sensor. (It runs for 5 sec.)
NOTE
S-18
98.06.09
[Service Mode Test]

Test No. Description
F6 <Image Erase Lamp Check>
This test checks whether the Image Erase Lamp turns ON and OFF
properly.
(It runs for one complete copy cycle.)
<Procedure>
• Press the Start key after the copier has completed warming up.
This causes the lamp to make a checkered pattern.
F7 <Original Size Detecting Unit Adjustment>
✽ This test automatically adjusts the Original Size Detecting Sensors,
For 23 cpm
Copier only starting when the Start key is pressed. (It runs for 5 sec.)
F8 <ATDC Sensor Automatic Adjustment>
This test automatically adjusts the ATDC Sensor. (It runs for about 5
min.)
NOTE
F9 <IU Check, Optimum Exposure Adjustment>

FA <Scanner/Image Erase Lamp Operation Check>
– Components Energized in the Tests –

Test Operation
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9 FA
Component
Main Drive Motor ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ − ❍ ❍ −
PC Drum Drive Motor ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ − ❍ ❍ −
Fan Motors ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ − ❍ ❍ −
Toner Replenishing Motor − − − − − − − ❍ − −
HV (PC Drum Charge, Image
✽ ❍ − − − ❍ − ❍ ❍ −
Transfer, grid)
Bias (Developing, Separator, seal) ✽ − ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ − ❍ ❍ −
Scanner ❍ − ✽ − ✽ ❍ − − ❍ ❍
Paper Take-Up Roll ❍ − − − − ❍ − − − −
Paper Transport Rollers ❍ − − − − ❍ − − − −
Synchronizing Rollers ❍ − − − − ❍ − − − −
Exposure Lamp ✽ − ❍ − ❍ ❍ − − ❍ −
Main Erase Lamp ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ − ❍ ❍ −
Image Erase Lamp ✽ − ❍ ❍ ❍ ✽ − ❍ − ❍
PC Drum Paper Separator Fingers ❍ − − − − ❍ − − − −
Misfeed detection ❍ − − − − ❍ − − − −
Malfunction detection ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
❍ : Energized − : Remain deenergized
✽
F1 : Deenergized in the load OFF mode.
✽
F3/5 : The Scanner stops at the TRON position.
✽
F6 : Turned ON and OFF alternately to make a checkered pattern.
S-19
98.06.09
(2) Tech. Rep. Choice

• This function allows the Tech. Rep. to make various settings and adjustments.
<Setting Procedure>
1. Press “2” from the 10-Keys. (The Zoom Ratio Indicator shows “C.”)
2. Press the number assigned to the desired Tech. Rep. Choice. (The Zoom Ratio Indica-
tor shows “C” plus the number of the chosen function.)
3. Press the Start key. (The Multi-Copy Display shows the current setting for the chosen
function.)
4. Clear the current setting using the Clear key and enter the new setting from the 10-Key
Pad.
5. Press the Start key to validate the new setting.
NOTE
If the setting is illegal, it is not validated and is shown blinking.
<Test Copy>
• A test copy can be made by entering “C” of the Tech. Rep. Choice No., holding down the
Stop key and pressing the Start key.
<Leaving the Function>

[Service Mode Tech. Rep. Choice]

Choice No. Setting (The default is Highlighted .)
C-0 <Plug-In Counter Counting>
✽ Select the condition by which the Plug-In Counter count is increased.
For 23 cpm
Copier only
Data 0 1
Counts the number of Counts the number of
Description sheets of paper fed out. copy processes carried
out.
NOTE
See the Count-up Table for details.
C-1 <Size Counter Counting>

Select the size of the paper to be counted by the Size Counter.
Data 0 1 2 3
Description
(Metric No count A3 A3/B4 A3/B4/FLS
areas)
11” × 17”,
Description 11” × 17”,
No count 11” × 17” 8-1/2” × 14”,
(Inch areas) 8-1/2” × 14”
11” × 14”
NOTE
S-20
98.06.09

C-2 <Total Counter Counting>
Select the conditions (paper size and 2-sided copying) by which the
Total Counter count is increased.
Data 0 1 2
1 count per 1
Description Multiple count-up Multiple count-up
copy cycle
NOTE
<Count-up Table>
Copying 1-Sided 2-Sided
Sizes Sizes
Size other than Set sizes other than Set sizes Manual
those set those set Bypass
Mode Mode Mode Mode
Total
0 1 2 0 1 2 0 1 2 0 1 2
Total (mechani-
1 1 2 2 2 2 4 4 1
cal, electronic)
Size
0 1 1 2 0 2 2 0 0
(electronic)
2-Sided Total
0 0 1 1 2 1 1 4 0
(electronic)
2-Sided Size
0 0 0 1 1 4 0
(electronic)
Count-
ing 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 4 4 1
Plug-In copies
(mech Count-
anical) ing
1 1 2 2 2 2 4 4 1
copy
cycles
0: No count 1: 1 count 2: 2 counts 4: 4 counts
C-4 <Maintenance Call Reminder ON/OFF>
Select whether to enable or disable the maintenance call reminder.
Data 0 1
The maintenance call The maintenance call
Description
reminder is not given. reminder is given.
S-21
98.06.09

C-5 <PM Counter>
Select either PM Counter or Copy Kit Counter.
Data Description
0 PM Counter
Copy Kit Counter: Copying not inhibited after the
1
counter has counted down to zero.
Copy Kit Counter: Copying inhibited after the counter
2
has counted down to zero.
NOTE
If this function is set to “2,” the copier gives an indication to replace
the IU and inhibits the initiation of a new copy cycle even if C-4 is set
to “0.”
C-6 <Plug-In Counter Copying Enable/Disable>

✽✽
For 18/23 cpm Select whether to enable or disable copying according to whether the
Copier only Plug-In Counter is plugged in or not.
Data 0 1
Permits copying even Inhibits copying when the
Description when the Plug-In Counter Plug-In Counter is not
is not plugged in. plugged in.
NOTE
Be sure to set this function to “1” when the Plug-In Counter is
installed.
C-7 <IU 60K Stop>

Select whether or not to inhibit copying when IU Counter has counted
60K.
Data 0 1
Description Permits copying. Inhibits copying.
Default: 0 (inch areas) / 1 (metric areas)
C-15 <Toner Empty Stop>
Select whether or not to inhibit copying when a toner-empty condition
is detected.
Data 0 1
Description Permits copying. Inhibits copying.
NOTE
If “1” is set, the copier inhibits copying when it detects a T/C of 3.5%
or lower.
S-22
98.06.09

C-20 <Leading Edge Erase>
Varies the width of erase on the leading edge.
Data 0 1
Description Smaller width Greater width
NOTE
When the setting is changed, it results in the erase width being
changed by about 3 mm.
C-21 <Trailing Edge Erase>

Varies the width of erase on the trailing edge.
Data 0 1
Description Smaller width Greater width
NOTE
When the setting is changed, it results in the erase width being
changed by about 3 mm.
C-23 <Loop Length Adjustment>

Adjust the length of the loop to be formed in paper before the Syn-
chronizing Rollers.

47 Loop length about 4.9 mm 51 Loop length about 7.7 mm
50 Loop length about 7.0 mm
C-31 to 34 <Original Stop Position Adjustment>

✽ Adjust the position at which to stop the original in each of the following
For 23 cpm
Copier only ADF modes.
✽✽ ✽✽
For 18/23 cpm C-31: 1-sided original stop position adjustment
✽
Copier only C-32: 2-sided original stop position adjustment
✽
C-33: 2-in-1 original stop position adjustment
✽C-34: 2-in-1 original distance adjustment
✽✽
C-37: S-ADF mode original stop position adjustment
✽✽
C-38: ADF Registration Loop adjustment
Data 43.................................... 50 ................................. 58

Adjustment
−7 mm............................. ±0 mm ........................+8 mm
Value
NOTE
The stop position is farther away from the Original Width Scale (or a
greater distance between 2-in-1 originals) in the + direction.
S-23
98.06.09

C-40 <Orig. Copy Type>
✽
For 23 cpm Determine the orig. copy types that can be selected in the “Priority
Copier only Orig. Copy Type” available from the User mode.
Data 0 1
Only the types involving
All orig. copy types can
Description 2-sided copy can be
be selected.
selected.
C-90 <ATDC Detection Level>

Select the ATDC control level (T/C ratio).

48 T/C ratio 5.0 % 51 T/C ratio 6.5 %
49 T/C ratio 5.5 % 52 T/C ratio 7.0 %
50 T/C ratio 6.0 % 53 T/C ratio 7.5 %
S-24
98.06.09
(3) Altering Fixed Zoom Ratios (For 23 cpm Copier Only)

• This function allows the Tech. Rep. to change the fixed zoom ratios over the range
between ×0.500 and ×2.000 according to the needs of the user.
<Setting Procedure>
1. Select the Altering Fixed Zoom Ratios function.
2. Select the particular fixed zoom ratio to be changed and press the Clear key to clear it.
NOTE
If the zoom ratio is cleared mistakenly, press the Panel Reset key to undo the clearing oper-
ation.
3. Enter the desired zoom ratio from the 10-Keys.

4. Press the Start key to validate the new zoom ratio.
(4) PM Counter and Ports/Options Counter

• This function shows the counts of the PM Counter (IU) and Ports/Options Counter. The
particular port or option is indicated by the corresponding LED of the Misfeed Monitor.
The count is shown across the “Zoom Ratio Indicator” and “Multi-Copy Display.”
NOTE
The PM Counter is indicated by the IU Service Life Indicator LED.
Multi-Copy Display Zoom Ratio Indicator

Example) Count: 12345
123 45
Counting System
• PM Counter: Count-down type (When the counter has counted down to zero, a − (minus)
sign appears in the Zoom Ratio Indicator and the count is thereafter incremented.
• Ports/Options Counter: Count-up type
<Setting Procedure>
1. Select the PM Counter and Ports/Options Counter function.
2. Each press of the Paper Select key lights up a new LED representing the new counter
in the following order.
[23 cpm Copier]
Order Description Order Description
1 PM Counter 6 Manual bypass
2 1st Drawer 7 Duplex take-up
3 2nd Drawer 8 Sorter
4 3rd Drawer (Paper Feed Cabinet) 9 Stapling
5 4th Drawer (Paper Feed Cabinet) 10 ADF
NOTE
PF-112, if the copier is so equipped, is indicated by the 3rd Drawer LED only.
[18 cpm Copier] [15 cpm Copier]

1 PM Counter 1 PM Counter
2 Copier paper source 2 Copier paper source
3 Manual bypass 3 Manual bypass
4 Sorter
5 ADF
S-25
98.06.09
<Setting a PM Counter Count>

1. Show the count of the PM Counter (IU Service Life Indicator) and clear it.
2. Enter the desired count from the 10-Keys.
NOTE
Press the Stop key to undo the clearing command.
3. Press the Start key to validate the new count setting.
<Clearing a Count>
• Show the count of the counter to be cleared and press the Clear key. If a count is mistak-
enly cleared, press the Stop key to undo the clearing command.
(5) Paper Size Counter

• This function shows the counts of different sizes of paper.
The paper size is indicated by the Paper Select LED. The count is shown across the
“Zoom Ratio Indicator” and “Multi-Copy Display.”
Example Multi-Copy Display Zoom Ratio Indicator

Count: 12345 123 45
<Setting Procedure>
1. Select the Paper Size Counter function.
[23 cpm Copier: Metric areas] [23 cpm Copier: Inch areas]
1 A3 1 Legal
2 A4 2 Letter
3 A5 3 11” × 17”
4 B4 4 11” × 14”
5 FLS 5 Invoice
6 Inch 6 Metric
[15/18 cpm Copier: Metric areas] [15/18 cpm Copier: Inch areas]
1 A3 1 Legal
2 A4 2 Letter
3 A5 3 11” × 17”
4 B4 4 11” × 14”
5 FLS 5 Invoice
6 Inch 6 Metric
<Clearing a Count>
S-26
98.06.09
(6) Misfeed Counter

• This function shows the number of misfeeds that have occurred at different locations in
the copier (count-up type counter). The Monitor Display tells the location of the misfeed
by a lit LED. The count is shown on the Zoom Ratio Indicator and the misfeed code is
given on the Multi-Copy Display.
Example
Zoom Ratio Indicator Multi-Copy Display
Misfeed location: Manual bypass
123 J
Count: 123
<Setting Procedure>
1. Select the Misfeed Counter function.
[23 cpm Copier]

1 Manual bypass J 10 Storage/transport J
2 1st Drawer J 11 Storage J
3 2nd Drawer J 12 Sorter J
4 3rd Drawer (Paper Feed Cabinet) J 13 ADF (take-up) JA
5 4th Drawer (Paper Feed Cabinet) J 14 ADF (transport) Jb
6 Duplex take-up/transport J 15 ADF (exit) Jc
7 Paper take-up/transport J 16 ADF (turnover) Jd
8 Separator J 17 ADF (single feed) JE
9 Exit J
NOTE
PF-112, if the copier is so equipped, is indicated by the 3rd Drawer LED.
[15 cpm Copier] [18 cpm Copier]

1 Manual bypass J0 1 Manual bypass J0
2 Copier paper take-up/ J0 2 Copier paper take-up/ J0
transport transport
3 Take-up/transport J1 3 Take-up/transport J1
4 Separator J2 4 Separator J2
5 Exit J3 5 Exit J3
6 Sorter J
7 ADF JA~JE
<Clearing a Count>
S-27
98.06.09
(7) Malfunction Counter

• This function shows the number of malfunctions that have occurred at different locations
in the copier (count-up type counter). The Zoom Ratio Indicator shows the malfunction
code, while the Multi-Copy Display shows the count.
Example
ATDC Sensor malfunction (F30)
F30 12
Count: 12
<Setting Procedure>
1. Select the Malfunction Counter function.
2. Each press of the Paper Select key shows the count of a new counter in the following
order.
NOTE
The count is given only if it is not “0.” If all counts are “0,” the message “All 0” is shown.
Order Malfunction Code Description

1 000 A Main Drive Motor malfunction
2 010 A PC Drive Moter malfunction
3 04C A Cooling Fan Motor malfunction
4 070 A Toner Replenishing Motor malfunction
5 400 An Exposure Lamp malfunction
6 500 An abnormally low fusing temperature during warm-up
7 510 An abnormally low fusing temperature after completion of warm-up
8 520 An abnormally high fusing temperature
9 600 A Scanner drive system malfunction
10 610 A Lens drive system malfunction
11 620 A Mirror drive system malfunction
12 900 A 1st Drawer malfunction
13 950 A 2nd Drawer malfunction
14 990 A Paper Feed Cabinet Main Tray malfunction
15 998 A Paper Feed Cabinet Shift Tray malfunction
16 99E A Paper Feed Cabinet
17 F02 An Original Size Detecting Unit malfunction
18 F10 An AE Sensor malfunction
19 F30 An ATDC Sensor malfunction
20 F79 A Paper Empty Sensor malfunction
21 FE1 An Original Size Detecting Sensor malfunction
22 b10 A Sorter Paper Clamp Unit moving malfunction
23 b30 A Sorter Paper Aligning Motor malfunction
24 b50 A Sorter Staple Unit malfunction
25 b60 A Sorter Bin moving mechanism malfunction
26 d00 A Duplex Unit Guide Plates malfunction
27 d20 A Duplex Unit entrance port switching failure
28 d50 A Duplex Drive Motor malfunction
29 E1 A starter charging failure
30 E2 An ATDC automatic adjustment/IU fuse blowing failure
31 Ar1 Copier watchdog
32 Ar2 ADF watchdog
33 Ar3 Sorter watchdog
✽ For 18 cpm Copier, the counter counts are shown in the order of 1 to 11, 18, 19, 25 and
29 to 33.
15 cpm Copier, the counter counts are shown in the order of 1 to 11, 18, 19 and 29 to 31.
<Clearing a Count>
S-28
98.06.09
(8) Parts/Supplies Life Counter

• This function shows the number of copy processes to which different parts or supplies
have been subjected (count-up type). Each count is given as shown below.
Example
IU Counter
Count: 1234567
Zoom Ratio Multi-Copy

Indicator Display
IU 12
Shown alternately
345 67
<Setting Procedure>
1. Select the Parts/Supplies Life Counter function.
2. Each press of the Paper Select key shows the count of a new counter in the following
order.
Order Zoom Ratio Indicator Description

1 IU IU Counter
2 Pc PC Drum Counter
3 St Developer Counter
4 Cb Cleaning Blade Counter
5 Fu Fusing Unit Counter
<Clearing a Count>
NOTE
The IU Counter cannot be cleared under this function. However, the counts of all counters
except the Fusing Unit Counter under this counter function are cleared when the starter
charging sequence is completed.
S-29
98.06.09
(9) Paper Size Input (For 23 cpm Copier Only)

• This function allows the Tech. Rep. to enter the size of the paper loaded in each drawer
(except the 1st Drawer which is a Universal Tray).
<Setting Procedure>
1. Select the Paper Size Input function.
2. Each press of the Paper Select key shows a new paper size in the following order.
Order Zoom Ratio Indicator Multi-Copy Display Description
1 2F 2nd Drawer length
2 2C 2nd Drawer width
3rd Drawer (Paper Feed Cabinet)
3 3F
length
3rd Drawer (Paper Feed Cabinet)
4 3C
width
Current paper size
4th Drawer (Paper Feed Cabinet)
5 4F
length
4th Drawer (Paper Feed Cabinet)
6 4C
width
7 5F (Japan Only)
8 5C (Japan Only)
NOTE
For PF-112, use 3F and 3C for the size input.
3. Show the paper size to be set and press the Clear key to clear the current size.
4. From the 10-Keys, enter the new paper size.
(10) Display
• This function is used to check the time it takes the copier to complete different functions
and to make a control panel display test and sensor check.
<Setting Procedure>
1. Select the Display function.
2. From the 10-Keys, enter the number (0, 1, 2, 6, or 7) corresponding to the item to be
checked/set.
[Service Mode Display]
Display Function Setting
<Warm-up time>
d0
The warm-up time is shown on the Zoom Ratio Indicator
<First copy time>
d1
The first copy time is shown on the Zoom Ratio Indicator
<Multiple copy time>
d2
The multiple copy time is shown on the Zoom Ratio Indicator
<Display test>
d6 All LEDs on the control panel are turned ON and OFF (blinking) for
checking operations.
<Sensor check>
When a misfeed or malfunction occurs, this function is used to make a
sensor check to isolate the possible faulty spot.)
d7
NOTE
For details, see TROUBLESHOOTING.
S-30
98.06.09
6 ADJUST MODE
• The Adjust mode is used to adjust the optical system at the factory. Use this mode only
when the RAM Board (PWB-Y) has been replaced and memory clear performed. When-
ever PWB-Y has been replaced or memory clear performed, be sure to input the values
indicated on the Adjust Mode Label on the inside of the Front Door.
6-1. Functions Available in the Adjust Mode
Function Function
Name Name
Code Code
Reduction registration
A0 Lens focal length correction A5
adjustment
Lens full size position cor- Book-B scan registration
A1 A6
rection adjustment
Mirror full size position cor- Enlargement registration
A2 A11
rection adjustment
Feeding-direction zoom Leading edge erase width
A3 A12
ratio correction adjustment
Full size registration adjust- Trailing edge erase width
A4 A13
ment adjustment
6-2. Entering the Adjust Mode

<Procedure>
1. Show the Service Mode Menu on the Touch Panel and then press the following keys in
this order.
Press the Stop key. ➡ Press the Start key.
2. From the 10-Keys, press the number corresponding to the adjust mode function to be
used.
(The function code appears on the zoom ratio indicator.)
3. Press the Start key. Then, the adjustment data appears on the Multi-Copy Display.
4. Using the Clear key, clear the current adjustment data setting and enter the desired
data from the 10-Keys.
5. Press the Start key to validate the new data.
NOTE
If the setting is illegal, it is not validated and is shown blinking.
<Test Copy>
• A test copy can be made by entering “A” of the Adjust Mode No., holding down the Stop
key and pressing the Start key.
<Leaving the Adjust Mode>

S-31
98.06.09
6-3. Settings in the Adjust Mode

[Service Mode Adjust Mode]
Adjust Mode Setting
A0 Lens focal length Corrects variations in the Lens focal length (according to the
correction grouping of the Lenses).
Data 49 50 51
Short focal Long focal
Description Standard (0)
length (−) length (+)
A1 Lens full size Corrects the zoom ratio in the crosswise direction by varying the
position correc- Lens full size position.
tion
Data 42 .... 50 .... 57
+26 steps .... +58 steps .... +86 steps
Description (Reduction (Enlargement
direction) direction)
A2 Mirror full size Corrects the optical path length of the Mirror for the Lens focal
position correc- length.
tion
Data 42 .... 50 .... 57
+46 steps .... +110 steps .... +166 steps
A3 Feeding-direc- Correct the zoom ratio in the feeding direction by varying the scan
tion zoom ratio speed.
correction
Data 42 .... 50 .... 58
–3.2% .... ±0% .... +3.2%
A4 Full size Corrects registration between the leading edge of the original and
registration that of the image in the full size mode by varying the Synchroniz-
adjustment ing Roller start timing.
Data 30 .... 50 .... 70

−5.6 mm .... ±0 mm .... +5.6 mm
Description (Smaller (Greater
deviation) deviation)
S-32
98.06.09
[Service Mode Adjust Mode]

Adjust Mode Setting
A5 Reduction Corrects registration between the leading edge of the original and
registration that of the image in a reduction mode by varying the Synchroniz-
Data 30 .... 50 .... 70

−5.6 mm .... ±0 mm .... +5.6 mm
A6 Book-B scan Corrects the registration between the leading edge of the original
registration and that of the image in Book-B scan by varying the Synchroniz-
Data 30 .... 50 .... 70

−5.6 mm .... ±0 mm .... +5.6 mm
A11 Enlargement Corrects registration between the leading edge of the original and
registration that of the image in an enlargement mode by varying the Syn-
adjustment chronizing Roller start timing.
Data 30 .... 50 .... 70

−5.6 mm .... ±0 mm .... +5.6 mm
A12 Leading edge Corrects the leading edge erase width by varying the Image
erase width Erase Lamp ON timing.
adjustment
Data 42 .... 50 .... 58
−7.5 mm .... ±0 mm .... +7.5 mm
width) width)
A13 Trailing edge Corrects the trailing edge erase width by varying the Image Erase
erase width Lamp ON timing.
adjustment
Data 40 .... 50 .... 60
−7.5 mm .... ±0 mm .... +7.5 mm
width) width)
S-33
98.06.09
7 FUNCTION SETTING REQUIREMENTS AT REPLACEMENT OF PARTS

• If a part is replaced as part of troubleshooting and other service jobs, some parts require
that a Test operation be run and data values reentered and/or cleared.
Replacement Part
RAM PC Developer Cleaning Fusing Exposure
IU ✽
Board Drum 1 Blade Rollers Lamp ✽2
Function
Memory clear ❍
Initialize ❍
Job program ❍
User mode ❍
Tech. Rep. Choice ❍
Test F3 ❍ ❍
Test F5 ❍ ❍
Test F8 ❍ ❍ ❍
PM Counter ❍
Clearing Parts/
Supplies Life ❍
Service mode
Counter “Pc”
Clearing Parts/
Supplies Life
Counter “St”
Clearing Parts/
Supplies Life ❍
Counter “Cb”
Clearing Parts/
Supplies Life ❍
Counter “Fu”
Adjust mode ❍
❍ : Required
✽
1 : Including the replacement of the ATDC Sensor.
✽
2 : Including the cleaning of Lamp Regulator and optical system.
S-34
FrameMaker Ver.5.5(PC) EP1054/EP1085/EP2030 DIS/REASSEMBLY, ADJUSTMENT
98.04.13
EP1054/EP1085/EP2030
DIS/REASSEMBLY,
ADJUSTMENT
18605
98.04.13
CONTENTS
1. SERVICE INSTRUCTIONS ............................................................................. D-1
1-1. INSTRUCTIONS FOR HANDLING THE PWBs WITH MOS ICs ............. D-1
1-2. HANDLING OF THE PC DRUM .............................................................. D-1
1-3. PARTS WHICH MUST NOT BE TOUCHED ........................................... D-4
(1) Screws ............................................................................................. D-4
(2) Variable Resistors on Board ............................................................ D-4
(3) Other Screws ................................................................................... D-4
2. DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY ...................................................................... D-5
2-1. DOORS, COVERS, AND EXTERIOR PARTS: IDENTIFICATION AND
REMOVAL PROCEDURES ..................................................................... D-5
2-2. REMOVAL OF PWBs .............................................................................. D-8
2-3. BELT INSTALLATIONS ........................................................................... D-10
2-4. PAPER TAKE-UP/TRANSPORT SECTIONS ......................................... D-11
(1) Removal of the Paper Take-Up Unit ................................................ D-11
(2) Removal of the Paper Take-Up Rolls .............................................. D-12
(3) Cleaning of the Paper Take-Up Rolls .............................................. D-12
(4) Removal of the Suction Unit ............................................................ D-12
(5) Disassembly of the Suction Unit ...................................................... D-13
(6) Replacement of the Paper Lifting Springs (2nd Drawer):
23 cpm copier only .......................................................................... D-14
(7) Disassembly of the Multi Bypass Table
(15/18 cpm copier: OPTION) ........................................................... D-15
2-5. OPTICAL SECTION ................................................................................ D-20
(1) Removal of the Lens Drive Cable .................................................... D-20
(2) Winding of the Lens Drive Cable ..................................................... D-21
(3) Removal of the Scanner Drive Cable .............................................. D-22
(4) Winding of the Scanner Drive Cable ............................................... D-25
(5) Removal of the Scanner .................................................................. D-29
(6) Cleaning of the Exposure Lamp ...................................................... D-29
(7) Cleaning of the 1st/2nd/3rd Mirrors ................................................. D-30
(8) Cleaning of the Lens and 4th Mirror ................................................ D-30
(9) Cleaning of the Optical Section Cooling Fan Filter
(15/18 cpm copier only) ................................................................... D-30
2-6. IMAGING UNIT ........................................................................................ D-31
(1) Disassembly, Cleaning, Replacement and Starter Changing of
the Imaging Unit .............................................................................. D-31
(2) Cleaning of the Main Erase Lamp ................................................... D-35
(3) Cleaning of the Image Erase Lamp ................................................. D-35
2-7. PC DRUM CHARGE CORONA/IMAGE TRANSFER CORONA UNIT .... D-37
(1) Cleaning of the PC Drum Charge Corona Housing ......................... D-37
(2) Cleaning of the PC Drum Charge Corona Grid Mesh ..................... D-38
(3) Cleaning of the Comb Electrode ...................................................... D-38
(4) Cleaning of the Image Transfer/Paper Separator Coronas Wires ... D-38
(5) Cleaning of the Image Transfer/Paper Separator Coronas
Housing ........................................................................................... D-39
(6) Cleaning of the Lower Pre-Image Transfer Guide Plate .................. D-39
i
98.04.13
(7) Replacement of the Ozone Filter ..................................................... D-39

2-8. FUSING UNIT .......................................................................................... D-40
(1) Removal of the Fusing Unit ............................................................. D-40
(2) Cleaning of the Pre-Fusing Guide Plate .......................................... D-41
(3) Removal of the Upper Fusing Roller ............................................... D-41
(4) Cleaning of the Upper Fusing Roller ............................................... D-43
(5) Cleaning of the Upper Paper Separator Fingers ............................. D-43
(6) Cleaning of the Fusing Thermistor .................................................. D-43
(7) Removal of the Lower Fusing Roller ............................................... D-43
(8) Cleaning of the Lower Fusing Roller ............................................... D-44
(9) Cleaning of the Lower Paper Separator Fingers ............................. D-44
(10) Disassembly of the Exit/Duplex Switching Unit (Option) ................. D-45
3. ADJUSTMENT ................................................................................................. D-49
3-1. JIGS AND TOOLS USED ........................................................................ D-49
3-2. ADJUSTMENT REQUIREMENTS LIST .................................................. D-50
3-3. ADJUSTMENT OF SWITCHES ............................................................... D-51
(1) Adjustment of Front Door Interlock Switch S21 ............................... D-51
3-4. ELECTRICAL/IMAGE ADJUSTMENTS .................................................. D-52
(1) Adjustment of the Maximum Exposure Lamp Voltage for
the Manual Mode ............................................................................. D-52
(2) Adjustment of the Optimum Exposure Setting in the Manual Mode D-55
(3) Adjustment of the Optimum Exposure Setting in the Auto Mode .... D-56
(4) Adjustment of the ATDC Sensor ..................................................... D-57
(5) Adjustment of the Aperture Blades .................................................. D-58
(6) Adjustment of the Multi Bypass Table Reference Position .............. D-59
(7) Adjustment of the 1st/2nd (23 cpm copier only)
Drawer Reference Position .............................................................. D-60
(8) Adjustment of the Paper Lifting Plate Springs (2nd Drawer):
23 cpm copier only .......................................................................... D-61
(9) Adjustment of the Leading Edge Registration ................................. D-62
(10) Adjustment of the Image Leading Edge Erase Width ...................... D-66
(11) Adjustment of the Image Erase Lamp Position ............................... D-68
3-5. OTHER ADJUSTMENTS ......................................................................... D-69
(1) Adjustment of the Scanner/Mirrors Carriage Position ..................... D-69
(2) Adjustment of the Gap Between the Doctor Blade and
Sleeve Roller ................................................................................... D-70
(3) Adjustment of the Original Size Detecting Board ............................ D-71
4. MISCELLANEOUS .......................................................................................... D-72
4-1. INSTALLATION OF THE PLUG-IN COUNTER MOUNTING BRACKET
(OPTION) ................................................................................................. D-72
ii
98.04.13
1 SERVICE INSTRUCTIONS
1-1. INSTRUCTIONS FOR HANDLING THE PWBs WITH MOS ICs

The following precautions must be observed when handling P.W. Boards with MOS
(Metal Oxide Semiconductor) ICs.
During Transportation/Storage:
• During transportation or when in storage, new P.W. Boards must not be indiscriminately
removed from their protective conductive bags.
• Do not store or place P.W. Boards in a location exposed to direct sunlight.
• When it becomes absolutely necessary to remove a Board from its conductive bag or
case, always place it on its conductive mat in an area as free as possible from static elec-
tricity.
• Do not touch the pins of the ICs with your bare hands.
During Replacement:
• Before unplugging connectors from the P.W. Boards, make sure that the power cord has
been unplugged from the outlet.
• When removing a Board from its conductive bag or conductive case, do not touch the
pins of the ICs or the printed pattern. Place it in position by holding only the edges of the
Board.
• Before plugging connectors into the Board, make sure that the power cord has been
unplugged from the power outlet.
During Inspection:
• Avoid checking the IC directly with a multimeter; use connectors on the Board.
• Never create a closed circuit across IC pins with a metal tool.
• When it is absolutely necessary to touch the ICs and other electrical components on the
Board, be sure to ground your body.
1-2. HANDLING OF THE PC DRUM

During Transportation/Storage:
• Use the specified carton whenever moving or storing the PC Drum.
• The storage temperature is in the range between –20°C and +40°C.
• In summer, avoid leaving the PC Drum in a car for a long time.
Handling:
• Ensure that the correct PC Drum is used.
• Whenever the PC Drum has been removed from the copier, store it in its container or pro-
tect it with a Drum Cloth.
• The PC Drum exhibits greatest light fatigue after being exposed to strong light over an
extended period of time. Never, therefore, expose it to direct sunlight.
• Use care not to contaminate the surface of the PC Drum with oil-base solvent, finger-
prints, and other foreign matter.
• Do not scratch the surface of the PC Drum.
• Do not apply chemicals to the surface of the PC Drum.
• Do not attempt to wipe clean the surface of the PC Drum.
D-1
98.04.13
If, however, the surface is contaminated with fingerprints, clean it using the following proce-
dure.
1. Place the PC Drum into one half of its container.
1076D001
2. Gently wipe the residual toner off the surface of the

PC Drum with a dry, Dust-Free Cotton Pad.
A. Rotate the PC Drum so that the area of its surface
on which the line of toner left by the Cleaning
Blade is present is facing straight up. Wipe the sur-
face in one continuous movement from the rear
edge of the PC Drum to the front edge and off the
surface of the PC Drum.
1076D002
B. Rotate the PC Drum slightly and wipe the newly
exposed surface area with a CLEAN face of the
Dust-Free Cotton Pad. Repeat this procedure until
the entire surface of the PC Drum has been thor-
oughly cleaned.
✽ At this time, always use a CLEAN face of the dry
Dust-Free Cotton Pad until no toner is evident on the
face of the Pad after wiping.
3. Soak a small amount of either ethyl alcohol or iso-

propyl alcohol into a clean, unused Dust-Free Cot-
ton Pad which has been folded over into quarters.
Now, wipe the surface of the PC Drum in one con-
tinuous movement from its rear edge to its front
edge and off its surface one to two times.
✽ Never move the Pad back and forth.
1076D003
4. Using the SAME face of the Pad, repeat the proce-

dure explained in the latter half of step 3 until the
entire surface of the PC Drum has been wiped.
Always OVERLAP the areas when wiping. Two
complete turns of the PC Drum would be appropri-
ate for cleaning.
1076D004
D-2
98.04.13
NOTES
• The Organic Photoconductor Drum is softer than CdS and Selenium Drums and is there-
fore susceptible to scratches.
• Even when the PC Drum is only locally dirtied, wipe the entire surface.
• Do not expose the PC Drum to direct sunlight. Clean it as quickly as possible even under
interior illumination.
• If dirt remains after cleaning, repeat the entire procedure from the beginning one more
time.
Identification of Fuses
PWB-D
250V 15A
Power Supply Board

PWB-C
250V 3A
Power Supply Unit PU2

125V 10A
1171D001AA
D-3
98.04.13
1-3. PARTS WHICH MUST NOT BE TOUCHED

(1) Screws
Purpose of Application of Red Paint

Red paint is applied to the screws which cannot be readjusted, set, or reinstalled in he field.
The basic rule is not to remove or loosen the screws to which red paint is applied. In addi-
tion, be advised that, if two or more screws are designated as those which must not be
touched on a single part, only one representative screw may be marked with red paint.
(2) Variable Resistors on Board
Do not turn the variable resistors on boards for which no adjusting instructions are given in
“ADJUSTMENT.”
(3) Other Screws
Lower Pre-Image Transfer Lens Rail height

Guide Plate (2 screws) setting screws (2)
1139D078AA 1151D042AA
D-4
98.04.13
2 DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY
2-1. DOORS, COVERS, AND EXTERIOR PARTS: IDENTIFICATION

AND REMOVAL PROCEDURES
<23 cpm copier>

<15/18 cpm copier>
5 6 7 8
4
8 9
3
9 10
2
10 11
1
12
11 (✽1)
12 13
13
16 (✽1)
14 1151D027AA
15 14 1151D001AA
(✽1: 23 cpm copier only)
20
21
19
22
18 23
17
24
1151D028AA
26 25
D-5
98.04.13
No. Part Name Removal Procedure

1 Front Door Swing down No.1. → Remove one screw that secures the
Belt. → Remove two screws that secure the Front Door (only
on one side). → Slide the Door to the side from which the
screws have been removed.
2 Control Panel Swing down No.1. → Remove No.9. → Release and swing up
the Upper Half of the copier. → Remove No.21. → Remove
two screws that secure the control panel and loosen another
five screws that secure the control panel.
3 Original Scales Remove two screws that secure the Scales.
4 Original Glass
5 Rear Upper Cover Remove the Original Cover. → Release and swing up the
(Small) Upper Half of the copier. → Remove the Screw Cover and one
mounting screw of No.5.
6 Left Hinge Cover Remove the Original Cover. → Remove one screw that
secures the Left Hinge Cover.
7 Rear Upper Cover Remove the Original Cover. → Remove No.6, 8 and 9. →
8 Right Hinge Cover Remove one screw that secures No.7.
9 Upper Right Cover
10 Right Cover Remove No.11. → Remove No.9. → Remove two screws that
secure No.10.
11 Middle Right Cover Remove screws that secure No.11. (23 cpm copier: three/
15/18 cpm copier: four).
12 Right Door Open No.12 and remove it by lifting it up.
13 Multi Bypass Table Remove two screws that secure the Multi Bypass Table
Mounting Bracket Mounting Bracket.
✽1
14 Counter Cover Remove No.14 by snapping if off.

15 1st Drawer Slide out the Drawer and remove one screw that secures the
16 ✽ Stopper at the rear left corner.
2nd Drawer 2
17 Lower Rear Cover Remove two screws that secure the Lower Rear Cover.
✽
2
18 Rear Cover Swing down No.1. → Release and swing up the Upper Half of
the copier. → Remove two screws that secure the Rear Cover.
19 Upper Rear Cover Swing down No.1. → Release and swing up the Upper Half of
the copier. → Remove three screws that secure the Upper
Rear Cover.
20 Original Cover
Remove the Original Cover by pulling it up.
D-6
98.04.13
No. Part Name Removal Procedure

21 Upper Left Cover Swing down No.1. → Release and swing up the Upper Half of
the copier. → Remove four screws that secure the Upper Left
Cover.
22 Middle Front Left Swing down No.1. → Release and swing up the Upper Half of
Cover the copier. → Remove one screw that secures the Middle
Front Left Cover.
23 Front Exit Cover Swing down No.1. → Release and swing up the Upper Half of
the copier. → Remove No.22. → Remove one screw that
secures the Front Exit Cover.
24 Rear Exit Cover Swing down No.1. → Release and swing up the Upper Half of
the copier. → Remove No.26. → Remove one screw that
secures the Rear Exit Cover.
25 Lower Left Cover Remove four screws that secure the Lower Left Cover.
26 Middle Rear Left Swing down No.1. → Release and swing up the Upper Half of
Cover the copier. → Remove one screw that secures the Middle
Rear Left Cover.
✽ 1: Multi Bypass Section: 15/18 cpm copier option
✽ 2: 18/23 cpm copier only
D-7
98.04.13
2-2. REMOVAL OF PWBs

• When removing a PWB, first go over “PRECAUTIONS FOR HANDLING THE PWBs”
contained in SWITCHES ON PWBs and use the removal procedures given on the next
page.
• Replacement of a PWB may call for readjustments or resetting of particular items.
• The removal procedures given on the next page omit the steps to unplug connectors and
remove the PWB from the PWB support.
PWB-Y
PWB-A
PWB-D
PU1
PWB-C
PU2
1174D001AA
PWB-E (15/18 cpm copier)
PWB-F (23 cpm copier)
D-8
98.04.13
Symbol Part Name Removal Procedure

PWB-A Master Board Open 1. → Release and swing up the Upper Half of
the copier. → Remove 19.
PWB-C Power Supply Board Open 1. → Release and swing up the Upper Half of
the copier. → Remove 17 (18/23 cpm copier only), 18,
PWB-D Noise Filter Board and 19. → Remove four screws that secure the Power
Supply Unit Cover.
PWB-E Motor Drive Board Open 1 and 12. → Remove 9, 10, and 11.
(15/18 cpm
copier)
PWB-F Motor Drive Board Open 1. → Remove 11. → Remove 9 and 10. →
(23 cpm Remove the Multi Bypass Unit.
copier)
PWB-H AE Sensor Board Remove 3 and 4. → Remove the optical cover.
PWB-P Control Panel Open 1. → Remove 9. → Release and swing up the
Upper Half of the copier. → Remove 21. → Remove
seven screws that secure Control Panel.
PWB-Y RAM Board Open 1. → Release and swing up the Upper Half of
the copier. → Remove 19.
PU1 Power Supply Unit <18/23 cpm copier>
Open 1. → Remove 11. → Remove 9 and 10. →
Remove the Multi Bypass Unit.
<15 cpm copier>
Open 1 and 12. → Remove 9, 10, and 11.
PU2 DC Power Supply Open 1. → Release and swing up the Upper Half of
Unit the copier. → Remove 17 (18/23 cpm copier only) and
18.
HV1 High Voltage Unit Open 1. → Release and swing up the Upper Half of
the copier. → Remove 19. → Remove PWB-A.
UN2 Original Size Detect- Remove 3 and 4. → Remove the optical cover.
(18/23 cpm ing Board
copier only)
UN3 ATDC Sensor Open 1. → Release and swing up the Upper Half of
the copier. → Take out the I/U. → Remove two screws
that secure the Synchronizing Roller Guide Unit.
✽ Details of Readjustments/Resetting Involved In Replacement of PWB-Y, UN2 and UN3.
• When PWB-Y is replaced:
Carry out Memory Clear and then make the Tech. Rep. Program, User's Choice, and
Adjust settings again.
• When UN2 is replaced: (18/23 cpm copier only)
Adjust the Original Size Detecting Board.
• When UN3 is replaced:
Discard the developer which had been used until UN3 was replaced, charge the Devel-
oping Unit with fresh starter, and adjust ATDC.
D-9
98.04.13
2-3. BELT INSTALLATIONS

• Rear View
Drive/Suction Unit
1151D052AB
Paper Take-Up Unit
<18/23 cpm copier>
<15 cpm copier> 1151D050AA
1142D005AA
D-10
98.04.13
2-4. PAPER TAKE-UP/TRANSPORT SECTIONS

(1) Removal of the Paper Take-Up Unit
1. Remove the Multi Bypass Table. (15/18 cpm

copier: OPTION) See p. D-15. (NO 1 ~ 7)
2. Slide out the 1st and 2nd (23 cpm copier only)
Drawers.
1139D084AA
3. Press the tabs at the two places indicated by the

arrow and, at the same time, remove the cover.
(15/18 cpm copier only)
1142D007AA
4. Remove screws and the Paper Take-Up Unit. (23

cpm copier: four screws/15/18 cpm copier: five
screws)
1151D020AA
5. Unplug the connectors from the solenoids on the

Paper Take-Up Unit. (23 cpm copier: two connec-
tors/15/18 cpm copier: one connector)
1139D086AA
6. Remove the Rear and Rear Upper covers.

7. Remove the DC Power Supply Unit.
8. Remove the harness from the wiring saddle.
9. Unplug the connectors (23 cpm copier: two con-
nectors/15/18 cpm copier: one connector).
1139D238AA
D-11
98.04.13
(2) Removal of the Paper Take-Up Rolls
1. Remove one screw to remove the Paper Take-Up

Roll.
1139D088AA
(3) Cleaning of the Paper Take-Up Rolls
1. Remove the Paper Take-Up Unit from the copier.

2. Using a soft cloth dampened with alcohol, wipe
clean the Paper Take-Up Rolls.
1139D089AA
(4) Removal of the Suction Unit
1. Remove the Fusing Unit. (See p. D-40.)

2. Unplug the Suction Fan connector and remove the
wire from the clamp.
1151D029AA
3. Remove four screws to remove the Suction Unit.
1151D030AA
D-12
98.04.13
(5) Disassembly of the Suction Unit
1. Remove the four Suction Drive Rolls and six bush-

ings by pulling them in the direction of the arrow.
1151D004AA
2. Snap off the three E-rings from the Suction Drive

Unit.
3. Remove the gear and bushings.
1139D094AA
4. Remove the Pre-Fusing Guide Plate.

5. Remove the Suction Drive Unit.
1151D005AA
6. Remove the four belts.
1151D006AA
7. Remove the Suction Fan.
1151D009AA
D-13
98.04.13
(6) Replacement of the Paper Lifting Springs (2nd Drawer): 23 cpm copier only
Remark
• The replacement springs are installed on the underside of the 2nd Drawer.
1139U044AA
1. Remove the Stoppers of the 2nd Drawer and the

2nd Drawer.
1136P243AA
2. Remove one screw and the Edge Guide Unit.
1151D043AA
3. Remove the Front Separator Finger by removing its

pin.
1139U045AA
4. Raise the Paper Lifting Plate Unit and replace the

Paper Lifting Springs. See p. D-61.
1139U047AA
D-14
98.04.13
(7) Disassembly of the Multi Bypass Table (15/18 cpm copier: OPTION)
1. Remove the Right Door.
1139D099AA
2. Remove three screws and the Large Cover.
4425U408AA
3. Remove one screw and the Small Cover.
1139D227AA
4. Remove three screws and the Guide Lever Unit.
1139D222AA
1139D223AA
D-15
98.04.13
5. Remove four screws and the Multi Bypass Table.

6. Unplug the Multi Bypass Table connector.
1139D240AA
7. Remove one screw and the Multi Bypass Table.
1139D225AA
8. Unplug one connector.

9. Remove the Tension Unit.
1151D018AA
10. Remove two screws and the Clutch Mounting

Bracket.
1139D101AA
11. Remove two screws and the Lower Guide.
1139D102AA
D-16
98.04.13
12. Remove four screws and the Separator Guide

Plate Unit.
1139D103AA
NOTE
When reinstalling the Separator Guide Plate Unit,
press the parts shown on the left up against the copier
frame (both at front and rear).
1139D104AA
13. Remove two screws and the Lever.
1139D105AA
14. Snap off one C-clip and remove the Separator Unit.
NOTE
• Please use tweezers when reinstalling the C-clip.
1139D106AA
15. Snap off one C-clip and remove the Separator Roll
Assy.
1139D107AA
D-17
98.04.13
16. Remove three screws and the Solenoid Mounting

Bracket.
1139D108AA
17. Unplug one solenoid connector.

18. Unplug one photosensor connector and remove
the harness from the clamp.
1139D109AA
NOTE
When reinstalling the Solenoid Mounting Bracket,
make sure that the Solenoid is in the deenergized
position.
1139D110AA
19. Snap off the two C-clips to remove the Paper Take-
Up Roll Unit.
1139D111AA
20. Snap off the three C-clips to remove the Paper

Feed Roll.
1139D112AA
D-18
98.04.13
21. Snap off one C-clip and remove the Paper Take-Up
Roll.
1139D113AA
D-19
98.04.13
2-5. OPTICAL SECTION

(1) Removal of the Lens Drive Cable
1. Remove two screws and the Optical Section Cover.
1139D114AA
2. Remove three screws and the Lens Cover.
1139D115AA
3. Remove two screws, two clamps and the Lens

Motor Unit.
1139D116AA
4. Remove one screw and the Cable Fixing Bracket.

5. Remove the spring.
1139D117AA
6. Remove the Cable Drive Gear and the Lens Drive

Cable.
1139D118AA
D-20
98.04.13
(2) Winding of the Lens Drive Cable
1. Hold the Cable Drive Gear in position with its Bead

at the bottom.
1139D119AA
2. Wind the shorter length of the Cable three turns

clockwise around the Cable Drive Gear, working
from the back to the front side. Then tape it.
1139D120AA
3. Wind the longer length of the Cable five turns

counterclockwise around the Cable Drive Gear,
working from the front to back side. Then tape it.
1139D121AA
4. Slide the Cable Drive Gear onto its shaft and insert
a wrench into the hole to position the Cable Drive
Gear.
1139D122AA
5. Pass the longer length of the Cable through the U-

shaped hole in the Light Blocking Plate and wind it
around the Pulley farther away from the Cable
Drive Gear.
1139D123AA
D-21
98.04.13
6. Temporarily secure the longer length of the Cable

to the Cable Fixing Bracket, ensuring a distance of
5 ± 2 mm for the dimension shown on the left.
1139D124AA
7. Wind the shorter length of the Cable around the

Pulley which is nearer to the Cable Drive Gear.
1139D125AA
8. Hook the spring onto the shorter length of the

Cable and pull it to hook onto the longer length of
the Cable.
9. Check that the dimension noted in step 6 above
measures 5 ± 2 mm. Then, secure the Cable Fix-
ing Bracket.
10. Remove the wrench and peel off the two pieces of
tape.
1139D126AA
(3) Removal of the Scanner Drive Cable

(23 cpm copier)
• Remove the Original Cover, Original Scales, and Original Glass.
• Remove the Middle Right, Upper Right, Right, Upper Left, and Upper Rear Covers.
• Remove the Left and Right Hinge Covers, Rear Upper Cover (Small), and Rear Upper
Cover.
1. Align the Scanner with the rectangular hole in the

upper copier frame and remove the screw from the
Scanner Fixing Bracket.
2. Remove the Fixing Bracket.
1139D128AA
D-22
98.04.13
3. Unhook the spring and remove the length of the

cable on the right (looking at the copier from the
rear).
1139D129AA
4. Move the 2nd/3rd Mirrors Carriage toward the

Scanner Drive Gear so that the cable slacks off
and then remove the length of the cable on the left
(looking at the copier from the rear).
5. Remove Master Board PWB-A (four screws).
1139D130AA
6. Remove Optical Section Cooling Fan Motor M2

(two screws).
7. Remove the ADF fixing bracket (one screw).
1149D035AA
8. Remove Scanner Motor M4 (three screws).
1149D036AA
9. Snap off the Support Plate and remove the Scan-

ner Drive Pulley.
1174D008AA
D-23
98.04.13
(15/18 cpm copier)

• Remove the Original Cover, Original Scales, and Original Glass.
• Remove the Middle Right, Upper Right, Right, Upper Left, and Upper Rear Covers.
• Remove the Left and Right Hinge Covers, Rear Upper Cover (Small), and Rear Upper
Cover.
1. Align the Scanner with the rectangular hole in the

upper copier frame and remove the screw from the
Scanner Fixing Bracket.
2. Remove the Fixing Bracket.
1139D128AA
3. Unhook the spring to remove the shorter length of

the Cable.
1139D129AA
4. Move the 2nd/3rd Mirrors Carriage toward the

Scanner Drive Gear so that the cable slacks off
and then remove the longer length of the Cable.
5. Remove four screws and PWB-A.
1139D130AA
6. Remove three screws and the Scanner Motor

Mounting Bracket.
7. Snap off one E-ring and remove the Scanner Drive
Gear.
1151D032AA
8. Remove two screws and the Pulley.

9. Remove the Cable.
1139D132AA
D-24
98.04.13
(4) Winding of the Scanner Drive Cable

(23 cpm copier)
Remark
Whenever the Scanner Drive Cable has been rewound, be sure to make the “Adjustment of
the Scanner/Mirrors Carriage Position.” See p. D-69.
Pulley B
Pulley A
Scanner Drive Gear
Pulley C 1149D047AB
1. (With reference to the center of the entire length of

the cable) Wind one length of the cable 5 times
counterclockwise around the Pulley, starting with
the end of the D-cut on the pulley shank and work-
ing from the front to the back side. Then, secure
the cable with tape.
1149D038AB
2. Mount the Cable Drive Pulley on the Pulley Shaft

and fit the Support Plate.
1174D007AA
D-25
98.04.13
3. Fit the belt in position and secure Scanner Motor

M4 (three screws).
1149D040AA
4. Hook the length of cable on the left (looking at the

copier from the rear), around Pulleys C and B and
secure it to the frame.
1149D041AB
5. Peeling off the tape, pull the length of cable on the

right (looking at the copier from the rear) and hook
it onto Pulleys A and B.
1149D042AA
NOTE
• Hook the length of cable on the left (looking at the
copier from the rear) onto the lower groove in Pully
B. (Fit the round terminal as illustrated on the left.)
• Hook the length of cable on the right (looking at the
copier from the rear) onto the upper groove in Pulley
B.
1149D043AA
6. Fit the cable into the groove in the cable guide and
hook the spring.
7. Mount PWB-A (four screws).
1139D142AA
D-26
98.04.13
8. Fit the ADF fixing bracket (one screw).

9. Mount M2 (two screws).
1149D044AA
(15/18 cpm copier)

Remark
Whenever the Scanner Drive Cable has been rewound, be sure to make the “Adjustment of
the Scanner/Mirrors Carriage Position.” See p. D-69.
Pulley B
Pulley A
Scanner Drive Gear
Pulley C 1139D133AA
1. Fit the Pulley to the Scanner Drive Gear using two

screws.
1139D134AA
2. Wind the shorter length of the Cable 2 turns clock-

wise around the Pulley, working from the back to
front side.
1139D135AA
D-27
98.04.13
3. Wind the longer length of the Cable 5-3/4 turns

counterclockwise around the Pulley, working from
the front to back side. Then, slip the Cable Holding
Jig onto the Pulley.
1139D136AA
4. Fit the Scanner Drive Gear onto the Scanner Motor

Mounting Bracket using one E-ring.
5. Secure the Scanner Motor Mounting Bracket to the
frame using three screws.
1151D032AA
6. Insert a wrench into the holes in the Scanner Drive

Gear and the frame to position the Gear.
1151D033AA
7. Wind the longer length of the Cable around Pulleys

C and B and then secure it to the frame.
1139D139AA
NOTE
Wind the longer length of the Cable around the lower
groove in Pulley B (of the two grooves). Position the
terminal of the Cable as illustrated on the left.
1139D234AA
D-28
98.04.13
8. Wind the shorter length of the Cable around Pul-

leys A and B.
NOTE
Wind the shorter length of the Cable around the upper
groove in Pulley B (two grooves).
1139D141AA
9. Fit the Cable into the groove in the Wire Guide and
hook the spring.
10. Remove the wrench and Cable Holding Jig.
1139D142AA
(5) Removal of the Scanner
1. Turn the Scanner Drive Gear to move the Scanner

to the right-hand side of the copier. Then, remove
three screws and the Scanner.
1151D019AA
(6) Cleaning of the Exposure Lamp
1. Remove two screws and the Exposure Lamp Ter-

minal.
2. Slide out the Exposure Lamp.
1151D021AA
3. Using a soft cloth dampened with alcohol, clean

the Lamp by wiping its surface gently in one direc-
tion.
4. Clean the Lamp Reflector.
NOTE
When reinstalling the Lamp, use care not to allow the
protruding navel of the Lamp to hit against the Lamp
1076D131 Reflector and that the protruding navel points toward
the opening in the Lamp Reflector.
D-29
98.04.13
(7) Cleaning of the 1st/2nd/3rd Mirrors
1. Turn the Scanner Drive Gear to move the Scanner

away from the Mirrors. Then, wipe clean the 1st/
2nd/3rd Mirrors with a soft cloth.
NOTE
An alcohol-dampened cloth may be used if the Mirror
is seriously contaminated.
1074D267
(8) Cleaning of the Lens and 4th Mirror
1. Gently dust off the surface of the Lens and 4th Mir-
ror by using a dry soft cloth.
NOTE
An alcohol-dampened cloth may be used if the Lens or
Mirror is seriously contaminated.
1139D147AA
(9) Cleaning of the Optical Section Cooling Fan Filter (15/18 cpm copier only)
1. Unhook the Fan Cover at the bottom by slightly

raising and, at the same time pulling, the two
catches on the bottom.
1139D148AA
2. Clean the Filter with a brush or a vacuum cleaner.
1139D149AA
D-30
98.04.13
2-6. IMAGING UNIT

(1) Disassembly, Cleaning, Replacement and Starter Changing of the Imaging Unit
1. Remove the Imaging Unit from the copier.

2. Remove two screws and the Imaging Unit Cover.
1151D044AA
3. Remove one screw and the PC Drum Charge

Corona Unit.
1139D151AA
Replacement of the PC Drum

4. Remove two screws and one Drum Pin to remove
the PC Drum.
NOTE
Whenever the PC Drum has been replaced, be sure to
make the “Adjustments of the Optimum Exposure Set-
ting in the Manual and Auto Mode.” See pp. D-55 to D-
56.
1139D152AA
Replacement of the Toner Scattering Prevention Plate

5. Remove one screw, one shoulder screw and the
Toner Scattering Prevention Plate.
1139D153AA
D-31
98.04.13
6. Tilt the Developing Unit to remove the developer.
1139D154AA
Replacement of the Cleaning Blade

7. Remove two screws and the Lid.
1139D164AA
8. Remove the spring.

9. Remove two screws, one spring, one cap and the
Cleaning Blade. Replace it with a new one.
NOTE
When the Cleaning Blade has been replaced, apply
toner to the entire surface of the new Cleaning Blade.
1139D165AA
Applying Toner to Cleaning Blade

Apply toner to the entire surface of the Cleaning Blade.
(Do not forget to coat the surfaces on both ends.)
Install the PC Drum.
Apply a thin coat of toner to the PC Drum.
Turn the PC Drum 1/2 turns backward, then turn it one complete turn forward.
D-32
98.04.13
Cleaning of the PC Drum Paper Separator Fingers

clean the Paper Separator Fingers.
NOTE
Clean the Paper Separator Fingers carefully as its tip
is easy to bend.
1174D002AA
Cleaning of the Ds Positioning Collars

clean the Ds Positioning Collars.
1139D163AA
Cleaning of the Paper Dust Remover

12. Remove two screws, two compression coil springs
and the Synchronizing Roller Unit.
NOTE
When removing the Synchronizing Roller Unit, use
care not to lose the compression coil springs.
At reinstallation, fit the close-coiled end of the springs
to the bosses on the Imaging Unit.
1139D155AA
13. Remove the Synchronizing Roller.

14. Using a brush, whisk the dust and dirt off the Filter.
1139D156AA
Replacement of the Toner Antispill Mylar

15. Remove two screws and the Bias Seal.
(No Bias Seals are mounted in the copiers for the
U.S.A., Canada, and Europe.)
16. Remove two screws and the Toner Antispill Mylar
and replace the Mylar.
1139D157AA
D-33
98.04.13
NOTE
At reinstallation, press the Toner Antispill Mylar up
against the Imaging Unit Housing and the rear side of
the copier (in the directions of the arrows) and press
the Bias Seal up against the Imaging Unit Housing and
the front side of the copier (in the directions of the
arrows).
1139D158AA
Cleaning of the Upper Pre-Image Transfer Guide Plate

17. Remove two screws and the Upper Pre-Image
Transfer Guide Plate.
1139D159AA
18. Using a brush, whisk toner and dust off the surface
of the Upper Pre-Image Transfer Guide Plate.
1139D160AA
Cleaning of the Magnet Roller Lower Filter

19. Using a brush, whisk toner and dust off the Magnet
Roller Lower Filter.
(No Magnet Roller Lower Filters are mounted in
the copiers for the U.S.A., Canada, and Europe.)
1139D161AA
20. Refit the parts to the Imaging Unit and reinstall the
Imaging Unit in the copier.
21. Charge fresh starter and make the ATDC adjust-
ment. See p. D-57.
1139D020AA
D-34
98.04.13
(2) Cleaning of the Main Erase Lamp

2. Remove three screws and HV1.
3. Unplug the connector of the Main Erase Lamp.
1139D166AA
4. Remove the Imaging Unit.

5. Pull out the Toner Bottle Holder to the front.
6. Remove one screw and the Main Erase Lamp.
1139D167AA
7. Using a brush or a soft cloth dampened with alco-

hol, clean the Erase Lamp.
NOTE
Do not touch the Lamp with bare hands.
1139D168AA
(3) Cleaning of the Image Erase Lamp
1151D034AA
2. Insert PWB-A into the copier to secure it.
1151D035AA
D-35
98.04.13
3. Go to the rear of the copier and unplug the connec-

tor of Image Erase Lamp.
1151D036AA

5. Remove one screw and the Image Erase Lamp.
NOTE
When removing the Erase Lamp, use care not to lose
the pressure spring in the rear.
1139D172AA
6. Using a brush or a soft cloth dampened with alco-

hol, clean the Erase Lamp.
NOTE
After the Erase Lamp has been cleaned, make the
“Adjustment of the Image Erase Lamp Position.” See
p. D-68.
1139D173AA
D-36
98.04.13
2-7. PC DRUM CHARGE CORONA/IMAGE TRANSFER CORONA

UNIT
(1) Cleaning of the PC Drum Charge Corona Housing

2. Remove one screw and PC Drum charge Corona
Unit.
3. Press the Mesh Holder on the front of the Corona
Unit in the direction of arrow A to remove the Grid
Mesh.
1151D037AA
4. Remove the Cleaning Pad Cover.

5. Remove the End Caps from the front and rear ends
of the Unit.
1139D175AA
6. Remove the Comb Electrode.
NOTE
Use care not to deform the Electrode. When removing
it, first snap off its spring end.
1139D176AA
7. Using a soft cloth dampened with alcohol, wipe the

Housing clean of dirt.
1139D177AA
D-37
98.04.13
(2) Cleaning of the PC Drum Charge Corona Grid Mesh
1. Blow all foreign matter off the Grid with a blower

brush.
NOTE
If the blower brush is not effective in cleaning the Grid,
use a soft cloth dampened with alcohol to clean seri-
ous contamination.
1139D178AA
(3) Cleaning of the Comb Electrode
1. Clean the Comb Electrode using the Corona Unit

Cleaning Lever.
1139D179AA
(4) Cleaning of the Image Transfer/Paper Separator Coronas Wires
1. Clean the Image Transfer Corona Wire using the

Corona Wire Cleaning Lever.
1139D220AA
2. Remove the four Paper Guides.

3. Dampen a soft cloth with alcohol, hold it with a pair
of tweezers, and wipe the Paper Separator Corona
Wire gently in one direction.
(Go from the hook to spring end.)
1139D180AA
D-38
98.04.13
(5) Cleaning of the Image Transfer/Paper Separator Coronas Housing
1. Remove the four Paper Guides.

2. Remove the two End Caps.
3. Remove the Image Transfer and Paper Separator
Corona Wires.
NOTE
When removing the Wire, unhook the spring end first
and use care to prevent break and deformation. (Use a
1139D181AA pair of tweezers)
Keep the Corona Wire Cleaning Lever (for the Image
Transfer Corona) pressed all the way back in. Do not
attempt to remove the Lower Pre-Image Transfer
Guide Plate as it has been adjusted for correct height.
4. Using a soft cloth dampened with alcohol, wipe the

Housing clean of dirt.
1139D182AA
(6) Cleaning of the Lower Pre-Image Transfer Guide Plate
1. Using a brush, whisk dust off the Lower Pre-Image

Transfer Guide Plate.
1139D183AA
(7) Replacement of the Ozone Filter
1. Press the Filter Cover Bracket in the direction of

the arrows and pull it off.
2. Remove the Filter and replace it with a new one.
1151D045AA
D-39
98.04.13
2-8. FUSING UNIT

(1) Removal of the Fusing Unit
1. Remove one screw and the Ground Wire of the

Fusing Unit.
1151D038AA
2. Unplug the Fusing Heater Lamp connector and

remove the wires from the clamp.
1151D007AA
3. Unplug the Fusing Thermistor connector and

remove the wires from the two clamps.
1151D008AA
4. Remove one screw and the Fusing Unit Locking

Plate.
5. Turning it in the direction of the arrow, remove the
Fusing Unit.
1139D188AA
NOTE
When reinstalling the Fusing Unit, install the Locking
Plate as illustrated on the left.
1139D246AA
D-40
98.04.13
(2) Cleaning of the Pre-Fusing Guide Plate

clean the Guide Plate.
1139D190AA
(3) Removal of the Upper Fusing Roller
1. Remove two screws and the Fusing Unit Front

Cover.
2. Remove two screws and the Fusing Unit Upper
Cover.
1139D191AA
3. Remove two screws and the Upper Paper Separa-

tor Fingers Unit.
1139D192AA
4. Remove four Cord Holders of the Fusing Ther-

mistor.
5. Remove one screw and the Fusing Thermistor.
1151D011AA
6. Remove the screw and clamp that secure the

Lamp harness at the front of the copier.
1151D012AA
D-41
98.04.13
7. Remove the rear lamp harness and harness clamp

(six).
8. Remove the mounting bracket (one screw).
1151D013AA
9. Remove the Fusing Thermoswitch (two screws).
1151D014AA
10. Slide out the Fusing Heater Lamp.
1139D196AA
11. Remove two C-clips.

12. Remove one spur gear.
13. Remove two bushings.
14. Remove the Upper Fusing Roller.
1139D197AA
D-42
98.04.13
(4) Cleaning of the Upper Fusing Roller
1. Using a soft cloth dampened with alcohol or sili-

cone oil, wipe clean the Upper Fusing Roller.
1139D198AA
(5) Cleaning of the Upper Paper Separator Fingers

cone oil, wipe clean the Upper Separator Fingers.
1139D199AA
(6) Cleaning of the Fusing Thermistor
1. Remove one screw to remove the Fusing Ther-

mistor.
cone oil, wipe clean the Thermistor.
1151D039AA
(7) Removal of the Lower Fusing Roller
1. Turning it in the direction of the arrow, remove the

Lower Separator Fingers Unit.
1139D201AA
D-43
98.04.13
2. Remove the Lower Fusing Roller.
1139D202AA
(8) Cleaning of the Lower Fusing Roller

cone oil, wipe clean the Lower Fusing Roller.
1139D203AA
(9) Cleaning of the Lower Paper Separator Fingers

cone oil, wipe clean the Lower Separator Fingers.
1139D204AA
D-44
98.04.13
(10) Disassembly of the Exit/Duplex Switching Unit (Option)
1. Remove two screws and the Upper Guide Plate.
1139D205AA
2. Remove two screws and the Exit/Duplex Switching

Unit.
3. Unplug one connector.
1139D206AA
4. Remove two screws and the Cover.
1139D207AA
5. Remove the Solenoid Cover by unhooking its

catches at three places.
1139D208AA
D-45
98.04.13
6. Unplug the solenoid connector.

7. Remove the harness from the Solenoid Unit
clamps at two places.
1139D209AA
8. Remove one screw and the Solenoid Unit.
1139D210AA
Make the adjustment

NOTE
with the Lever in contact If the solenoid has been removed from the Solenoid
with the metal plate. Unit, make the adjustment shown on the left with the
Solenoid Unit installed in the Exit/Duplex Switching
4 mm
Unit.
1139D211AA
9. Remove three screws and the Copy Tray Holder.
1139D212AA
10. Remove four screws and the Lower Guide.
1139D213AA
D-46
98.04.13
11. Snap off two E-rings to remove the Exit/Duplex

Switching Plate.
1139D214AA
12. Remove one screw and the Photoswitch Mounting

Bracket.
13. Remove two screws and the Exit Rolls Mounting
Bracket Unit.
1139D215AA
NOTE
When reinstalling the Exit Rolls Mounting Bracket Unit,
make sure that the Reinforcement Plate Unit is in con-
tact with the Exit Rolls Mounting Bracket Unit as shown
on the left.
1139D216AA
14. Snap off two E-rings to remove the Exit Roller.
1139D217AA
15. Remove the harness from the clamp.

16. Remove two screws and the Reinforcement Plate
Unit.
1139D218AA
D-47
98.04.13
NOTE
When reinstalling the Reinforcement Plate Unit, make
sure that the Unit is in contact with the frame at the
front and rear sides of the copier as shown on the left.
1139D219AA
D-48
98.04.13
3 ADJUSTMENT
3-1. JIGS AND TOOLS USED

Important
• When adjusting the positions of the Scanner and Mirrors Carriage, use Jigs numbered ➂
and ➃.
• When adjusting the gap between the Doctor Blade and Sleeve Roller, use Jigs numbered
➄ and ➅.
➀ Cable Holding jig ➁ Front Door Interlock
Switch Actuating Jig
1139D071AA 1174D009AA
➂ Scanner Positioning jig ➃ Scanner/Mirrors

Carriage Positioning jig
1139D073AA 1151D022AA
➄ Sleeve/Magnet Roller ➅ D.B. Adjusting jigs

Position jig
1139D075AA 1074D129
D-49
98.04.13
3-2. ADJUSTMENT REQUIREMENTS LIST
Ref.
Adjustment Item Requirements Adjusting Point
Page
Max. Exposure Lamp 100 to 127V areas: 81 ± 1 V Control panel
D-52
Voltage 200 to 240V areas: 162 ± 2 V
Optimum Exposure Kodak Gray Scale: Control panel
Setting in the Manual no image of the 1st step, D-55
Exposure Mode faint image of the 2nd step
Optimum Exposure Control panel
Setting in the Auto D-56
Exposure Mode
Multi Bypass Table (100 %) 20 ± 2 mm Multi Bypass Table
D-59
Reference Position
1st Drawer Reference (100 %) 20 ± 2 mm Drawer Front Panel
D-60
Position ✽1
2nd Drawer Reference (100 %) 20 ± 2 mm Drawer Front Panel
D-60
Position
Full Size Leading Edge (100 %) 20 ± 1.5 mm Control panel
D-62
Registration
Enlargement Leading (200 %) 40 ± 3 mm Control panel
D-64
Edge Registration
Reduction Leading (50 %) 10 ± 1.5 mm Control panel
D-65
Edge Registration
Image Leading Edge 0.5 to 6.5 mm Control panel
Erase Width (100%) 1.0~6.5mm
D-66
(200%) 0.5 ~11mm
(50%) 0.5~6.5mm
Image Erase Lamp 1 ± 0.5 mm Adjusting Screw for
Position Image Erase Lamp D-68
position
Adjustment of the Control panel
Original Size Detecting D-71
Board
✽
1 23 cpm copier only
Control Panel Indication

Different indications are given on the control panel (Zoom Ratio Indicator, etc.) between
15,18 and 23 cpm copier. For details, see Service Mode in Switches on PWBs.
D-50
98.04.13
3-3. ADJUSTMENT OF SWITCHES

(1) Adjustment of Front Door Interlock Switch S21
1. Open the Front Door.

2. Loosen two screws that secure the Front Door
Interlock Switch Actuating Plate to the Front Door.
1174M023AA
3. Move the Switch Actuating Plate back and forth to

meet the requirements below.
(Requirements)
• When the Front Door is closed, the Magnetic
Catches on both sides are securely touched.
• When the Front Door is closed, Interlock Switch indi-
cator on the Control Panel goes out.
1174M024AA
D-51
98.04.13
3-4. ELECTRICAL/IMAGE ADJUSTMENTS

(1) Adjustment of the Maximum Exposure Lamp Voltage for the Manual Mode
Requirement
• Maximum Exposure Lamp voltage: 81 ± 1V (RMS value)
Important
• After the maximum Exposure Lamp voltage has been adjusted, be sure to make the fol-
lowing adjustments: Optimum Exposure Setting in the Manual Mode and Optimum Expo-
sure Setting in the Auto Mode.
1. Remove the Large Cover. (3 screws)

2. Insert the probes of the multimeter into the recep-
tacles of the Exposure Lamp voltage measurement
connector.
1139D005AA
3. On the control panel, press the Meter Count Key,

stop Key, 10-keys “0”, 10-keys “0”, stop Key, 10-
keys “0”, 10-keys “1”, 10-keys “1” and then “3” to
set the copier into the F3 Test Mode. (At this time,
the Magnification Ratio Indicator shows the cur-
rently set value and the Multi-Copy Display shown
“F3.”)
1139D007CA
4. Press the Full Size Key to select the Lamp voltage

setting mode. (The Magnification Ratio Indicator
shows “L + current setting.”)
5. Press the Start Key to light up the Exposure Lamp
and, using the Zoom Up/Down Keys, adjust to
obtain the Lamp voltage of 81V.
1151D053CA
6. Press the Stop Key to stop the F3 operation. (Or,

the operation will be automatically completed in
about 30 sec.)
7. Press the Panel Reset Key twice (or turn OFF the
Power Switch) to return the copier back into the
normal mode.
NOTE
1139D011CA For the Root Mean Square values and Mean values,
see p. 53-54. Most testers, voltmeters, or multimeters
used in the field show only the mean values.
D-52
98.04.13
When using the testers, voltmeters, or multimeters which show only the mean value, not
Rms values, carry out the following procedure.
1. Measure the line voltage.

2. Referring to the Mean Value Chart corresponding to each voltage area, see the figure
under the voltage obtained in step 1.
If the line voltage is 125 V and Rms value is 81 V, for example, the mean value is 54.5 V.
Therefore, it is recommended that the voltage be adjusted so that the mean value is set as
close to 54.5 V as possible.
MEAN VALUE
CHART FOR 115/120/127V AREAS
V
104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113
Rms
MEAN
81.0 60.7 60.3 60.0 59.7 59.2 59.0 58.5 58.2 58.0 57.7
VALUE
V
114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123
Rms
MEAN
81.0 57.3 57.0 56.8 56.5 56.2 56.0 55.7 55.5 55.2 55.0
VALUE
V
124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133
Rms
MEAN
81.0 54.7 54.5 54.3 54.2 54.0 53.7 53.5 53.2 53.0 52.8
VALUE
V
134 135 136 137 138 139 140
Rms
MEAN
81.0 52.7 52.5 52.2 52.1 52.0 51.7 51.5
VALUE
D-53
98.04.13
MEAN VALUE
CHART FOR 200/220/240V AREAS
V
180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189
Rms
MEAN
162.0 135.9 135.2 134.5 133.8 133.2 132.6 131.9 131.4 130.8 130.2
VALUE
V
190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199
Rms
MEAN
162.0 129.7 129.1 128.6 128.1 127.6 127.1 126.6 126.1 125.7 125.2
VALUE
V
200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209
Rms
MEAN
162.0 124.7 124.2 123.9 123.5 123.1 122.7 122.2 121.9 121.5 121.1
VALUE
V
210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219
Rms
MEAN
162.0 120.7 120.4 120.0 119.7 119.2 119.0 118.6 118.2 118.0 117.6
VALUE
V
220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229
Rms
MEAN
162.0 117.2 117.0 116.7 116.4 116.1 115.7 115.5 115.2 114.9 114.6
VALUE
V
230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239
Rms
MEAN
162.0 114.2 114.0 113.7 113.5 113.2 112.9 112.7 112.4 112.1 111.9
VALUE
V
240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249
Rms
MEAN
162.0 111.6 111.4 111.1 110.9 110.6 110.4 110.2 109.9 109.7 109.5
VALUE
V
250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259
Rms
MEAN
162.0 109.2 109.0 108.7 108.6 108.2 108.1 107.9 107.7 107.5 107.2
VALUE
V
260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269
Rms
MEAN
162.0 107.1 106.9 106.6 106.4 106.2 106.0 105.7 105.6 105.4 105.2
VALUE
V
270 271 272 273 274
Rms
MEAN
162.0 105.1 104.9 104.7 104.5 104.2
VALUE
D-54
98.04.13
(2) Adjustment of the Optimum Exposure Setting in the Manual Mode

Requirement
• When the manual exposure setting is at the central indication, no image of step no. 1 of a
Kodak Gray Scale should be produced on the copy, but a faint image of step no. 2 should
be produced.
1139D270AA
No image of Faint image of
step no. 1 step no. 2
Important
• This adjustment should be carried out only after completing “Adjustment of the Maximum
Exposure Lamp Voltage for the Manual Mode” and “Adjustment of the Aperture Blades.”
1. Place the Kodak Gray Scale lengthwise, face

down, and at the center on the Original Glass.
Place a sheet of pure white A3 or 11” × 17” paper
over it and then lower the Original Cover.
2. Set the copier into the Manual Exposure Mode. Set
the Exposure Setting to the central or fifth indica-
tion and enter 15 copies to be made by using the
10-keys. (Use A3 paper.)
1139D012AA
3. Press the Start Key.
Check that the 15th copy meets the requirement
given above.
4. If the exposure is out of adjustment, press the

Meter Count Key, stop Key, 10-keys “0”, 10-keys
“0”, stop Key, 10-keys “0”, 10-keys “1”, 10-keys “1”
and then “3” to set the copier into the F3 Test
Mode. (At this time, the Magnification Ratio Indica-
tor shows the currently set value and the Multi-
Copy Display shows “F3.”)
1139D007CA
5. Using the Zoom Up/Down Keys, vary the value on

the Magnification Ratio Indicator as necessary.
6. After the adjustment has been made, press the
Panel Reset Key twice (or turn OFF the Power
Switch) to return the copier back into the normal
mode.
NOTE
1151D054CA Increase the value to make the image lighter.
Decrease the value to make the image darker.
D-55
98.04.13
(3) Adjustment of the Optimum Exposure Setting in the Auto Mode

Important
• This adjustment must be made after the optimum exposure setting in the Manual Mode
has been adjusted.
1. Place about five sheets of A3 or 11” × 17” paper on

the Original Glass and lower the Original Cover.
1139D015AA

the Multi-Copy Display shows “F5.”)
1139D017CA
3. Press the Start Key to let the copier make the

adjustment.
mode.
1139D019CA
NOTE
Pressing the Start Key lets the copier make the adjustment of optimum exposure setting.
During the adjustment, the Start Key is lit up orange. It turns to green as soon as the adjust-
ment is completed. (It takes about 5 sec. to make the adjustment.) The Full Size Key can be
used to alternately display on the Magnification Ratio Indicator either the adjusting value
(AE Sensor memory level) or the voltage value (AE Sensor output).
D-56
98.04.13
(4) Adjustment of the ATDC Sensor

Important
• This adjustment is not necessary when a new Imaging Unit has been installed. (The
ATDC Sensor is automatically adjusted when the starter is charged and the Power
Switch turn ON.)
• The adjustment must be made whenever the currently used Imaging Unit has been
charged with new starter.
1. Load the starter.
1139D020AA

1139D022CA

ATDC Sensor adjustment automatically. (It takes
about 5 min. for the copier to complete the adjust-
ment procedure.)
mode.
1139D019CA
NOTE
The I/U Counter available from the Consumables counter menu is automatically reset when
the ATDC Sensor gain adjustment has been completed.
The Full Size key can be used to alternately display the data on the Magnification Ratio
Indicator, either the ATDC Sensor output voltage or ATDC Sensor gain.
D-57
98.04.13
(5) Adjustment of the Aperture Blades

Requirement
• There should be no dark or light bands running in the feeding direction on copies pro-
duced. (Adjust to obtain the mean image density for all areas.)
Important
• If dark and light bands running in the feeding direction occur on copies, make this adjust-
ment after checking the following.
1. The Drum Charge Corona Wire, Grid Mesh, and Image Transfer Corona Wire are free
of dirt.
2. The surfaces of the Mirrors and Lens are free of dirt.
3. The surfaces of the Exposure Lamp and Main Erase Lamp are free of scratches and
dirt.
4. The Cleaning Blade is free of waviness.
1. Make a copy under the following control panel set-

tings.
Original : A3 or A4 crosswise,
11” × 17” or 11” × 8-1/2” crosswise
Paper : A3 or A4 crosswise,
11” × 17” or 11” × 8-1/2” crosswise
Magnification : 100%
ratio
Exposure : Manual (setting convenient for
check)
2. Remove the Original Glass.

3. Turn the copy on the Copy Tray around as shown to
reverse the leading and trailing edges and align it
with the Aperture Blades.
1139D023AA
4. Adjust to obtain the mean image density for all

areas of the copy.
NOTE
To make the image darker, move the Aperture Blade
toward the Auxiliary Reflector.
To make the image lighter, move the Aperture Blade
away from the Auxiliary Reflector.
1139D024AA
D-58
98.04.13
(6) Adjustment of the Multi Bypass Table Reference Position

Requirement
• Ready a test chart (A3 or 11” × 17”) as shown on the

left. Draw a line on the chart at a point 20 mm from
the right edge as shown.
• Dimension A on the copy should measure
20 ± 2.0 mm.
1074D089
1. Place the test chart face down on the Original

Glass and align its rear left corner with the
marker on the Original Width Scale on the left side
of the platen.
Then, lower the Original Cover.
2. Using the Multi Bypass Table, make two full size
copies.
3. Using the second copy, compare the position of the
1139D025AA
reference line on the copy with that on the test
chart.
<15/18 cpm copier>

4. If the line does not meet the requirement, loosen
the screws (23 cpm copier: three screws/15/18
cpm copier: two screws) that secure the Multi
Bypass Table and move the Table as necessary in
the direction of the arrows.
NOTE
If dimension A on the copy is smaller than 18 mm,
1139D026AA move the Table to the front. If it is more than 22 mm,
move the Table to the rear.
When an Automatic or Duplexing Document Feeder is
mounted, it involves changing the Original Glass. This
in turn results in the position of the Original Length
Scale being slightly shifted toward the rear. This is cor-
rected by installing the Original Positioning Plate.
<23 cpm copier>
1151D024AA
D-59
98.04.13
(7) Adjustment of the 1st/2nd (23 cpm copier only) Drawer Reference Position
Requirement

left. Draw a line on the chart at a point 20 mm from
the right edge as shown.
• Dimension A on the copy should measure
20 ± 2.0 mm.
1074D089
Important
• If the Paper Tray of the Drawer needs to be moved for adjustment, make sure that it is
moved straight, not slantwise (as skewed feeding of paper could result).

of the platen.
2. Using the 1st Drawer, make two full size copies.
(Use A3 or 11” × 17” paper.)
3. Using the second copy, compare the position of the
1139D027AA
reference line on the copy with that on the test
chart.
4. If the line does not meet the requirement, slide out

the 1st Drawer, loosen the four screws shown on
the left, and move the Paper Tray as necessary to
the front or rear.
5. Using the same steps (1 through 4), adjust the ref-
erence position of the 2nd Drawer.
NOTE
1139D028AA If dimension A on the copy is smaller than 18 mm,
move the Paper Tray to the rear. If it is more than 22
mm, move the Paper Tray to the front.
D-60
98.04.13
(8) Adjustment of the Paper Lifting Plate Springs (2nd Drawer): 23 cpm copier only
Important
• When the paper size loaded in the 2nd Drawer has been changed, be sure to replace the
Springs by referring to the Table given below. (For replacement of the Springs, see p. D-
13.)
• When the Springs have been replaced, change the position of the 2nd Drawer Paper
Take-Up Roll by referring to the Table given below. (For disassembly of the Paper Take-
Up Roll Unit, see p. D-11.)
• The Springs for replacement can be found on the underside of the 2nd Drawer.
[Roll Positions]
1 2 3 4 5 6
1139D029AA
Positions of 2nd Drawer Spring Installation 2nd

Drawer
SP1. SP1. Paper
2nd Drawer
1~9 SP2. 6~9 SP1. Take-up
NO Paper Size SP1. 1
SP2. 12~24 SP2. 2~5 Roll
Indication
10~14 10~11 Position
1 A3/A4 SP Silver 6
2 11 × 17 LTR. 5
3 G.LTR 5
SP Silver
4 B4/B5 4
SP Silver
5 254 4
Edge Guide
6 3
7 FLS. 3
SP Silver
8 LTR. 3
9 A4 3
10 FLS. 2
SP Gold
11 B5 2
12 SP Gold 1
13 A5 SP Gold 1
14 INV. 1
D-61
98.04.13
(9) Adjustment of the Leading Edge Registration

Full Size
Requirement

left. Draw a line across the test chart at a point 20
mm from the leading edge and use it as the refer-
ence line.
Dimension A at the center on the copy should meet
the following requirements.
Mag. Ratio Dimension A (mm)
1074D097 Full Size (100%) 20.0 ± 1.5
Enlargement (200%) 40.0 ± 3
Reduction(50%) 10.0 ± 1.5
• Setting value range: 30 to 70
• Movement equivalent to 1 step of setting value: 0.28 mm
Important
• After having set the copier into the Adjust Mode, make two single copies and use the
second copy for the check. (The first copy represents the data before adjustment.)
• When full size leading edge registration has been adjusted, it affects leading edge regis-
tration in the enlargement and reduction mode. Be sure, therefore, to check for registra-
tion in these modes, too.

of the platen. Then, lower the Original Cover.
2. Make two single copies in full size mode (100%)
and check for leading edge registration on the sec-
ond copy.
(If it meets the requirement, go to “Adjustment of
1139D030AA
Enlargement Leading Edge Registration.”)
3. If the registration does not meet the requirement,

go to the control panel and press the Meter Count
Key, stop Key, 10-keys “0”, 10-keys “0”, stop Key,
10-keys “0”, 10-keys “1”, Stop Key, Start Key to set
the copier into the Adjust Mode. (At this time, the
Magnification Ratio Indicator shows “A.”)
1139D032CA
D-62
98.04.13
4. Press 10-keys “4” and press the Start Key. (Then,

the Magnification Ratio Indicator shows “A4” and
the Multi-Copy Display, the current setting value.)
1139D034CA
5. Press the Clear Key to clear the current setting

value.
6. With the old setting value used as reference, enter
the new setting value using the appropriate 10-
keys.
NOTE
If dimension A on the copy is smaller than 18.5 mm,
1139D036CA decrease the setting value.
If dimension A on the copy is greater than 21.5 mm,
increase the setting value.
7. Press the Start Key to validate the setting.

Power Switch) to return the copier back to the nor-
mal mode.
9. Make two single copies and check for leading edge
registration on the second copy. (If it does not meet
the requirement, perform steps 3 through 10
again.)
1139D019CA
D-63
98.04.13
Enlargement
1. After the leading edge registration in the full size

mode has been adjusted, make two single copies
in an enlargement mode (200%) and check for
leading edge registration on the second copy.
(If the enlargement leading edge registration meets
the requirement, go to “Adjustment of Reduction
Leading Edge Registration.”)
1139D037AA

1139D032CA

the Magnification Ratio Indicator shows “A5” and
1139D039CA

value.
keys.
NOTE
1139D041CA decrease the setting value.
6. Press the Start Key to validate the new setting.

mal mode.
the requirement, perform steps 2 through 9 again.)
1139D019CA
D-64
98.04.13
Reduction
1. After the leading edge registration in an enlarge-

ment mode has been adjusted, make two single
copies in a reduction mode (50%) and check for
leading edge registration on the second copy.
1139D042AA

1139D032CA

the Magnification Ratio Indicator shows “A 5” and
1151D040AA

value.
keys.
NOTE
1151D041AA decrease the setting value.
6. Press the Start Key to validate the new setting.

mal mode.
the requirement, perform steps 2 through 9 again.)
1139D019CA
D-65
98.04.13
(10) Adjustment of the Image Leading Edge Erase Width

Requirement

left. Paint a 20 mm-long rectangle in black at the
center of the test chart along its leading edge as
shown. Adjust so that the erase width along the
leading edge of the painted area measures 0.5 to
6.5 mm.
1074D107
• Setting value range: 42 to 58

• Movement equivalent to 1 step of setting value: 0.75 mm
• Having a greater setting value results in a greater erase width.
• Having a smaller setting value results in a smaller erase width.
Important
• This adjustment must be made after the leading edge registration adjustment has been
completed.

of the platen.
2. Make two single copies in full size mode (100%)
and check for leading edge registration on the sec-
ond copy.
1139D043AA
3. If the erase width does not meet the requirement,

1139D032CA
4. Press 10-keys “1 · 2” and press the Start Key.

(Then, the Magnification Ratio Indicator shows “A
12” and the Multi-Copy Display, the current setting
value.)
1139D045CA
D-66
98.04.13

value.
keys.
NOTE
If the erase width on the copy is less than 0.5 mm,
1139D047CA increase the setting value.
If the erase width on the copy exceeds 6.5 mm,
decrease the setting value.
7. Press the Start Key to validate the setting.

mal mode.
erase width on the second copy. (If it does not
meet the requirement, perform steps 3 through 9
again.)
1139D019CA
D-67
98.04.13
(11) Adjustment of the Image Erase Lamp Position

Requirement
• Image erase width: Within 1 ± 0.5 mm
Important
• This adjustment must be made after the reference positions of the Multi Bypass Table
and 1st and 2nd (23 cpm copier only) Drawers have been adjusted.
1. With the Original Cover raised, place a sheet of A4

or 8-1/2” × 11” paper lengthwise on the Original
Glass.
1139D048AA
2. With the Original Cover raised, make a full size

copy.
3. Check the erase width on the front edge and turn
the edge erase width adjusting screw as necessary
to obtain an erase width of less than 1 ± 0.5 mm.
1139D025AA
NOTE
Loosening the screw will make the erase width smaller.
Tightening the screw will make the erase width greater.
1139D050AA
D-68
98.04.13
3-5. OTHER ADJUSTMENTS

(1) Adjustment of the Scanner/Mirrors Carriage Position
Requirement
• With the Scanner positioned correctly with reference to the upper copier frame, there
should be no gap between the Scanner/Mirrors Carriage and the Scanner/Mirrors Car-
riage Positioning Jig.
1. Remove the Original Cover, Original Scales, and

Original Glass.
2. Temporarily tighten the screw on the Scanner Drive
Cable Holding Bracket.
1139D051AA
3. Align the rectangular hole in the upper copier

frame with the U-groove in the Scanner, then insert
the Scanner Positioning Jig into the hole.
1139D052AA
4. Install the Scanner/Mirrors Carriage Positioning Jig

between the Scanner and Mirrors Carriage.
1139D248AA
5. Loosen the screw that has been temporarily tight-

ened in step 2. Turn the helical gear of the Scan
Pulley to press the Mirrors Carriage up against the
Scanner/Mirrors Carriage Positioning Jig and the
Scanner.
6. Tighten the screw on the Scanner Drive Cable
Holding Bracket.
1151D055AA
D-69
98.04.13
(2) Adjustment of the Gap Between the Doctor Blade and Sleeve Roller
Requirement
• The gap between the Doctor Blade and the Sleeve Roller should be 0.35 mm ± 0.05 mm.
Important
• Cover the PC Drum with the Drum Cloth to prevent it from being scratched.
1. Remove the Developer Scattering Prevention

Plate.
2. Wipe the developer off the surface of the Sleeve
Roller.
1139D055AA
3. Install the Sleeve/Magnet Roller Positioning Jig

onto the Imaging Unit.
1139D056AA
4. Loosen the three screws securing the Doctor Blade

in position. Insert the D.B. Adjusting Jigs into the
space between the Doctor Blade and Sleeve
Roller.
5. Press down the Doctor Blade until it positively con-
tacts the D.B. Adjusting Jigs, then tighten the three
screws to secure it in position.
1139D057AA
D-70
98.04.13
(3) Adjustment of the Original Size Detecting Board

Important
• This adjustment must be made after the Original Size Detecting Board has been
replaced.
1. Lower the Original Cover with no paper on the

Original Glass.
1139D228AA

1139D230CA

adjustment.
NOTE
During the adjustment, the Start Key is lit up orange.
It turns to green as soon as the adjustment is com-
pleted.
(It takes about 2 sec. to make the adjustment.)
1139D019CA

mode.
D-71
98.04.13
4 MISCELLANEOUS
4-1. INSTALLATION OF THE PLUG-IN COUNTER MOUNTING
BRACKET (OPTION)
1. Remove the Middle Right Cover.
1139D001AA
2. Remove the Counter Cover.

3. Remove the Upper Right Cover.
4. Remove the Right Cover.
1139D061AA
5. Connect the Plug-In Counter Connector.
1139D063AA
6. Secure the Plug-In Counter Mounting Bracket by

tightening the two screws.
1139D064AA
D-72
FrameMaker Ver.5.5(PC) EP1054/EP1085/EP2030 TROUBLESHOOTING
98.05.15
EP1054/EP1085/EP2030
TROUBLESHOOTING
10794
98.05.15
CONTENTS
✽Only when options are used
1. INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................. T-1
1-1. General Precautions ................................................................................ T-1
1-2. How to Use This Book ............................................................................. T-1
1-3. Reading the Text ..................................................................................... T-1
2. I/O PORT CHECK ........................................................................................... T-2
2-1. Controlled Parts Check Procedure .......................................................... T-2
2-2. Port Check List ........................................................................................ T-3
3. PAPER TRANSPORT FAILURE ..................................................................... T-11
3-1. Paper Misfeed .......................................................................................... T-11
3-2. Misfeed Detected Types and Detection Timings ..................................... T-13
3-3. Misfeed Clearing Procedures .................................................................. T-15
(1) Copier Take-Up Misfeed ................................................................. T-15
(2) PF-206 Take-Up Misfeed (23 cpm Copier) ...................................... T-18
(3) PF-112 Take-Up Misfeed (23 cpm Copier) ...................................... T-20
(4) Bypass Port Misfeed ........................................................................ T-22
(5) Transport/Separator Misfeed ........................................................... T-24
(6) Fusing/Exit Misfeed ......................................................................... T-26
(7) Duplex Unit Vertical Transport/Storage Misfeed (23 cpm Copier) ... T-28
(8) Duplex Unit Take-Up Misfeed (23 cpm Copier) ............................... T-31
4. MALFUNCTIONS ............................................................................................ T-33
4-1. Self-Diagnostic Function .......................................................................... T-33
4-2. Troubleshooting Procedures .................................................................... T-39
(1) C0000: Main Drive Motor's failure to turn
C0001: Main Drive Motor turning at abnormal timing ...................... T-39
(2) C0010: PC Drive Motor's failure to turn
C0011: PC Drive Motor turning at abnormal timing ......................... T-40
(3) C004C: Cooling Fan Motor's failure to turn ..................................... T-41
(4) C0070: Toner Replenishing Motor's failure to turn
C0071: Toner Replenishing Motor turning at abnormal timing ........ T-42
(5) C0400: Exposure Lamp's failure to turn ON
C0410: Exposure Lamp turning ON at abnormal timing .................. T-43
(6) C0500: Warm-up failure
C0510: Abnormally low fusing temperature
C0520: Abnormally high fusing temperature ................................... T-45
(7) C0600: Scanner Motor malfunction
C0610: Lens Motor malfunction
C0620: Mirror Motor malfunction ..................................................... T-47
(8) C0900: 3rd Drawer Paper Lift-Up Sensor malfunction
C0904: 3rd Drawer Paper Lift-Up Motor malfunction
C0950: 4th Drawer Paper Lift-Up Sensor malfunction
C0954: 4th Drawer Paper Lift-Up Motor malfunction ....................... T-49
(9) C0990: Main Tray Upward Motion Failure
C0991: Main Tray Downward Motion Failure
C0993: Main Tray Upward Motion Failure
i
98.05.15
C0994: Main Tray Elevator M26's Failure to Turn ........................... T-51

(10) C0998: Shifter Transfer Failure
C0999: Shifter Return Failure
C099A: Shifter Return Failure
C099b: Shifter Transfer Failure
C099c: Shifter Motor M27's Failure to Turn ..................................... T-53
(11) C099E: Shift Gate Position Detecting Failure
C099F: Shift Gate Position Detecting Failure
C0996: 3rd Drawer Lock Release Failure
C0F79: Paper Empty Sensor Failure ............................................... T-55
(12) C0d00: Duplex Unit Front/Rear Edge Guide Plates home position
..........................................................................................................
detection failure
C0d20: Duplex Unit Trailing Gate Unit home position detection failure
C0d50: Duplex Unit Drive Motor's failure to turn
C0d51: Duplex Unit Drive Motor turning at abnormal timing ........... T-57
(13) C0F10: Faulty AE Sensor level
C0F30: ATDC Sensor malfunction .................................................. T-59
(14) C0F02: Original size detection error (Defective CPU)
C0FE2 to C0FFE: Original Size Detecting Sensor failure ............... T-60
(15) Power is not Turned ON .................................................................. T-61
(16) E1, E2 .............................................................................................. T-63
5. IMAGE FAILURES ........................................................................................... T-64
5-1. Image Failure Troubleshooting ................................................................ T-64
5-2. Initial Checks ........................................................................................... T-64
5-3. Troubleshooting Procedures Classified by Image Failures ..................... T-65
(1) Blank copy ....................................................................................... T-66
(2) Black copy ....................................................................................... T-66
(3) Low Image Density .......................................................................... T-67
(4) Foggy background ........................................................................... T-68
(5) Black Streaks or Bands ................................................................... T-69
(6) Black Spots ...................................................................................... T-69
(7) Blank Streaks or Bands ................................................................... T-70
(8) Void Areas ....................................................................................... T-71
(9) Smear on Back ................................................................................ T-71
ii
98.05.15
1 INTRODUCTION
1-1. General Precautions

1. When servicing the copier with its covers removed, use utmost care to prevent your
hands, clothing, and tools from being caught in revolving parts including the chains and
gears.
2. Before attempting to replace parts and unplug connectors, make sure that the power
cord of the copier has been unplugged from the wall outlet.
3. Never create a closed circuit across connector pins except those specified in the text
and on the printed circuit.
4. When creating a closed circuit and measuring a voltage across connector pins speci-
fied in the text, be sure to use the green wire (GND).
5. When the user is using a word processor or personal computer from the wall outlet of
the same line, take necessary steps to prevent the circuit breaker from opening due to
overloads.
6. Keep all disassembled parts in good order and keep tools under control so that none
will be lost or damaged.
1-2. How to Use This Book

1. If a component on a PWB or any other functional unit including a motor is defective, the
text only instructs you to replace the whole PWB or functional unit and does not give
troubleshooting procedure applicable within the defective unit.
2. All troubleshooting procedures contained herein assume that there are no breaks in the
harnesses and cords and all connectors are plugged into the right positions.
3. For the removal procedures of covers and parts, see DIS/REASSEMBLY, ADJUST-
MENT.
4. The troubleshooting procedures are given in the order of greater frequency of trouble or
order of operation.
5. The procedures preclude possible malfunctions due to noise and other external causes.
1-3. Reading the Text

1. The paper transport failure troubleshooting procedures are given according to the
symptom. First identify the location where the paper is present and start the procedure
for that particular location. For malfunction troubleshooting, start with step 1 and
onward.
2. Make checks in numerical order of steps and, if an item is checked okay, go to the next
step.
Pattern 1 Pattern 2
Step Check Item Result Action Step Check Item Result Action
1 Is ...? YES Do this. Is ...? YES Do this.
1
2 Go to step 2 if it checks okay. NO Check that.
Go to step 2 if it
2
checks okay.
T-1
98.05.15
2 I/O PORT CHECK
2-1. Controlled Parts Check Procedure
To allow the Tech. Rep. to easily and safely determine whether a particular controlled part
is fully operational, this copier provides the following provision: checking of the data of the I/
O port on the board IC with the copier in the standby state (including a misfeed, malfunc-
tion, and closure failure condition) allows the Tech. Rep. to determine whether a signal is
properly input to, and output from, a controlled part.
<Procedure>
1. When a paper misfeed or malfunction occurs, identify the I/O port of the possibly defec-
tive controlled part by reviewing the text or I/O port check list.
2. Select the I/O Check function of the Service mode and show on the Touch Panel the
status of the I/O port identified in step 1.
3. Check the input or output port data to determine whether the controlled part is opera-
tional and signals are properly input and output.
<Controlled Part Check Procedure by Changing Input Port Data>
Example
When a paper misfeed occurs in the paper take-up section of the copier, 1st Drawer Paper
Take-Up Sensor PC55 is considered to be responsible for it.
<Procedure>
1. Remove the sheet of paper misfed.
2. From the I/O port check list, it is found that the H/L input signal to PC55 is supplied from
PWB-A (IC4A) APA1.
3. Select the I/O Check function from the Service mode menu and, using the Paper Select
key, show the status of PWB-A (IC4A) APA1 on the control panel.
4. Check that the second LED from the right of the Exposure Level Display lights up (sen-
sor being unblocked).
XAPA
• Zoom Ratio Indicator
4A
• Multi-Copy Display
• Exposure Level Display

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
5. Move the PC55 actuator to block the sensor.

6. Check at this time that the LED goes out.
ON: PC55 is faulty. OFF: PC55 is operational.
T-2
98.05.15
2-2. Port Check List
Copier ✽1st Drawer paper take-up LED on the Monitor Display lights up.
Port Magnification Multi-Copy Manual Exposure Operation Characteristics CN/PJ
Symbol Name
No. Ratio Indicator Display Indicator ON OFF No.
M1 PC Drive Motor P47 P4 1A OFF ON PJ11A-12A
M1 PC Drive Motor lock signal P67 P6 ↑ When locked When turned PJ11A-11A
M2 Main Drive Motor P43 P4 ↑ OFF ON PJ11A-14A
M2 Main Drive Motor lock signal P66 P6 ↑ When locked When turned PJ11A-13A
M3 Optical Section Cooling Fan Motor P43 P4 ↑ OFF ON PJ22A-2
Optical Section Cooling Fan Motor
M3 P65 P6 ↑ When locked When turned PJ22A-3
lock signal
T-3
M4 Suction Fan Motor P43 P4 ↑ OFF ON PJ5A-9A

P61 P6 ↑ OFF ON
M5 Scanner Motor PJ16A-3B
P62 ↑ ↑ ON OFF
P61 ↑ ↑ OFF ON
M6 Lens Motor PJ16A-1B
P62 ↑ ↑ OFF ON
P61 ↑ ↑ ON OFF
M7 Mirror Motor PJ16A-2B
P62 ↑ ↑ OFF ON
M8 Toner Replenishing Motor BPA5 BPA 4A OFF ON PJ5A-6A
M9 Cooling Fan Motor OUTO OUT 5A OFF ON PJ20A-1
M9 Cooling Fan Motor lock signal APC2 APC 4A When locked When turned PJ20A-3
SL2 1st Drawer Paper Take-Up Solenoid BPA4 BPA 4A OFF ON PJ4A-9
SL3 2nd Drawer Paper Take-Up Solenoid BPA3 ↑ ↑ OFF ON PJ3A-2
Symbol Name
98.05.15

Manual Feed Paper Take-Up Solenoid
SL51 PB0 PB 5A OFF ON PJ5A-2B
(down)
Manual Feed Paper Take-Up Solenoid
SL51 PB1 ↑ ↑ OFF ON PJ5A-3B
(up)
SL61 Turnover/Exit Switching Solenoid PB3 ↑ ↑ OFF ON PJ12A-5
CL1 Synchronizing Roller Clutch BPA0 BPA 4A OFF ON PJ5A-4A
CL2 Paper Transport Clutch BPA1 ↑ ↑ OFF ON PJ5A-2A
Manual Feed Paper Take-Up
CL51 PB2 PB 5A OFF OFF PJ5A-4B
Clutch
When When
PC10 Left Door Detecting Sensor PA3 PA1 ↑ PJ12A-4
unblocked blocked
T-4
When When
PC12 Duplex Vertical Transport Sensor PA2 ↑ ↑ PJ19A-2
unblocked blocked
When When
PC30 2nd Paper Exit Sensor APB7 APB 4A PJ12A-3
unblocked blocked
When When
PC31 Manual Feed Paper Empty Sensor APC3 APC ↑ PJ5A-6B
unblocked blocked
When When PJ17A-
PC51 Transport Roller Sensor APC7 ↑ ↑
unblocked blocked 5A
When When PJ17A-
PC53 1st Paper Exit Sensor APC5 ↑ ↑
unblocked blocked 8A
Symbol Name
98.05.15

Paper Leading Edge Detecting When When PJ17A-
PC54 APC6 ↑ ↑
Sensor unblocked blocked 2A
When When
PC55 1st Drawer Paper Take-Up Sensor APA1 APA ↑ PJ4A-2
unblocked blocked
When When
PC56 2nd Drawer Paper Take-Up Sensor PA5 PA1 5A PJ3A-7
unblocked blocked
When When PJ17A-
PC57 Right Door Detecting Sensor APA0 APA 4A
unblocked blocked 5B
When When
PC69 2nd Drawer Set Sensor PA7 PA1 5A PJ12A-2
unblocked blocked
Scanner Reference Position When When PJ17A-
PC81 APB0 APB 4A
Sensor unblocked blocked 7B
T-5
When When
PC86 Mirror Reference Position sensor APB2 ↑ ↑ PJ22A-5
unblocked blocked
When When
PC90 Lens Reference Position Sensor APB1 APB 4A PJ22A-8
unblocked blocked
When When
PC101 1st Drawer Paper Empty Sensor APA2 APA ↑ PJ4A-6
unblocked blocked
When When
PC102 2nd Drawer Paper Empty Sensor PA6 PA1 5A PJ3A-4
unblocked blocked
Symbol Name
98.05.15

When When
PC111 Original Cover Detecting Sensor PA2 PA0 ↑ PJ18A-2
unblocked blocked
Toner Hopper Home Position When When PJ17A-
PC112 APB6 APB 4A
Sensor unblocked blocked 2B
When
Original Size Detecting Sensor When
PC113 PA6 PA0 5A unblocked
FD2 blocked
(blinking)
When
PC114 PA5 ↑ ↑ unblocked
CD1 blocked
(blinking)
When
PC115 PA7 ↑ ↑ unblocked
FD3 blocked
T-6
(blinking)
When
PC116 PA4 PA0 5A unblocked
CD2 blocked
(blinking)
PF-206, PF-112 ✽3rd Drawer paper take-up LED on the Monitor Display lights up.

Symbol Name
M24 3rd Drawer Paper Lift-Up Motor PA0 PA 1A OFF ON PJ10A-3
M25 4th Drawer Paper Lift-Up Motor PA2 ↑ ↑ OFF ON PJ10A-1
M26 Main Tray Elevator Motor (downward) PA2 ↑ ↑ stop/upward downward PJ10A-2
stop/
M26 Main Tray Elevator Motor (upward) PA3 ↑ ↑ upward PJ10A-1
downward
Symbol Name
98.05.15

M27 Paper Shift Motor (return) PA0 ↑ ↑ stop/transfer return PJ10A-3
M27 Paper Shift Motor (transfer) PA1 ↑ ↑ stop/return transfer PJ10A-4
M28 Shift Gate Motor PB2 PB ↑ OFF ON PJ10A-6
SL41 3rd Drawer Lock Solenoid PA1 PA 2A OFF ON PJ6A-2
When When
PC1 Shift Tray Paper Empty Sensor PD1 PD 1A PJ9A-9
unblocked blocked
When When
PC2 Main Tray Lower Position Sensor PC1 PC 2A PJ3A-3
unblocked blocked
When When
PC3 Shifter Home Position Sensor PC0 ↑ ↑ PJ3A-4
unblocked blocked
When When
T-7
PC4 Shift Return Position Sensor PD1 PD ↑ PJ3A-5
unblocked blocked
When When
PC5 Elevator Motor Pulse Sensor PF2 PF 1A PJ9A-5
unblocked blocked
When When
PC6 Shift Motor Pulse Sensor PD0 PD ↑ PJ9A-12
unblocked blocked
When When
PC7 3rd Drawer Set Sensor PG2 PG ↑ PJ8A-9B
unblocked blocked
When When
PC11 Lower Left Door Set Sensor PB1 PB 2A PJ5A-2
unblocked blocked
When When
PC13 Duplex Unit Turnover Path sensor PB0 ↑ ↑ PJ5A-5
unblocked blocked
Symbol Name
98.05.15

When When
PC17 Vertical Transport Sensor 3 PC3 PC 1A PJ8A-9A
unblocked blocked
When When
PC18 Lower Right Door Set Sensor PE2 PE ↑ PJ8A-5A
unblocked blocked
When When
PC19 3rd Drawer Paper Lift-Up Sensor PG3 PG 1A PJ8A-12B
unblocked blocked
When When
PC20 3rd Drawer Paper Empty Sensor PC0 PC ↑ PJ8A-2B
unblocked blocked
When When
PC21 3rd Drawer Paper Take-Up Sensor PE3 PE ↑ PJ8A-2A
unblocked blocked
When When
PC22 Vertical Transport Sensor 4 PC2 PC ↑ PJ8A-12A
unblocked blocked
T-8
When When
PC23 4th Drawer Paper Lift-Up Sensor PF3 PF ↑ PJ9A-2
unblocked blocked
When When
PC24 4th Drawer Paper Empty Sensor PD0 PD ↑ PJ9A-12
unblocked blocked
When When
PC25 3rd Drawer Set Sensor PG2 PG ↑ PJ8A-9B
unblocked blocked
When When
PC26 4th Drawer Set Sensor PF2 PF ↑ PJ9A-5
unblocked blocked
Symbol Name
98.05.15

3rd Drawer Paper Lift-Up Motor When When
PC27 PC1 PC ↑ PJ8A-5B
Pulse Sensor unblocked blocked
4th Drawer Paper Lift-Up Motor When When
PC28 PD1 PD ↑ PJ9A-9
Pulse Sensor unblocked blocked
When When
PC29 4th Drawer Paper Take-Up Sensor PB3 PB 2A PJ4A-2
unblocked blocked
When When
PC34 Shift Gate Position Sensor PC1 PC 1A PJ3A-7
unblocked blocked
When When
PC35 Lower Position Sensor PB3 PB 2A PJ3A-6
unblocked blocked
UN21 Paper Descent Key PC2 ↑ 2A OFF ON PJ3A-2
T-9
When When
PWB-E Main Tray Paper Empty Board PF3 PF 1A PJ9A-2
unblocked blocked
AD-11/PF-6D ✽The Duplex Unit LED on the Monitor Display lights up.
98.05.15
Symbol Name
M31 Duplex Unit Drive Motor PB3 PB 1A OFF ON PJ6G-2
M31 Duplex Unit Drive Motor lock signal PE1 PE ↑ When locked When turned PJ6G-1
CL31 Duplex Unit Paper Take-Up Clutch PA3 PA ↑ OFF ON PJ2G-7
SL31 Duplex Unit Gate Switching Solenoid PH1 PH ↑ OFF ON PJ3G-5
SL32 Duplex Unit Rear Finger Solenoid PH0 ↑ ↑ OFF ON PJ3G-7
When When
PC8 Duplex Gate Home Position Sensor PE0 PE ↑ PJ7G-2
unblocked blocked
Front/Rear Edge Guide Plate Home When When
PC9 PC3 PC ↑ PJ7G-5
Position Sensor unblocked blocked
T-10
When When
PC14 Duplex Unit Trailing Sensor PC1 ↑ ↑ PJ3G-2
unblocked blocked
When When
PC15 Duplex Unit Paper Empty Sensor PC2 ↑ ↑ PJ2G-4
unblocked blocked
Duplex Unit Paper Take-Up When When
PC16 PC0 ↑ ↑ PJ2G-9
Sensor unblocked blocked
98.05.15
3 PAPER TRANSPORT FAILURE
3-1. Paper Misfeed

When a paper misfeed occurs in the copier, the corresponding Misfeed Location Monitor
LED on the control panel blinks to let the user know where the misfeed has occurred. If an
LED lights up steadily, it indicates that there might be a sheet of paper present at that par-
ticular location in the copier. If a paper misfeed occurs very frequently, carry out the neces-
sary troubleshooting procedures according to the location of the misfeed.
Blinking There is a misfeed at

Light that location.
Steady There might be a
Light sheet of paper
stopped at that loca-
tion.
1139T025AA
Blinking
Misfeed Location Ref. Page
LED
➁ Copier take-up and vertical transport T-15~T-17
Paper Feed Cabinet take-up and vertical trans-
➂ T-18~T-21 ✽
port
➀ Bypass port T-22, T-23
➄ Transport/Separator T-24, T-25
➅ Fusing/Exit T-26, T-27 ✽
➆➈ Duplex Unit vertical transport T-28~T-30 ✽
➇ Duplex Unit storage T-28~T-30 ✽
➂ Duplex Unit take-up T-31, T-32 ✽
➉ Sorter/Staple Sorter — ✽
➃ Automatic/Duplexing Document Feeder —
✽ When option is installed
T-11
98.05.15
The paper misfeed, including a sheet of paper that is likely to be present, in the copier as
well as in the paper feeder options is detected by the following sensors.
✽ When options are installed
Paper Leading
Edge Detecting
Sensor PC54
Transport Roller
1st Paper Exit Sensor PC51
Sensor PC53
1st Drawer
✽ 2nd Paper Exit Paper Take-Up
Sensor PC30 Sensor PC55
2nd Drawer
✽ Duplex Vertical Paper Take-Up
Transport Sensor PC56
Sensor PC12
✽ Vertical
✽ Duplex Unit Transport
Trailing Sensor Sensor 3
PC14 PC17
✽ Duplex Unit ✽ Vertical

Turnover Path Transport
Sensor PC13 Sensor 4
PC22
✽ Duplex Unit
Paper Take-Up
4425T201AA Sensor PC16
✽ 4th Drawer
Paper Take-Up ✽ 3rd Drawer
Sensor PC29 Paper Take-Up
Sensor PC21
T-12
98.05.15
3-2. Misfeed Detected Types and Detection Timings

• The following table lists the types of misfeed detection classified by the misfeed locations
and their corresponding detection timings.
Note
For the misfeed detection types and detection timings in the options, see the Service Man-
ual for the options.
<Paper Take-up Misfeed>

Type Detection Timing
Paper take-up failure 1st Drawer Paper Take-Up Sensor PC55 is not blocked (L) after
detection the lapse of approx. 2.4 seconds after 1st Drawer Paper Take-
Up Solenoid SL2 has been energized during the third paper
take-up retry sequence.
2nd Drawer Paper Take-Up Sensor PC56 is not blocked (L) after
the lapse of approx. 2.4 seconds after 2nd Drawer Paper Take-
Up Solenoid SL3 has been energized during the third paper
take-up retry sequence.
Paper take-up trailing PC55 is not unblocked (H) after the lapse of T seconds (which
edge detection varies for paper sizes) after it has been blocked (L).
PC56 is not unblocked (H) after the lapse of T seconds (which
varies for paper sizes) after it has been blocked (L).
Leading edge detection PC51 is not blocked (L) after the lapse of approx. 1.7 seconds
by Transport Roller Sen- after PC55 has been blocked (L).
sor PC51 PC51 is not blocked (L) after the lapse of approx. 2.5 seconds
after PC56 has been blocked (L).
<Multi-Bypass Misfeed>
Paper take-up failure PC51 is not blocked (L) after the lapse of approx. 2.7 seconds
detection after Manual Feed Paper Take-Up Clutch CL51 has been ener-
gized during the third paper take-up retry sequence.
by Paper Leading Edge after Paper Transport Clutch CL2 has been energized.
<Transport/Separator Misfeed>
Trailing edge detection PC51 is not unblocked (H) after the lapse of T seconds (which
by Transport Roller Sen- varies for paper sizes) after the TRON signal has been input.
sor PC51
by Paper Leading Edge after PC51 has been blocked (L).
Trailing edge detection PC54 is not unblocked (H) after the lapse of approx. 1.6 sec-
by PC54 onds after PC51 has been unblocked (H).
T-13
98.05.15
<Fusing/Exit Misfeed>
Leading edge detection PC53 is not unblocked (H) after the lapse of approx. 4.5 sec-
by 1st Paper Exit Sensor onds after the TRON signal has been input.
PC53
Trailing edge detection PC53 is not blocked (L) after the lapse of approx. 3.7 seconds
by PC53 after PC54 has been unblocked (H).
Leading edge detection PC30 is not blocked (L) after the lapse of approx. 2 seconds
by 2nd Paper Exit Sen- after PC53 has been unblocked (H).
sor PC30
Trailing edge detection PC30 is not unblocked (H) after the lapse of approx. 2 seconds
by PC30 after PC53 has been blocked (L).
T-14
98.05.15
3-3. Misfeed Clearing Procedures

(1) Copier Take-Up Misfeed
Symbol Name
PC51 Transport Roller Sensor
PC55 1st Drawer Paper Take-Up Sensor
PC56 2nd Drawer Paper Take-Up Sensor
(23 cpm Copier)
SL2 1st Drawer Paper Take-Up Solenoid
SL3 2nd Drawer Paper Take-Up Solenoid
(23 cpm Copier)
CL2 Paper Transport Clutch
PWB-A Master Board
1174C01TAA
T-15
98.05.15
Copier Take-Up Misfeed Clearing Procedure

Symptom Step Check Item Result Action
• Paper is not Does the paper being used Instruct the user to use the
taken up at all. 1 meet product specifica- NO paper that meets product
tions? specifications.
• Paper is station- Is the paper curled, waved, Change the paper.
ary before the 2 or damp? YES Instruct the user in how to
Paper Take-Up store the paper.
Sensor.
Are the Separator Fingers Instruct the user to load the
3 on both sides of the Drawer NO paper so that it rests under
in position? the Fingers.
Are the Separator Fingers Replace the Fingers.
4 YES
deformed?
Is the Trailing Edge Stop or Instruct the user in how to
5 Edge Guide in good posi- NO position the Edge Stop or
tion? Guide.
Are the Paper Lifting Change the position of the
6 Springs positioned cor- NO Springs or add one as nec-
rectly? essary.
Are the Paper Take-Up Clean or replace the Paper
7 Rolls deformed, worn, or YES Take-Up Rolls.
dirty with paper dust?
Is a signal being output Adjust the Solenoid stroke.
YES
from PWB-A to the Paper Check the Solenoid.
Take-Up Solenoid? Replace PWB-A.
✽ Does the voltage across
PJ4A-9 (1st Drawer) or
8
PJ3A-2 (2nd Drawer) on
PWB-A and GND change NO
from DC24V to DC0V
when the Start Key is
pressed?
Is the Clutch Spring Replace the Clutch Spring.
9 YES
deformed or worn?
Continued on next page
T-16
98.05.15

• Paper is station- Check 1st/2nd Drawer YES Replace PWB-A.
ary before the Paper Take-Up Sensor Check the Actuator for
Vertical Trans- 10 (PC55/PC56). See p.T-2. operation.
port Roller. PC55: PWB-A (IC4A) APA1 NO
Check the Paper Take-Up
PC56: PWB-A (IC5A) PA5 Sensor.
• Paper is station-
Are the Vertical Transport Clean or replace the
ary at the Verti-
11 Rollers deformed, worn, or YES Vertical Transport Rollers.
cal Transport
Roller.
Are the Paper Take-Up Clean, correct, or replace
Guide Plate and Vertical the Guide Plate.
12 YES
Transport Guide Plate dirty
or deformed?
Is a signal being output YES Check the Clutch.
from PWB-A to the Clutch? Replace PWB-A.
13 PJ5A-2A on PWB-A and
GND change from NO
DC24V to DC0V when
the Start Key is pressed?
• Paper is Check Transport Roller YES Replace or check the PWB-A.
stationary near Sensor PC51. See p. T-2 Check the Actuator for
the Transport 14 (PWB-A (IC4A) APC7).
NO operation.
Roller. Check PC51.
Are the Transport Rollers Clean or replace the
15 deformed, worn, or dirty YES Transport Rollers.
with paper dust?
T-17
98.05.15
(2) PF-206 Take-Up Misfeed (23 cpm Copier)
Symbol Name
PC21 3rd Drawer Paper Take-Up Sensor
PC22 Vertical Transport Sensor 4
PC29 4th Drawer Paper Take-Up Sensor
M21 Vertical Transport Motor
M22 3rd Drawer Paper Take-Up Motor
M23 4th Drawer Paper Take-Up Motor
PWB-A 23 cpm Copier Master Board
PWB-A PF-206 Master Board
1174C02TAA
T-18
98.05.15
Paper Feed Cabinet Take-Up Misfeed Clearing Procedure

Sensor.
Is the Paper Take-Up Motor Check for possible overload.
turning when the Start Key Replace PWB-A or PF-206
3 NO
is pressed? PWB-A.
Check the Motor.
Is the Paper Take-Up Roll Clean or replace the Paper
or Separator Roll deformed, Take-Up or Separator Roll.
4 YES
worn, or dirty with paper
dust?
• Paper is Check 3rd/4th Drawer Replace PWB-A or PF-206
YES
stationary Paper Take-Up Sensor PWB-A.
before the (PC21/PC29). See p. T-2. Check the Actuator for
Vertical Trans- 5 PC21: (PF-206) PWB-A operation.
port Rollers. IC1A PE3. NO Check the Paper Take-Up
PC29: (PF-206) PWB-A Sensor.
IC2A PB3.
Is Vertical Transport Motor Check for possible overload.
M21 turning when the Start Replace PWB-A or PF-206
6 NO
Key is pressed? PWB-A.
Check the Motor.
Is the Vertical Transport Clean or replace the
Roller or Guide Plate Vertical Transport Roller or
7 YES
deformed, worn, or dirty Guide Plate.
with paper dust?
• Paper is Check Vertical Transport Replace PWB-A or PF-206
YES
stationary near Sensor 4 PC22. PWB-A.
Vertical Trans- 8 See p. T-2 (PF-206) PWB-A Check the Actuator for
port Sensor 4 IC1A PC2. NO operation and check the
PC22. Sensor.
YES
stationary Sensor 4 PC22. PWB-A.
before the 9 See p. T-2 (PF-206) PWB-A Check the Actuator for
copier. IC1A PC2. NO operation and check the
Sensor.
Is the Vertical Transport Clean or replace the Verti-
Roller or Guide Plate YES cal Transport Roller or
10 with paper dust?
Check the Paper Feed Cab-
NO inet for positive connection
to the copier.
T-19
98.05.15
(3) PF-112 Take-Up Misfeed (23 cpm Copier)
Symbol Name
PC21 3rd Drawer Paper Take-Up Sensor
M22 3rd Drawer Paper Take-Up Motor
1174C03TAA
T-20
98.05.15
Paper Feed Cabinet Take-Up Misfeed Clearing Procedure

Sensor.
Is the Paper Take-Up Motor Check for possible overload.
turning when the Start Key Replace PWB-A or PF-112
3 NO
is pressed? PWB-A.
Check the Motor.
Is the Paper Take-Up Roll Clean or replace the Paper
or Separator Roll deformed, Take-Up or Separator Roll.
4 YES
worn, or dirty with paper
dust?
• Paper is station- Check 3rd Drawer Paper Replace PWB-A or PF-112
YES
ary before the Take-Up Sensor PC21. PWB-A.
Vertical Trans- See p. T-2. Check the Actuator for
port 5 PC21: (PF-112) PWB-A operation.
Rollers. IC1A PE3. NO
Check the Paper Take-Up
Sensor.
Is Vertical Transport Motor Check for possible overload.
M21 turning when the Start Replace PWB-A or PF-112
6 NO
Key is pressed? PWB-A.
Check the Motor.
Is the Vertical Transport Clean or replace the
Roller or Guide Plate Vertical Transport Roller or
7 YES
with paper dust?
YES
stationary near Sensor 4 PC22. PWB-A.
Vertical Trans- 8 See p. T-2 (PF-112) PWB-A Check the Actuator for
port Sensor 4 IC1A PC2. NO operation and check the
PC22. Sensor.
YES
stationary Sensor 4 PC22. PWB-A.
before the 9 See p. T-2 (PF-112) PWB-A Check the Actuator for
copier. IC1A PC2. NO operation and check the
Sensor.
Is the Vertical Transport Clean or replace the Verti-
Roller or Guide Plate YES cal Transport Roller or
10 with paper dust?
Check the Paper Feed Cab-
NO inet for positive connection
to the copier.
T-21
98.05.15
(4) Bypass Port Misfeed
Symbol Name
PC31 Manual Feed Paper Empty Sensor
PC54 Paper Leading Edge Detecting Sensor
SL51 Manual Feed Paper Take-Up Solenoid
CL2 Paper Transport Clutch
CL51 Manual Feed Paper Take-Up Clutch
PWB-A Master Board
1174C24TAB
T-22
98.05.15
Bypass Port Misfeed Clearing Procedure

• Paper is not Check Manual Feed Paper YES Replace PWB-A.
detected. Empty Sensor PC31. See Check the operation of the
1 p. T-2 (PWB-A (IC4A) APC actuator of PC31. If it oper-
3). NO
ates properly, replace
PC31.
Is the paper curled, waved, Change the paper.
3 or damp? YES Instruct the user in how to
store the paper.
Are the Paper Take-Up Adjust the stroke of the
Rolls pressed against the YES Solenoid.
paper stack when the Start Check the Solenoid.
Key is pressed? Replace PWB-A.
4 ✽ Does the voltage across
PJ5A-2B on PWB-A and
GND change from NO
DC24V to DC0V when
Does the voltage across YES Check the Clutch.
PJ5A-4B on PWB-A and Replace PWB-A.
5 GND change from DC24V
to DC0V when the Start NO
Key is pressed?
Is the Pressure Pad or Clean or replace the Pres-
6 Guide Plate deformed or YES sure Pad or Guide Plate.
dirty?
Are the Paper Take-Up Clean or replace the Paper
7 Rolls deformed, worn, or YES Take-Up Rolls.
• Paper is Check Paper Leading Edge Check the Actuator for
stationary near Detecting Sensor PC54. operation.
8 NO
the Transport See p. T-2 (PWB-A (IC4A) Check PC54.
Roller. APC6).
Does the voltage across YES Check the Clutch.
PJ5A-2A on PWB-A and Replace PWB-A.
9 GND change from DC24V
to DC0V when the Start NO
Key is pressed?
Is the Transport Roller or Clean or replace the Verti-
Guide Plate of the copier cal Transport Roller or
10 YES
with paper dust?
T-23
98.05.15
(5) Transport/Separator Misfeed
Symbol Name
PC51 Transport Roller Sensor
CL1 Synchronizing Roller Clutch
M4 Suction Fan Motor
PWB-A Master Board
1174C05TAA
T-24
98.05.15
Transport/Separator Misfeed Clearing Procedure

Synchronizing store the paper.
Roller. Check Paper Leading Edge YES Replace PWB-A.
Detecting Sensor PC54 Check the Actuator for
2
See p. T-2 (PWB-A (IC4A) NO operation.
APC6). Check PC54.
Check Synchronizing Roller YES Check the Clutch.
Clutch CL1. Replace PWB-A.
NO
GND change from DC24V
to DC0V after the Start
Key has been pressed?
Is a given length of loop Adjust the loop length or
4 formed before the Synchro- NO clean or replace the Trans-
nizing Roller? port Rollers.
• Paper is station- Is the Pre-Image Transfer Correct or clean the Guide
5 YES
ary near the PC Guide Plate deformed or dirty? Plate.
Drum. Is the Corona Unit Cleaning Place the Lever in position.
6 Lever (Lower) in correct NO
position?
Are the Image Transfer/ Clean or replace the Wires.
7 Paper Separator Corona YES
Wires deteriorated or dirty?
Are the Paper Guides Clean or replace the Paper
8 YES
deformed or dirty? Guides.
Are the Synchronizing Roll- Clean or replace the Syn-
9 ers deformed, worn, or dirty YES chronizing Rollers.
with paper dust?
• Paper is wedged Are the Paper Separator Correct or clean, or replace,
at the Paper Sep- 10 Fingers deformed or dirty? YES the Paper Separator Fingers.
arator Fingers.
• Paper is station- Check Transport Roller Check the Actuator for
ary before the 11 Sensor PC51. See p. T-2 NO operation.
Suction Belts. (PWB-A (IC4A) APC7). Check PC51.
Check Paper Leading Edge YES Replace PWB-A.
Detecting Sensor PC54. Check the Actuator for
12
See p. T-2 NO operation.
(PWB-A (IC4A) APC6). Check PC54.
Do the Suction Belts turn Check the Belts and Drive
13 NO
properly? Gear.
Check Suction Fan Motor M4. Check the DC24V line.
YES
✽ Does the voltage across Check M4.
PJ5A-9A on PWB-A and Replace PWB-A.
14
GND change from
NO
DC24V to DC0V when
T-25
98.05.15
(6) Fusing/Exit Misfeed
Symbol Name
PC53 1st Paper Exit Sensor
PC30 2nd Paper Exit Sensor
M4 Suction Fan Motor
PWB-A Master Board
1174C06TAA
T-26
98.05.15
Fusing/Exit Misfeed Clearing Procedure

Fusing Roller. store the paper.
Is the Guide Plate dirty with Clean the Guide Plate.
2 toner? YES Check for possible
scattering of toner.
Do the Suction Belts turn Check the Belts and Drive
3 NO
properly? Gear.
Check Suction Fan Motor Check the DC24V line.
YES
M4. Check M4.
✽ Does the voltage across Replace PWB-A.
GND change from NO
DC24V to DC0V when
• The leading Are the Fusing Rollers Clean or replace the
edge of the scratched or dirty? Or, has Rollers.
5 YES
paper is the replacement time
stationary near arrived for the Rollers?
the Fusing Are the Paper Separator Clean or replace the
Roller. Fingers dirty with toner or Fingers.
6 YES
worn? Are their edges
damaged?
Is the Oil Roller dirty? Or, Clean or replace the Roller.
7 has the replacement time YES
arrived for the Roller?
• Paper is Check 1st/2nd Paper Exit Check the Actuator for
stationary after Sensor (PC53/PC30). See operation.
the Paper Exit p. T-2. Check PC53 or PC30, or
8 NO
Roller/Rolls. PC53: PWB-A (IC4A) both.
APC5
PC30: PWB-A (IC4A) APB7
Check Paper Leading Edge YES Replace PWB-A.
Detecting Sensor PC54. Check the Actuator for
9 See p. T-2 (PWB-A (IC4A) NO operation.
APC6). Check PC54.
T-27
98.05.15
(7) Duplex Unit Vertical Transport/Storage Misfeed (23 cpm Copier)
Symbol Name
PC12 Duplex Vertical Transport Sensor
PC13 Duplex Unit Turnover Path Sensor
PC14 Duplex Unit Trailing Sensor
PC15 Duplex Unit Paper Empty Sensor
PC53 1st Paper Exit Sensor
SL31 Duplex Unit Gate Switching Solenoid
SL61 Turnover/Exit Switching Solenoid
M31 Duplex Unit Drive Motor
PWB-A Master Board of PF-206/PF112/PF-6D
PWB-G Duplex Unit Master Board
1174C07TAB
T-28
98.05.15
Duplex Unit Vertical Transport Misfeed Clearing Procedure

ary near the Exit 1 or damp? YES Instruct the user in how to
Section. store the paper.
Does the voltage across Adjust the stroke of the
PJ12A-5 on PWB-A and YES Solenoid or check the
2 GND change from DC24V Solenoid.
to DC0V after the Start Key Replace PWB-A.
has been pressed? NO
Are the Turnover/Exit Clean or replace the Plates.

Switching Plate and Upper
3 YES
and Lower Guide Plates
deformed or dirty?
• Paper is Is drive being transmitted to Check for possible
stationary near the Vertical Transport Roller overload.
the Vertical of the Duplex Unit? (Is Check the Duplex Unit drive
4 NO
Transport Sec- Duplex Unit Drive Motor coupling or replace PWB-A
tion of the M31 turning after the Start of PF-206/PF-112/PF-6D,
Duplex Unit. Key has been pressed?) PWB-G, and/or M31.
Check Duplex Vertical Check the Actuator for
Transport Sensor PC12. operation.
5 NO
See p. T-2 (PWB-A (IC5A) Check PC12.
PA2).
Check 1st Paper Exit Sen- YES Replace PWB-A.
sor PC53. See p. T-2 Check the Actuator for
6 (PWB-A (IC4A) APC5). NO operation.
Check PC53.
• Paper is station- Are the Paddle Roller, Slip Clean or replace the Roller
ary near the Roller/Rolls, and Rolls B and/or Roll.
YES
Turnover Sec- Release Lever deformed, Check the Release Lever
tion. 7 worn, or dirty with paper mechanism.
dust? Check the drive coupling
NO
from the Duplex Unit.
Check Duplex Unit Turn- Replace PWB-A of PF-206/
YES
over Path Sensor PC13. PF-112/PF-6D.
8 See p. T-2 (PF-206/PF-112/ Check the Actuator for
PF-6D) NO operation and PC13.
PWB-A IC2A PB0.
Continued on next page
T-29
98.05.15

• The leading Is the Paper Guide Mylar YES Clean or replace the Mylar.
edge of the 9 deformed or dirty? Check the Mylar moving
paper is NO
mechanism.
stationary inside
Does the Gate Switching Adjust the stroke of the
the Duplex Unit.
Plate operate properly? YES Solenoid or check the Sole-
(Is Duplex Unit Gate noid.
Switching Solenoid SL31 Replace PWB-G or PWB-A
energized for a paper of PF-206/PF-112/PF-6D.
length of 300 mm or
10 longer?)
PJ3G-5 on PWB-G and NO
GND change from
DC24V to DC0V after the
Start Key has been
pressed?
Check Duplex Unit Trailing Check the Actuator for
YES
Sensor PC14. See p. T-2. operation and PC14.
11 (AD-11) PWB-G IC1G PC1.
Replace PWB-G or PWB-A
NO
of PF-206/PF-112/PF-6D.
• Paper is station- Check Duplex Unit Paper Check the Actuator for
YES
ary near the Empty Sensor PC15. See operation and PC15.
take-up port of 12 p. T-2.
Replace PWB-G or PWB-A
the Duplex Unit. (AD-11) PWB-G IC1G PC2. NO of PF-206/PF-112/PF-6D.
T-30
98.05.15
(8) Duplex Unit Take-Up Misfeed (23 cpm Copier)
Symbol Name
PC16 Duplex Unit Paper Take-Up Sensor
SL33 Duplex Unit Pick-Up Solenoid
CL31 Duplex Unit Paper Take-Up Clutch
PWB-A Master Board of
PF-206/PF-112/PF-6D
1174C08TAA
T-31
98.05.15
Duplex Unit Take-Up Misfeed Clearing Procedure

• Paper is not Is the paper curled, waved, Change the paper.
taken up at all. 1 or damp? YES Instruct the user in how to
store the paper.
Is Duplex Unit Pick-Up Solenoid Adjust the stroke of the
SL33 energized when paper YES Solenoid or check the pick-
take-up is about to occur? up mechanism.
✽ Slide out the Duplex Unit and Replace PWB-G or PWB-A
remove the PWB Cover. of PF-206/PF-112/PF-6D.
Then, slide the Duplex Unit
2
back into the copier. Does the
voltage across PJ2G-12 on NO
PWB-G and GND change
from DC24V to DC0V when
the Start Key is pressed in the
above condition?
Is Duplex Unit Paper Take-Up YES Check the Clutch.
Clutch CL31 energized when a Replace PWB-G or PWB-A
copy is taken up and fed into the of PF-206/PF-112/PF-6D.
copier from the Duplex Unit?
✽ Slide out the Duplex Unit and
remove the PWB Cover.
3 Then, slide the Duplex Unit
NO
back into the copier. Does the
voltage across PJ2G-7 on
PWB-G and GND change
from DC24V to DC0V when
the Start Key is pressed in the
above condition?
Are the Take-Up Roll, Feed Clean or replace the Rolls.
Roll, and Separator Roll
4 YES
deformed, worn, or dirty
with paper dust?
• Paper is Is Vertical Transport Motor Check for possible overload.
stationary near M21 turning when a copy is Check the Duplex Unit drive
the Vertical 5 taken up and fed into the NO coupling, or replace PWB-A
Transport copier from the Duplex of PF-206/PF-112/PF-6D,
Section. Unit? PWB-G, and/or M21.
Are the Vertical Transport Clean or replace the Verti-
Rollers and Guide Plate cal Transport Rollers and
6 YES
with paper dust?
Check Duplex Unit Paper Check the Actuator for
7 Take-Up Sensor PC16. NO operation.
(AD-11) PWB-G IC1G PC0. Check PC16.
Check Vertical Transport Replace PWB-G or PWB-A
YES
Sensor 3 PC17. of PF-206/PF-112/PF-6D.
8 See p. T-2 Check the Actuator for
(PF-206/PF-112/PF-6D) NO operation.
PWB-A IC1A PC3. Check PC17.
T-32
98.05.15
4 MALFUNCTIONS
4-1. Self-Diagnostic Function

The copier CPU is capable of self-diagnosis of the copier conditions and, when detecting a
malfunction, it shows the corresponding malfunction code across the Zoom Ratio Indicator
and Multi-Copy Display. Each malfunction code indicates the particular part which has
developed a malfunction and the type of malfunction. A listing follows showing all malfunc-
tion codes and the description and possible causes of each malfunction.
C 0 × × ×
Represents the detail of the malfunction.

Indicates the particular malfunctioning part of the
greater physical unit.
Indicates the malfunctioning physical unit.
• Malfunctions can be reset by the following procedure.
Malfunction Resetting Procedure

• Open and close the Front Door. The Trouble Reset Switch must be pressed after the
Power is switched ON to reset the malfunction of the Fusing and Exposure Lamp Sec-
tions.
• Disconnect and connect the option or open and close the option door for malfunctions of
options.
✽ Copier/Paper Feed Cabinet (Option)

Code Description Detection Timing
C0000 Main Drive Motor's The lock signal remains HIGH for a continuous 1
failure to turn second or more period while M2 is energized.
C0001 Main Drive Motor turn- The lock signal remains LOW for a continuous 1
ing at abnormal timing second or more period while M2 is deenergized.
C0010 PC Drive Motor's failure The lock signal remains HIGH for a continuous 1
to turn second or more period while M1 is energized.
C0011 PC Drive Motor turning The lock signal remains LOW for a continuous 1
at abnormal timing second or more period while M1 is deenergized.
C004C Cooling Fan Motor's The lock signal remains HIGH for a continuous 3
Drive
failure to turn second or more period while M9 is energized (it

turns at high speed).
C0070 Toner Replenishing • Toner Hopper Home Position Sensor PC112
Motor's failure to turn does not go from LOW to HIGH within 12 sec-
onds after M8 has been energized.
• PC112 does not go LOW within 12 seconds
after M8 has been energized and PC112 gone
HIGH.
C0071 Toner Replenishing PC112 is HIGH 2 seconds after M8 has been de
Motor turning at energized.
abnormal timing
T-33
98.05.15
✽ Copier/Paper Feed Cabinet (Option)

C0400 Exposure Lamp's failure The output from AE Sensor Board PWB-H does not
to turn ON become 4.3V or less for the period between when LA1
Exposure Lamp
turns ON and the Scanner starts a scan motion and when

the Scanner reaches the Image Leading Edge position.
C0410 Exposure Lamp turning With LA1 OFF, the output from PWB-H remains 4.1V or
ON at abnormal timing less for a continuous 2 second period at any timing while
the Scanner is at the home position or the Original Cover
is lowered.
C0500 Warm-up failure If a given period of time has elapsed during warming-up,
the surface temperature of the Upper Fusing Roller does
not reach:
• 50°C within 20 seconds;
• 90°C within 20 seconds after it has reached 50°C; or
• 150°C within 20 seconds after it has reached 90°C.
The copier does not complete its warming-up cycle within
Fusing Unit
15 seconds after the above surface temperature has

reached 150°C.
C0510 Abnormally low fusing • The surface temperature of the Upper Fusing Roller
temperature remains less than 135°C for a continuous 1 second or
more period after the copier has warmed up.
• The surface temperature of the Upper Fusing Roller
remains less than 80°C for a continuous 1 second or
more period while in energy saving mode.
C0520 Abnormally high fusing The surface temperature of the Upper Fusing Roller
temperature remains 230°C or more after the copier has warmed up.
C0600 Scanner Motor malfunc- • When the Scanner is at a position other than home,
tion Scanner Reference Position Sensor PC81 does not go
from HIGH to LOW after the lapse of 20 seconds after
the Power Switch has been turned ON.
• When the Scanner is at the home position, PC81 does
not go from LOW to HIGH after the lapse of 5 seconds
after the Scanner has started a scan motion.
• PC81 does not go from HIGH to LOW after the lapse
Optical Section
of 20 seconds after the Scanner has started a scan

motion.
C0610 Lens Motor malfunction The output from Lens Reference Position Sensor PC90
does not go from HIGH to LOW, or vice versa, after the
lapse of 15 seconds after M6 has started turning.
C0620 Mirror Motor malfunction • The output from the Mirror Reference Position Sensor
PC86 does not go from HIGH to LOW after the lapse
of 10 seconds after M7 has started turning.
• The output from PC86 does not go from LOW to HIGH
after the lapse of 3 seconds after M7 has started turn-
ing.
C0F10 Faulty AE Sensor level The output from PWB-H does not fall within the 2V – 4V
Sensors
range during the initial F5 mode.

C0F30 ATDC Sensor malfunc- The output from UN3 remains 0.4V or less, or 4.6V or
tion more, for a continuous 2 second period 2 seconds after
PC Drive Motor M2 has started turning.
T-34
98.05.15
✽ Malfunctions Detected by Copiers, Except in Europe

C0F02 Original size detection • Either UN2 is faulty or a communication error
error (Defective CPU) occurs with PWB-A.
• Under normal conditions:
The fixed-cycle pulse signal (Busy) remains
HIGH or LOW for 3 seconds or more.
• When the Power Switch is ON:
The Busy signal remains HIGH or LOW for 5
seconds or more.
C0FE2 Original Size Detecting <Detection Timing>
Sensor ➋ failure After having read the output data from PC113 to
C0FE4 Original Size Detecting PC116, UN2 determines that there is a failure.
Sensor ➌ failure
<Sensor Layout>
C0FE6 Original Size Detecting
(Metric Areas)
Sensors ➋ and ➌ failure
• ➋: PC113, ➌: PC115 (option),
C0FE8 Original Size Detecting ➍: PC114, ➎: PC116 (option)
Sensor ➍ failure ✽ PC115 and PC116 are standard for Mixed
C0FEA Original Size Detecting inch/metric areas.
Sensors ➋ and ➍ failure • A to E: Sensor locations
Original Size Detecting Board
C0FEC Original Size Detecting

Sensors ➌ and ➍ failure A ➌
➋
C0FEE Original Size Detecting B C D E
Sensors➋, ➌ and ➍ fail-
ure A
B ➍
C0FF0 Original Size Detecting ➎
Sensor ➎ failure
C0FF2 Original Size Detecting
(Inch Areas)
Sensors ➋ and ➎ failure
• ➋: PC113, ➌: PC115 (option),
C0FF4 Original Size Detecting ➍: PC114, ➎: PC116 (option)
Sensors ➌ and ➎ failure
C0FF6 Original Size Detecting A ➌
Sensors ➋, ➌ and ➎ fail- ➋
B C D E
ure
C0FF8 Original Size Detecting A
Sensors ➍ and ➎ failure B ➍
C0FFA Original Size Detecting ➎
Sensors ➋, ➍ and ➎ fail-
ure
C0FFC Original Size Detecting
Sensors ➌, ➍ and ➎ fail-
ure
C0FFE Original Size Detecting
Sensors ➋, ➌, ➍ and ➎
failure
T-35
98.05.15

C0900 3rd Drawer Paper Lift-
Up Sensor malfunction
C0904 3rd Drawer Paper Lift-
PF-206
Up Motor malfunction
See the PF-206 Service Manual.
C0950 4th Drawer Paper Lift-
Up Sensor malfunction
C0954 4th Drawer Paper Lift-
Up Motor malfunction
C0d00 Duplex Unit Front/Rear
Edge Guide Plates
home position detection
failure
AD-11/PF-6D
C0d20 Duplex Unit Trailing

Gate Unit home position
detection failure See the AD-11/PF-6D Service Manual.
C0d50 Duplex Unit Drive

Motor's failure to turn
C0d51 Duplex Unit Drive Motor
turning at abnormal tim-
ing
T-36
98.05.15

C0990 Main Tray upward
motion failure
C0991 Main Tray downward
motion failure
C0992 Main Tray downward
motion failure
C0993 Main Tray upward
motion failure
C0994 Main Tray Elevator
Motor's failure to turn
C0996 3rd Drawer lock release
failure
C0998 Shifter transfer failure
PF-112
C0999 Shifter return failure See the PF-112 Service Manual.

C099A Shifter return failure
C099b Shifter transfer failure
C099c Shifter Motor's failure to
turn
C0F79 • 3rd Drawer Paper
Empty Sensor failure
• Main Tray Paper
Empty Board failure
• Shift Tray Paper
Empty Sensor
C099E Shift Gate position
detecting failure
C099F Shift Gate position
detecting failure
T-37
98.05.15
✽ Malfunctions for Other Options

C0b10 Faulty Paper Clamp Unit
movement
C0b11 Faulty Paper Clamp Unit
movement
C0b30 Paper Aligning Motor
malfunction (Paper
Aligning Bar remaining
at home position)
C0b31 Paper Aligning Motor
malfunction (Paper
ST-104
Aligning Bar not at home

position)
C0b50 Improper stapling action
(Stapler Arm remaining
at the home position)
(Stapler Arm not at
home position)
See the ST-104/S-106 Service Manual.
(stapling action occur-
ring with no staples
driven into the paper)
C0b60 Faulty Bin movement
(Defective Bin Moving
Motor)
(Defective drive)
ST-104/S-106

(Defective Bin Position-
ing Sensor)
(Defective Bin Lower
Limit Position Sensor)
(M1 speed detection fail-
ure)
T-38
98.05.15
4-2. Troubleshooting Procedures

(1) C0000: Main Drive Motor's failure to turn
C0001: Main Drive Motor turning at abnormal timing
Symbol Name
M2 Main Drive Motor
PWB-A Master Board
1174C25TAA
Step Check Item Result Action

1 Is C0001 being shown? YES Begin with step 5.
Does M2 start to turn when the Check rolls/rollers and gears for
2 NO
Start Key is pressed? possible overload.
Does the voltage across PJ11A-14A on Replace PWB-A.
3 PWB-A and GND change from DC5V to NO
DC0V when the Start Key is pressed?
Does the voltage across PJ11A-13A on YES Replace M2.
4 PWB-A and GND remain DC5V when Replace PWB-A.
the Start Key is pressed? NO

5 PWB-A and GND remain DC0V when YES
the Power Switch is turned ON?
the Power Switch is turned ON? NO
T-39
98.05.15
(2) C0010: PC Drive Motor's failure to turn

C0011: PC Drive Motor turning at abnormal timing
Symbol Name
M1 PC Drive Motor
PWB-A Master Board
1174C26TAA

Does M1 start to turn when the Start Check gears for possible overload.
2 NO
Key is pressed?
PWB-A and GND change from DC24V
3 NO
to DC0V when the Start Key is
pressed?
NO
5 PWB-A and GND remain DC0V when YES
NO
T-40
98.05.15
(3) C004C: Cooling Fan Motor's failure to turn
Symbol Name
M9 Cooling Fan Motor
PWB-A Master Board
1174C27TAA
C004C
Does the voltage across PJ20A-1 YES Replace M9.
on PWB-A and GND change from Replace PWB-A.
1
DC24V to DC12V when the Power NO
is switched ON?
T-41
98.05.15
(4) C0070: Toner Replenishing Motor's failure to turn

C0071: Toner Replenishing Motor turning at abnormal timing
Symbol Name
PC112 Toner Hopper Home Position Sensor
M8 Toner Replenishing Motor
PWB-A Master Board
1174C28TAA

Does the Toner Bottle turn when two YES Perform step 3.
2 or three copies are made with the Perform step 4.
Original Cover raised? NO
Make two or three copies with the YES Replace PWB-A.

Original Cover raised. Does the voltage Check the Bottle Holder or PC112.
across PJ17A-2B on PWB-A and GND
3
change to DC0V when the Toner Bottle NO
is stopped and to DC5V when the Bottle
is turned during the copy cycle?
Make two or three copies with the Origi- YES Replace M8.
nal Cover raised. Does the voltage Replace PWB-A.
across PJ5A-6A on PWB-A and GND
4
change to DC0V when the Toner Bottle NO
is stopped and to DC24V when the Bot-
tle is turned during the copy cycle?
T-42
98.05.15
(5) C0400: Exposure Lamp's failure to turn ON

C0410: Exposure Lamp turning ON at abnormal timing
Symbol Name
LA1 Exposure Lamp
TF2 Exposure Lamp Thermal Fuse
PWB-A Master Board
PWB-H AE Sensor Board
PU1 Exposure Lamp Regulator
1174C13TAC
T-43
98.05.15
C0400
Does LA1 light up when the Start Check the photo receiver of the AE
1 Key is pressed? YES Sensor for contamination.
Replace PWB-H or PWB-A.
Does the voltage across PJ14A-3 Replace PWB-A.
on PWB-A and GND become
2 NO
DC4.3V or less when LA1 turns
ON?
Disconnect CN7 (2P). Is there con- Check LA1 and TF2 for continuity.
3 tinuity across CN7-1 and 2 on the NO
LA1 side?
Is the voltage across CN1-1 and 3 YES Replace PU1.
4 on PU1 AC100V? Check Power Supply Unit PU2 and
NO
Power Supply Board PWB-C.
C0410
Does LA1 turn ON when the Power Check to see if the photo receiver of
Switch is turned ON or in the the AE Sensor is receiving extrane-
1 NO
standby state? ous light.
Replace PWB-H or PWB-A.
Does the voltage across PJ14A-3 YES Replace PWB-A.
on PWB-A and GND remain Replace PU1.
2 DC4.1V or lower when the Power
Switch is turned ON or in the NO
standby state?
T-44
98.05.15
(6) C0500: Warm-up failure

C0510: Abnormally low fusing temperature
C0520: Abnormally high fusing temperature
Symbol Name
H1 Fusing Heater Lamp
TS1 Fusing Thermoswitch
TH1 Fusing Thermistor
PWB-A Master Board
SSR1 Fusing Heater Lamp SSR
1174C14TAA
T-45
98.05.15
C0500, C0510
✽ After resetting a C0510 condition, C0500 will be shown if the same problem recurs. For
this reason, the same troubleshooting procedure is used for C0500 and C0510.
Does H1 light up when the Power Check TH1 for installation or clean
YES
1 Switch is turned ON? it.
NO Begin with step 3.
Disconnect CN14 (4P). Is the resis- YES Replace TH1.
2 tance across CN14-2 and 3 on the Replace PWB-A.
TH1 side infinity? NO
Does the voltage across PJ7A-2 on Replace PWB-A.

PWB-A and GND change from
3 DC5V to DC0V when the Front NO
Door is closed with the Power
Switch ON?
Disconnect CN5 (2P). Is there con- YES Replace SSR1.
4 tinuity across CN5-1 and 2 on the Check H1 and TF1 for continuity.
Fusing Unit side? NO
C0520
Does H1 remain lit up even after the YES Begin with step 2.
1 copier has completed warming up? NO Begin with step 3.
Does the voltage across PJ7A-2 on YES Replace PWB-A.
PWB-A and GND remain DC0V Replace SSR1.
2
even after the copier has completed NO
warming up?
Disconnect CN14 (4P). Is the circuit YES Replace TH1.
3 across CN14-2 and 3 on the Fusing Replace PWB-A.
Unit side short-circuited? NO
T-46
98.05.15
(7) C0600: Scanner Motor malfunction

C0610: Lens Motor malfunction
C0620: Mirror Motor malfunction
Symbol Name
M5 Scanner Motor
M6 Lens Motor
M7 Mirror Motor
PC81 Scanner Reference Position Sensor
PC86 Mirror Reference Position Sensor
PC90 Lens Reference Position Sensor
PWB-A Main Control Board
PWB-F 23 cpm Copier Motor Drive Board
PWB-E 15/18 cpm Copier Motor Drive Board
1174C35TCB
T-47
98.05.15
C0600
Are all connectors on Motor Drive Plug them in securely.
1 NO
Board plugged in securely?
Check Scanner Reference Position Check the Scanner Drive Cable for
Sensor PC81. YES tension and overload. Or, replace
2 See p. T-2 (PWB-A (IC4A) APB0) PWB-A.
NO Check PC81.
Is the Scanner drive faulty? YES Correct or replace the faulty part.
3
NO Replace Motor Drive Board or M5.
C0610
Does M6 start turning after the Perform step 4.
1 YES
Power Switch has been turned ON?
Does the voltage across PJ16A-1B YES Replace Motor Drive Board or M6.
2
DC24V to DC0V after the Power NO
Switch has been turned ON?
Check Lens Reference Position Check the Lens Drive Cable for ten-
Sensor PC90. YES sion and overload. Or, replace
3 See p. T-2 (PWB-A (IC4A) APB1) PWB-A.
NO Check PC90.
C0620
Does M7 start turning when the mir- Perform step 3.
1 ror is out of position and the Power YES
Switch is turned ON?
Does the voltage across PJ16A-2B YES Replace Motor Drive Board or M7.
2
DC24V to DC0V when the Mirror NO
moves?
Check Mirror Reference Position Check for overload. Or, replace
YES
3 Sensor PC86. PWB-A.
See p. T-2 (PWB-A (IC4A) APB2) NO Check PC86.
T-48
98.05.15
(8) C0900: 3rd Drawer Paper Lift-Up Sensor malfunction

C0904: 3rd Drawer Paper Lift-Up Motor malfunction
C0950: 4th Drawer Paper Lift-Up Sensor malfunction
C0954: 4th Drawer Paper Lift-Up Motor malfunction
Symbol Name
PC19 3rd Drawer Paper Lift-Up Sensor
PC23 4th Drawer Paper Lift-Up Sensor
PC27 3rd Drawer Paper Lift-Up Motor Pulse
Sensor
PC28 4th Drawer Paper Lift-Up Motor Pulse
Sensor
M24 3rd Drawer Paper Lift-Up Motor
M25 4th Drawer Paper Lift-Up Motor
1174C16TAA
T-49
98.05.15
C0900, C0950
1 Is C0950 being shown? YES Perform step 3.
Check 3rd Drawer Paper Lift-Up YES Replace PF-206 PWB-A.
Sensor PC19. Check the Paper Pressure Releas-
2
See p. T-2 (PF-206) PWB-A IC1A NO ing mechanism and PC19.
PG3.
Check 4th Drawer Paper Lift-Up YES Replace PF-206 PWB-A.
3
PF3.
C0904, C0954
Slide out the 3rd Drawer and slide it Perform step 4.
2 back into the copier. Does M24 turn YES
at this time?
on PF-206 PWB-A and GND Replace PF-206 PWB-A.
change from DC0V to DC24V, and
3
then back to DC0V again, after the NO
3rd Drawer has been slid back into
the copier?
Check 3rd Drawer Paper Lift-Up Replace PF-206 PWB-A. Or, check
YES
Motor Pulse Sensor PC27. the gears for possible overload.
4
See p. T-2 (PF-206) PWB-A IC1A Check the Pulse Disk and PC27.
PC1. NO
Slide out the 4th Drawer and slide it Perform step 7.

5 back into the copier. Does M25 turn YES
at this time?
on PF-206 PWB-A and GND Replace PF-206 PWB-A.
change from DC0V to DC24V, and
6
then back to DC0V again, after the NO
4th Drawer has been slid back into
the copier?
Check 4th Drawer Paper Lift-Up Replace PF-206 PWB-A. Or, check
YES
Motor Pulse Sensor PC28. the gears for possible overload.
7
See p. T-2 (PF-206) PWB-A IC1A Check the Pulse Disk and PC28.
PD1. NO
T-50
98.05.15
(9) C0990: Main Tray Upward Motion Failure

C0993: Main Tray Upward Motion Failure
C0994: Main Tray Elevator M26's Failure to Turn
Symbol Name
PC2 Main Tray Lower Position Sensor
PC5 Elevator Motor Pulse Sensor
PC19 3rd Drawer Paper Lift-Up Sensor
PC35 Lower Position Sensor
M26 Elevator Motor
PWB-H Cabinet Transport Board
1174C17TAA
T-51
98.05.15
C0990, C0991
Check 3rd Drawer Paper Lift-Up YES Replace PF-112 PWB-A.
1
PG3.
C0992, C0993
Check Lower Position Sensor YES Replace PF-112 PWB-A.
PC35. Check PC35.
1
See p. T-2. (PF-112) PWB-A IC2A NO
PB3
Check Main Tray Lower Position YES Replace PF-112 PWB-A.
2 Sensor PC2. See p. T-2. Check PC2.
(PF-112) PWB-A IC2A PC1 NO
C0994
Does M26 turn when the Paper Perform step 3.
1 YES
Descent key is pressed?
Does the voltage across PJ10A-1 Replace M26 or check PWB-H and
YES
(down) on PF-112 PWB-A and flat cable.
GND, and across PJ10A-2 (up) and Replace PF-112 PWB-A.
2
GND, change from DC0V to DC24V
when the Drawer is slid in or the NO
Paper Descent key is pressed?
Does the voltage across PJ9A-5 on YES Replace PF-112 PWB-A.
PF-112 PWB-A and GND change in Check the pulse disk, Gear, and
3
the range between DC0V and NO Sensor.
DC5V while M26 is turning?
T-52
98.05.15
(10) C0998: Shifter Transfer Failure

C0999: Shifter Return Failure
C099A: Shifter Return Failure
C099b: Shifter Transfer Failure
C099c: Shifter Motor M27's Failure to Turn
Symbol Name
PC3 Shifter Home Position Sensor
PC4 Shifter Return Position Sensor
PC6 Shift Motor Pulse Sensor
M27 Paper Shift Motor
1174C30TAA
T-53
98.05.15
C0998, C0999
Check Shifter Return Position Sen- YES Replace PF-112 PWB-A.
1 sor PC4. See p. T-2 Check PWB-H, flat cable and PC4.
(PF-112) PWB-A IC2A PD1. NO
C099A, C099b
Check Shifter Home Position Sen- YES Replace PF-112 PWB-A.
1 sor PC3. See p. T-2 Check PWB-H, flat cable and PC3.
(PF-112) PWB-A IC2A PC0 NO
C099C
Does M27 turn when the Drawer is Perform step 3.
1 slid in with a paper stack loaded in YES
the Shift Tray?
Does the voltage across PJ10A-4 Replace M27 or check PWB-H and
YES
(moving to right) on PF-112 PWB-A flat cable.
2
and GND change from DC0V to Replace PF-112 PWB-A.
DC24V when doing step 1? NO
Does the voltage across PJ9A-12 YES Replace PF-112 PWB-A.

on PF-112 PWB-A and GND Check the pulse disk, Gear, and
3
change from DC0V to DC5V while NO Sensor.
M27 is turning?
T-54
98.05.15
(11) C099E: Shift Gate Position Detecting Failure

C099F: Shift Gate Position Detecting Failure
C0996: 3rd Drawer Lock Release Failure
C0F79: Paper Empty Sensor Failure
Symbol Name
PC1 Shift Tray Paper Empty Sensor
PC7 3rd Drawer Set Sensor
PC20 3rd Drawer Paper Empty Sensor
PC34 Shift Gate Position Detecting Sensor
SL41 3rd Drawer Lock Solenoid
PWB-E Main Tray Paper Empty Board
1174C31TAA
T-55
98.05.15
C099E, C099F
Check Shift Gate Position Detecting YES Replace PF-112 PWB-A.
Sensor PC34. Check PWB-H, flat cable and
1
See p. T-2 NO PC34.
(PF-112) PWB-A IC1A PC1.
C0996
Does the voltage across PJ6A-2 on YES Replace SL41.
PF-112 PWB-A and GND change Replace PF-112 PWB-A.
from DC0V to DC24V when the
1
Paper Descent Key is pressed and NO
the Main Tray has completed down-
ward motion?
Check 3rd Drawer Set Sensor PC7. YES Replace PF-112 PWB-A.
2 See p. T-2 (PF-112) PWB-A IC1A Check PWB-H, flat cable and
PG2 NO
PC25.
C0F79
Check 3rd Drawer Paper Empty YES Replace PF-112 PWB-A.
1 Sensor PC20. See p. T-2 Check PC20.
(PF-112) PWB-A IC1A PC0. NO
Check Main Tray Paper Empty YES Replace PF-112 PWB-A.

2 Board PWB-E. See p. T-2 Check PWB-H, flat cable and PWB-
(PF-112) PWB-A IC1A PF3. NO
E.
Check Shift Tray Paper Empty Sen- YES Replace PF-112 PWB-A.
sor PC1. Check PWB-H, flat cable and PC1.
3
See p. T-2 NO
(PF-112) PWB-A IC1A PD1
T-56
98.05.15
(12) C0d00: Duplex Unit Front/Rear Edge Guide Plates home position
detection failure
C0d20: Duplex Unit Trailing Gate Unit home position detection failure
C0d50: Duplex Unit Drive Motor's failure to turn
C0d51: Duplex Unit Drive Motor turning at abnormal timing
Symbol Name
PC8 Duplex Gate Home Position Sensor
PC9 Front/Rear Edge Guide Plate Home
Position Sensor
M31 Duplex Unit Drive Motor
M32 Gate Motor
M33 Front/Rear Edge Guide Drive Motor
1151C11TAA
T-57
98.05.15
C0d00, C0d20
1 Is C0d20 being shown? YES Perform step 4.
Does Front/Rear Edge Guide Drive Check for possible overload.
Motor M33 start turning when the Replace PWB-G, PWB-A of PF-
2 NO
Power Switch is turned ON or the 206/PF-112/PF-6D, or M33.
Duplex Unit slid into position?
Check Front/Rear Edge Guide plate Replace PWB-G or PWB-A of PF-
YES
3 Home position sensor PC9. See p. 206/PF-112/PF-6D.
T-2 (AD-11) PWB-G IC1G PC3. NO Check PC9.
Does Gate Motor M32 start turning Check for possible overload.
when the Power Switch is turned Replace PWB-G, PWB-A of PF-
4 NO
ON or the Duplex Unit slid into posi- 206/PF-112/PF-6D, or M32.
tion?
Check Duplex Gate Home Position Replace PWB-G or PWB-A of PF-
YES
5 Sensor PC8. See p. T-2 (AD-11) 206/PF-112/PF-6D.
PWB-G IC1G PE0. NO Check PC8.
C0d50, C0d51
1 Is C0d51 being shown? YES Begin with step 5.
Does Duplex Unit Drive Motor M31 Check the roller, rolls, and gears for
2 start turning when the Start Key is NO possible overload.
pressed.
Does the voltage across PJ6G-2 on Replace PWB-G or PWB-A of PF-
PWB-G and GND change from 206/PF-112/PF-6D.
3 NO
DC5V to DC0V when the Start Key
is pressed?
Does the voltage across PJ6G-1 on YES Replace M31.
4 PWB-G and GND remain DC5V Replace PWB-G or PWB-A of PF-
when the Start Key is pressed? NO
206/PF-112/PF-6D.
Does the voltage across PJ6G-2 on Replace PWB-G or PWB-A of PF-
PWB-G and GND remain DC0V 206/PF-112/PF-6D.
5 YES
when the Power Switch is turned
ON?
Does the voltage across PJ6G-1 on YES Replace M31.
PWB-G and GND remain DC0V Replace PWB-G or PWB-A of PF-
6
when the Power Switch is turned NO 206/PF-112/PF-6D.
ON?
T-58
98.05.15
(13) C0F10: Faulty AE Sensor level

C0F30: ATDC Sensor malfunction
Symbol Name
PWB-A Master Board
PWB-H AE Sensor Board
UN3 ATDC Sensor
1174C20TAA
C0F10
Is the voltage across PJ9A-3 on PWB-A YES Replace PWB-A.
and GND in the range between DC2V Check the photo receiver of the AE
1 and DC4V when the Start Key is NO Sensor for contamination or replace
pressed in the F3 operation? PWB-H.
C0F30
Is the voltage across PJ10A-3 on Check the ATDC Sensor and the
1 PWB-A and GND DC0V after the YES connection between the Imaging
Power Switch has been turned ON? Unit and copier.
Is the voltage across PJ10A-3 on YES Replace PWB-A.
PWB-A and GND in the range Replace the ATDC Sensor.
2
between DC0.5V and DC4.5V after NO
the Start Key has been pressed?
T-59
98.05.15
(14) C0F02: Original size detection error (Defective CPU)

C0FE2 to C0FFE: Original Size Detecting Sensor failure
Symbol Name
PC113 Original Size Detecting Sensor FD2
PC114 Original Size Detecting Sensor CD1
PC115 Original Size Detecting Sensor FD3
PC116 Original Size Detecting Sensor CD2
UN2 Original Size Detecting Board
PWB-A Master Board
1174C21TAA
C0F02
Is the jumper connector fitted prop- • Change the position of the
1 NO
erly across J1 and J2 on UN2? jumper connector.
Is PJ21 (CN2) plugged securely • Plug them in securely.
2 NO
into UN2 and PJ24A into PWB-A?
Does the LED of I/O port check YES • Change PWB-A.
3 PWB-A (IC5A) PA3 blink after the • Change UN2.
Power Switch has been turned ON? NO
C0FE2 to C0FFE
Is the jumper connector fitted prop- • Change the position of the
1 NO
erly across J1 and J2 on UN2? jumper connector.
Is each Original Size Detecting • Reinstall.
2 Sensor installed at the correct posi- NO
tion?
Is the malfunction code redisplayed • Change UN2 or PWB-A.
after the corresponding Original
3 YES
Size Detecting Sensor has been
changed?
T-60
98.05.15
(15) Power is not Turned ON
Symbol Name
PWB-A Master Board
PWB-C Power Supply Board
PU1 Exposure Lamp Regulator
PU2 Power Supply Unit
S1 Power Switch
S2 Front Door Interlock Switch
1174C33TAB
T-61
98.05.15

Power is not Is the source voltage being Check Fuse or line voltage.
supplied to the supplied to the circuit
1 NO
copier at all. across PJ1-1 and 2 of
PU2?
Is the voltage across PJ2-2 Check Fuse of PU2 or
of PU2 and GND, and replace PU2.
2 NO
across PJ2-3 on PU2 and
GND, DC24V?
Is the voltage across PJ2-1 Check Fuse of PU2 or
3 NO
of PU2 and GND DC24V? replace PU2.
Is the voltage across PJ2C- Check Fuse of PWB-C or
6 on PWB-C and GND, and replace PWB-C.
4 NO
across PJ2C-8 on PWB-C
and GND, DC24V?
Only the control Only the control panel Indi- Replace PWB-A.
panel Indicators 5 cators light up? YES
light up.
✽ If the problem persists even after the above procedures, the harness is probably short-
circuited.
Check the harnesses.
T-62
98.05.15
(16) E1, E2
Symbol Name
UN3 ATDC Sensor
F4 I/U Fuse
PWB-A Master Board
1174C23TAB
Code Step Check Item Result Action

Is the seal peeled off the open- Peel off the seal and turn the
1 ing or starter been fully NO Power Switch OFF, then ON.
charged?
E1 Is the voltage across PJ10A-3 YES Replace PWB-A.

on PWB-A and GND in the Replace the ATDC Sensor.
2 range between DC0.5V and
DC4.5V after the Start Key has NO
been turned ON?
Is the voltage across PJ10A-6 YES Replace PWB-A.
E2 3 on PWB-A and GND 0V? NO Replace F4 or PWB-A.
T-63
98.05.15
5 IMAGE FAILURES
5-1. Image Failure Troubleshooting

Image failures have many possible causes. For troubleshooting, it is necessary to deter-
mine whether a failure is attributable to a basic cause or any other cause.
In this chapter, troubleshooting is divided into “initial checks” and “troubleshooting proce-
dures classified by image failure”. If an image failure has occurred, first make the initial
checks, then proceed to the corresponding image failure troubleshooting procedure.
5-2. Initial Checks

1. Place of installation
• Is the source voltage normal? Does the voltage vary greatly?
• Is the copier installed in a hot, humid place or in a place where temperatures vary
sharply?
• Is the copier installed in a dusty place?
• Is the copier subjected to direct sunlight?
• Is the copier level?
2. Copy paper
• Is the recommended paper used?
➨Load recommended paper and make copies to see if the problem persists.
• Is the paper damp?
➨Load new paper and make copies to see if the problem persists.
3. Original
• Does the original used have a reddish background or is it written in light pencil?
➨Use the Test Chart to check the image.
• Is the original transparent or are transparencies being used?
➨Cover with white paper and make a copy.
• Are the Original Glass and ADF Transport Belt dirty or scratched?
➨If dirty, clean with alcohol. If scratched, replace.
4. PM parts (supplies)
• Have the PM parts (supplies), such as the PC Drum, Cleaning Blade, and corona wires,
reached the end of their cleaning/replacement cycles?
5. Adjustment items (registration, focus, AE level, etc.)

• Among the adjustment items given in DIS/REASSEMBLY, ADJUSTMENT, is there any
adjustment that may remedy the image failure?
T-64
98.05.15
5-3. Troubleshooting Procedures Classified by Image Failures

<Image Failure Samples>
1. Blank copy 2. Black copy 3. Low image density
4. Foggy background 5. Black streaks or bands 6. Black spots
7. Blank streaks or bands 8. Void areas 9. Smear on back
1149T012AA
T-65
98.05.15
(1) Blank copy
Cause Step Check Item Result Action

Charging failure Is the PC Drum Charge Install correctly.
1 NO
Corona installed correctly?
Are the PC Drum Charge Check and replace if nec-
2 Corona wire and grid mesh NO essary.
normal?
Is the wiring between High YES Replace HV1.
3 Voltage Unit HV1 and corona Correct the wiring.
wire normal? NO
Developing Unit Is the PC Unit inserted all Fully tighten the knob.
4 NO
out of position the way into position?
Are the Ds Rolls in contact Reinstall the Developing
5 NO
with the PC Drum? Unit.
Is the Developing Unit con- Plug it in.
6 NO
nector plugged in?
Is the drive transmission to Check and replace parts if
7 NO
the Developing Unit normal? necessary.
Image transfer Is the Image Transfer Check and replace if nec-
8 NO
failure Corona wire normal? essary.
9 Voltage Unit HV1 and Correct wiring.
corona wire normal? NO
Paper guide Is the paper guide shorted Connect the paper guide
shorting 10 to the frame? YES through the resistor to the
frame.
(2) Black copy

PC Drum ground- Is the PC Drum properly Clean or replace the PC
1 NO
ing failure grounded? Drum Ground Plate.
Developing bias Is the developing bias con- Clean or replace the devel-
2 NO
failure tact normal? oping bias contact.
Is the developing bias har- YES Replace the High Voltage Unit.
3 ness normal? NO Replace the harness.
Light path failure Has condensation formed Clean the mirrors and
4 on the mirrors, lens, or PC YES lenses, and run the Drum
Drum? Dehum operation.
Are the mirrors installed Reinstall the mirrors.
5 NO
properly?
Exposure Lamp's Does the Exposure Lamp Take the action for malfunc-
6 NO
failure to turn ON light up? tion code C0400.
T-66
98.05.15
(3) Low Image Density

PC Drum life Does the PC Drum have Replace the PC Drum.
1 NO
enough service life?
Do the fan motors turn Troubleshoot the fan
2 properly? (Ozone deteriora- NO motors.
tion, temperature rise)
PC Drum ground- Is the PC Drum properly Clean or replace the PC
3 NO
ing failure grounded? Drum Ground Plate.
Drum charge Are the PC Drum Charge Check and replace if nec-
failure 4 Corona wire and grid mesh NO essary.
normal?
5 Voltage Unit HV1 and Correct the wiring.
corona wire normal? NO
Optical failure Are the mirrors and lenses Clean the mirrors and
6 dirty or covered with con- YES lenses.
densation?
Image transfer Is the Image Transfer Clean the Image Transfer
7 YES
failure Corona dirty? Corona or replace the wire.
Is the copy paper damp? Replace copy paper and
instruct the user in how to
8 YES store paper and to keep the
copier plugged in during the
night.
Developing failure 9 Is Db adjusted properly? NO Make Db adjustment.
Are the Ds Rolls in contact Reinstall the Developing
10 NO
with the PC Drum? Unit.
Is the developing bias Clean or replace the devel-
11 NO
contact normal? oping bias contact.
T-67
98.05.15
(4) Foggy background

Cleaning failure Is the Cleaning Blade dirty Change the Cleaning
1 with foreign matter, paper YES Blade.
dust, etc. or is it scratched?
Optical failure 2 Is the mirror or lens dirty? YES Clean the mirror or lens.
PC Drum failure Is the PC Drum dirty with Clean or replace the PC
3 foreign matter, etc.? YES Drum. Replace the Clean-
ing Blade if necessary.
Is the PC Drum properly Clean or replace the PC
4 NO
grounded? Drum Ground Plate.
Developing failure Is the Sleeve Roller abnor- Clean the Sleeve Roller.
mally dirty? Check the Developer Scat-
5 YES
tering Prevention Seal to
see if it is deformed or dirty.
Is the developing bias con- Clean or replace the devel-
6 NO
tact normal? oping bias contact.
Main Erase Lamp Does the Main Erase Lamp Replace the Main Erase
7 NO
failure light up properly? Lamp.
8 Is the Main Erase Lamp dirty? YES Clean the Main Erase Lamp.
T-68
98.05.15
(5) Black Streaks or Bands

Uneven charging Are the PC Drum Charge Clean or replace the PC
Corona wire and grid mesh Drum Charge Corona.
1 YES
dirty? Check the operation of the
toner charging mechanism.
Cleaning failure Is the Cleaning Blade dirty Replace the Cleaning
2 with foreign matter, paper YES Blade.
dust, etc., or is it scratched?
Does the Cleaning Blade Check the operation of the
3 NO
make a correct lateral motion? Cleaning Blade.
PC Drum failure Is the PC Drum surface Replace the PC Drum. If
4 dirty or scratched? YES necessary, replace the
Cleaning Blade.
PC Drum Paper Are the PC Drum Paper Sepa- Clean or replace the PC
Separator Fingers 5 rator Fingers dirty, deformed or YES Drum Paper Separator Fin-
faulty in operation? gers.
Fusing failure Is the Upper Fusing Roller Clean or replace the Upper
6 YES
dirty or scratched? Fusing Roller.
Are the Upper Paper Separa- Clean or replace the Upper
7 YES
tor Fingers dirty or deformed? Paper Separator Fingers.
Optical failure Is the mirror or lens dirty Clean the mirror or lens.
8 YES
with foreign matter?
(6) Black Spots

PC Drum failure Is the PC Drum surface Clean or replace the PC
1 scratched or dirty with for- YES Drum. If necessary, replace
eign matter? the Cleaning Blade.
Fusing failure Is the Upper Fusing Roller Check the Fusing Ther-
2 dirty or scratched? YES mistors. Clean or replace
the Upper Fusing Roller.
Developing failure Is the amount of toner on To step 7.
3 YES
the Sleeve Roller proper?
Is the toner-to-carrier ratio Change the toner-to-car-
4 YES
relatively high? rier ratio.
5 Is the Db value normal? NO Make Db adjustment.
Is the Developer Scattering Clean or replace the Devel-
6 Prevention Seal deformed YES oper Scattering Prevention
or dirty? Seal.
Dirty PC Drum Are the PC Drum Paper Clean or replace the PC
Paper Separator 7 Separator Fingers dirty or YES Drum Paper Separator Fin-
Fingers deformed? gers.
T-69
98.05.15
(7) Blank Streaks or Bands

Plugged Db Is the Db plugged with for- Remove foreign matter. If
1 eign matter, caked toner, YES the problem persists,
etc.? replace the developer.
Drum charge fail- Are the PC Drum Charge Clean or replace the PC
ure 2 Corona wire and grid mesh YES Drum Charge Corona.
dirty?
Is the Drum Charge Corona Check the corona wire
3 Wire Cleaner at the home NO cleaning mechanism.
position?
Image transfer fail- Is the Image Transfer Clean or replace the Image
4 YES
ure Corona wire dirty? Transfer Corona.
Is the Corona Wire Cleaner Check the corona wire
5 NO
at the home position? cleaning mechanism.
Defective PC Are the PC Drum Paper Clean or replace the PC
Drum Paper Sepa- 6 Separator Fingers dirty or YES Drum Paper Separator Fin-
rator Fingers deformed? gers.
Image Erase Does the Image Erase Check the Image Erase
Lamp lit at abnor- 7 Lamp light up at abnormal YES Lamp.
mal timing timing?
Fusing failure Is the Upper Fusing Roller Clean or replace the Upper
8 YES
dirty or scratched? Fusing Roller.
Are the Upper Paper Sepa- Clean or replace the Upper
9 rator Fingers dirty or YES Paper Separator Fingers.
scratched?
T-70
98.05.15
(8) Void Areas

Image transfer fail- Is the Image Transfer Reinstall.
1 NO
ure Corona installed correctly?
Is the Image Transfer Clean or replace the Image
2 YES
Corona wire dirty? Transfer Corona wire.
Damp copy paper Is the image improved by Change the copy paper and
loading new paper? instruct the user in how to
3 YES store paper and to keep the
copier plugged in during the
night.
Small amount of Is toner uniformly attracted Check the Db value and
toner supplied onto the Sleeve Roller? developer amount, and
4 NO
check the operation of the
Bucket Roller.
PC Drum conden- Is the image improved by Run Drum Dehum and
sation 5 running Drum Dehum? YES instruct the user to take fur-
ther action.
Paper guide short- Is the paper guide shorted Connect the paper guide
ing 6 to the frame? YES through the resistor to the
frame.
Fusing failure Is the Lower Fusing Roller Replace the Lower Fusing
7 YES
scratched or deformed? Roller.
(9) Smear on Back

Dirty Developing Is the bottom part of the Clean and check the Devel-
Unit 1 Developing Unit dirty? YES oper Scattering Prevention
Seal.
Dirty Image Trans- Is the Image Transfer Clean the corona and
2 YES
fer Corona Corona dirty? check the Developing Unit.
Is the Pre-Image Transfer Clean the guide plate and
3 YES
Guide Plate dirty? check the Developing Unit.
Dirty Suction Unit Are the Suction Belts dirty? Clean the Suction Belts and
4 YES
check the Developing Unit.
Dirty Fusing Unit Is the Fusing Unit Entrance Clean the guide plate and
5 YES
Guide Plate dirty? check the Developing Unit.
Are the Upper and Lower Clean or replace the Upper
Fusing Rollers dirty? and Lower Fusing Rollers
6 YES
and check the Fusing
Roller cleaning mechanism.
T-71
EP2030/1085
PARTS MANUAL
PARTS MANUAL
PREFACE
1. The part numbers listed in Parts Manual are those which were assigned to the parts making up the machine at the time machine was originally introduced
onto the market.
2. Parts whose numbers are preceded by an asterisk in the Index Column on the List Page are parts to be used in only certain market areas. Therefore,
please check the number in the Area cloumn on the List Page and then compare it with the numbers given in the Area Chart on page II to find out which
part number is applicable to your own ares.
NOTE: Parts for only certain Market Areas: The part numbers for these parts vary according to market area. In other cases, these parts are used in only
restricted areas.
3. The Index Number on the List Page is composed of two numbers and two letters. Generally, only A is used as the first letter of the two letters. However,
sometimes B, C, D, etc. are used when one part in the illustration, such as an electrical parts or a part which varies according to market areas, has two or
more part numbers. The second of the two letters represents the modification history of that part.
4. The Areas Number is listed in the Areas Column for only those parts used in certain market areas. This Area Number represents the areas listed opposite
to It in the Chart given on Page II. Parts having no Area Number listed in the Area Column can be used in all market areas.
5. In the exploded views in this Parts Manual the parts (Screws & Washes, etc...) which are indicated with a "four-digit" numbers are listed in numerical order
in the section "SCREWS AND WASHERS". Please check these "four-digit" numbers with the part numbers ("ten-digit" numbers) which should be used for
ordering the part.
6. All part numbers consist of "ten-digit" which should all be quoted when ordering a part. The price of parts can be obtained by referring to the "Parts Price
List" which is separately issued.
7. All infomation contained in this parts manual is subject to change.
I
II
PARTS MANUAL
AREA CHART
AREA No. AREA (JAPAN) AREA No. AREA (JAPAN)
0400 METRIC 2520 120V

0412 METRIC(EXCEPT SAUDI ARABIA/HONG KONG/OCEANIA) 2540 115/127/220/240V
0511 100/115/120/127V 2542 115/127/220/240V(EXCEPT EUROPE)
0527 115V(INCH) 2543 120V/EUROPE/SOUTH AFRICA
0702 EXCEPT USA/CANADA 2612 220/240V
0703 EXCEPT EUROPE 2619 220/240V(EXCEPT EUROPE)
0743 EXCEPT TAIWAN 2638 220/240V(EXCEPT EUROPE/OCEANIA/HONG KONG)
0800 MINOLTA 2706 EUROPE
2300 INCH 2712 TAIWAN
2314 INCH/SAUDI ARABIA/HONG KONG/OCEANIA 2715 EXCEPT JAPAN/EUROPE
2401 METRIC(EXCEPT JAPAN/TAIWAN) 2720 USA/CANADA/EUROPE
2423 METRIC(EXCEPT JAPAN/TAIWAN/EUROPE 2793 HONG KONG/OCEANIA
2500 115V 2812 DEVELOP
2504 115/120V
2505 115/120/127V
2517 115/120/200/220/240V
We recommend that you cross out from your Parts Manuals those parts numbers which do not apply your area so that
no error is made when ordering parts.
PARTS MANUAL
CONTENTS
1. HOUSING (A) • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 1
2. HOUSING (B) • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 3
3. OPTICAL FRAMES • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 5
4. UPPER FRAMES• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 7
5. LOWER FRAMES (A) • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 9
6. LOWER FRAMES (B) • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 11
7. EXPOSURE LAMP SECTION • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 13
8. LENS SECTION• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 15
9. OPTICAL DRIVE SECTION (A) • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 17
10. OPTICAL DRIVE SECTION (B) • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 19
11. PAPER TAKE-UP SECTION • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 21
12. MULTIPLE BYPASS (A) MB-4 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 23
13. MULTIPLE BYPASS (B) MB-4 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 25
14. HOPPER SECTION • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 27
15. IMAGING UNIT (A)• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 29
16. IMAGING UNIT (B)• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 31
17. PAPER TRANSPORT SECTION • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 33
18. VACUUM SECTION • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 35
19. FUSING SECTION• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 37
20. ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 39
21. PAPER TRAY UNIT • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 41
22. WIRING ACCESSORIES AND JIGS• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 43
23. SCREWS AND WASHERS • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 45
24. NUMERICAL INDEX• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 46
NOVEMBER 1998
III
1
1 HOUSING (A) PARTS MANUAL
ORIGINAL COVER
29
03 02
01
03 29 3508
3703
3703 3508
06
05
27 28
07 9102 04
08 26
09 10 4009
30 31
3211 25
09 25 3508
15 19
3522
11 20 24 3701
1608 4009 36
1454 23
12 25
13
18
1454 32
14 22
4009
33
16 17 1608 22
21 34
14 FOR ADF
35
INDEX PART NO. PART NAME QTY AREA REMARKS INDEX PART NO. PART NAME QTY AREA REMARKS
01AA 1139-1702-02 ORIGINAL HOLDER 1 *30DA 1174-0458-02 CONTROL PANEL MINOLTA 23CPM 1 2712
02AA 1139-1701-04 ORIGINAL COVER 1 *30EA 1174-0453-02 CONTROL PANEL METRIC 23CPM 1 2812
03AA 1139-1705-01 HINGE 2 *30FA 1174-0455-02 CONTROL PANEL INCH 23CPM 1 2812
04AA 1139-1921-01 SHAFT 1 *31AA 1175-0451-02 CONTROL PANEL MINOLTA 18CPM 1 2300
05AA 1136-1901-01 SPACER 1 *31BA 1175-0452-02 CONTROL PANEL MINOLTA 18CPM 1 2423
06AA 1151-1918-01 STOPPER 1 *31CA 1175-0453-02 CONTROL PANEL MINOLTA 18CPM 1 2706
07AA 1139-1923-01 PRESSURE SPRING 1 *31DA 1175-0458-02 CONTROL PANEL MINOLTA 18CPM 1 2712
08AA 1139-1922-02 POLYESTER FILM 1 *31EA 1175-0453-02 CONTROL PANEL METRIC 18CPM 1 2812
09AA 1139-1919-02 SHOULDER SCREW 2 *31FA 1175-0455-02 CONTROL PANEL INCH 18CPM 1 2812
10AA 1139-1920-01 TENSION SPRING 1 32AA 1174-7801-01 GUIDE PLATE 1
11AA 1139-1917-03 SLIDER 1 33AA 1136-7817-01 AXIS 1
12AA 1139-1916-03 BRACKET 1 34AA 1136-7818-01 ROWEL 1
13AA 1139-1906-01 HOLDER 1 35AA 1136-7823-01 LABEL 1
14AA 1139-1904-02 PRESSURE SPRING 2 36AA 1174-0901-01 MODIFICATION KIT 1
*15AA 1151-1753-01 WIDTH SCALE 1 2712
*15BA 1151-1755-01 WIDTH SCALE 1 2401
*15CA 1151-1754-01 WIDTH SCALE 1 2300

16AA 1139-1909-01 SPONGE 1
17AA 1139-1915-02 SPONGE 1
*18AA 1151-1901-01 WIDTH SCALE 1 2712
*18BA 1151-1903-01 WIDTH SCALE 1 2401
*18CA 1151-1902-01 WIDTH SCALE 1 2300

19AA 1065-1360-01 SHOULDER SCREW 1
20AA 1053-3869-01 PLATE SPRING 1
21AA 1139-1905-01 HOLDER 1
22AA 1139-1907-01 PLATE 2
*23AA 1151-0170-01 ORIGINAL GLASS 1 2712

*23BA 1151-0172-01 ORIGINAL GLASS 1 2401
*23CA 1151-0171-01 ORIGINAL GLASS 1 2300
*23DA 1151-0173-01 ORIGINAL GLASS FOR ADF 1 2712
*23EA 1151-0175-01 ORIGINAL GLASS FOR ADF 1 2401
*23FA 1151-0174-01 ORIGINAL GLASS FOR ADF 1 2300

24AA 1139-1706-01 POLYESTER FILM 1
25AA 1139-1703-03 SLIDER 3
26AA 9326-2820-11 MAGNET 1
27AA 1139-1704-14 PAD 1
*28AA 1174-7373-01 LABEL MINOLTA 23CPM 1 2520
*28BA 1175-7373-01 LABEL MINOLTA 18CPM 1 2520
29AA 1139-1044-01 COVER 2
*30AA 1174-0451-02 CONTROL PANEL MINOLTA 23CPM 1 2300
*30BA 1174-0452-02 CONTROL PANEL MINOLTA 23CPM 1 2423
*30CA 1174-0453-02 CONTROL PANEL MINOLTA 23CPM 1 2706

2
3
2 HOUSING (B) PARTS MANUAL
06
05
02 4020
01
03 4020
4020 51
04
4020
4020
08
07 3704
09 52 4020 43 41 40
44
15 12 42
4020
16
4020
17 4020
18 45 3920
3504 1305 46
10 50 47
19 3704 39
49 48 3704
20 38
11 3701
21
3704 3704
12 22
15 34
3702 3701 3704
23
3704
3508 30
38
29 4021
24 1305 3702 33 35 37
36
25
13 23CPM ONLY
3702
26 27
14 28
28 31 32
1625 3704
01AA 1174-1002-01 TOP COVER-RT 1 *33AA 1174-1001-02 FRONT COVER MINOLTA 23CPM 1 2540
02AA 1139-1035-01 COVER FOR ORI COVER 1 *33BA 1174-1047-02 FRONT COVER MINOLTA 1 2520
03AA 1139-1727-01 COVER 18CPM 1 *33CA 1175-1001-02 FRONT COVER MINOLTA 18CPM 1 2540
*03BA 1139-1727-01 COVER MINOLTA 23CPM 1 2520 *33EA 1174-1046-02 FRONT COVER 23CPM 1 2812
*03CA 1139-1727-01 COVER EX. EU 23CPM 1 2812 *33FA 1175-1046-02 FRONT COVER 18CPM 1 2812
04AA 1174-1042-01 COVER FOR ORI COVER 1 34AA 1139-3141-01 BRACKET 1
05AA 1149-1662-02 FILTER 23CPM 1 35AA 1273-3535-01 MAGNET CATCH 1
06AA 1174-1006-01 REAR COVER-UPR 23CPM 1 36AA 1142-3108-01 GUIDE 18CPM 1
06BA 1175-1006-01 REAR COVER-UPR 18CPM 1 37AA 1139-3142-01 HANDLE 23CPM 1
07AA 1151-4523-01 DUCT 1 38AA 1151-3109-01 SPRING 23CPM 2
08AA 1174-1007-02 REAR COVER 1 39AA 1139-3105-03 RIGHT COVER-LWR 23CPM 1
*09AA 1174-7393-02 LABEL CAUTION 1 2706 39BA 1142-3105-03 RIGHT COVER-LWR 18CPM 1
10AA 1151-1008-01 REAR COVER-LWR 23CPM 1 *40AA 1174-3130-01 TABLE 18CPM 1 0743
11AA 1174-1033-01 COVER 1 *41AA 1139-3144-01 GUIDE 18CPM 1 0743
12AA 1174-1015-01 COVER 2 42AA 1142-7301-12 SEAL 18CPM 1
13AA 1174-0167-01 TRAY 1 *43AA 1139-3145-01 COVER 18CPM 1 0743
14AA 1139-1037-02 LEFT COVER-LWR 23CPM 1 *44AA 1139-3146-01 TENSION SPRING 18CPM 1 0743
14BA 1175-1037-01 LEFT COVER-LWR 18CPM 1 45AA 1139-3104-01 HOLDER 8
15AA 1139-1039-01 COVER 2 46AA 1139-3103-01 ROLL 8
16AA 1174-1041-01 COVER 1 47AA 1174-1018-01 LEVER 1
17AA 1174-1005-02 LEFT COVER-UPR 23CPM 1 48AA 1033-3102-01 PLATE 1
17BA 1175-1005-02 LEFT COVER-UPR 18CPM 1 49AA 1139-7332-12 LABEL 1
18AA 1151-7311-01 LABEL PUSH 1 *50AA 1175-1004-01 RIGHT COVER-MID 18CPM 1 0743
19AA 1142-3101-02 COVER 18CPM 1 51AA 1174-1009-02 RIGHT COVER 1
20AA 1151-7317-01 LABEL TONER BOTTLE 1 52AA 1174-1052-01 RIGHT COVER 1
*21AA 1174-7375-01 LABEL MINOLTA 23CPM 1 2706
*21BA 1174-7376-01 LABEL MINOLTA 23CPM 1 2715

*21CA 1175-7375-01 LABEL MINOLTA 18CPM 1 2706
*21DA 1175-7376-01 LABEL MINOLTA 18CPM 1 2715
*21EA 1174-7377-01 LABEL 23CPM 1 2812
*21FA 1175-7377-01 LABEL 18CPM 1 2812

22AA 1139-1040-01 PLATE 1
*23AA 1139-7328-01 LABEL AVOID MINOLTA 1 2520

24AA 1174-1031-01 COVER 1
25AA 1053-3103-01 PLATE 1
26AA 1152-2301-01 PLATE 18CPM 1
27AA 1139-1022-01 BAND 1
28AA 1174-1017-01 HINGE 2
*29AA 1139-7347-01 LABEL 1 0800
*30AA 1136-7326-01 LABEL 1 2812

31AA 1151-7320-01 LABEL JAM REMOVAL 1
*32AA 1152-3193-01 SPONGE 18CPM 1 2706

4
5
3 OPTICAL FRAMES PARTS MANUAL
M5 19
3508
3508 18 15
17 14 11 3508
3508
16 13 07
3517
8301
01
9107 10
20
13 1310
1310 3508 12
21
22 23 24 15 3508 3508
14 PC115 3517
34 33 3508 8301 02
3508 7104 12 09
35 25 4005
36 26
PC111 PC113 3508
06
08
9107 32
3508
37 3504
3508
M3 27 3517 03
31 3508 05 8301
30 49 04 3403
3508 3508 3508
S108
3504
28 48
29 3704
3508 3403
38 50 51
3501 PC114 3508
39 M6
PC90 52 65
40 45 3508
PC116 64
3508
41 47 60
3508 48 53 63
46 PWB-H
42 3508 44 3508 3508
57
43 54 UN2 62
59
1318
3501
56 61
66 58
55
01AA 1139-1532-03 COVER 1 37AA 9313-1610-31 MOTOR 23CPM (M3) 1
02AA 1139-1319-12 SUPPORT 1 38AA 1149-1661-01 DUCT 23CPM 1
03AA 1139-1318-12 SUPPORT 1 39AA 1139-1333-02 BRACKET 1
04AA 9334-2610-11 REED SWITCH SIZE (S108) 1 40AA 1139-1612-01 GUIDE 1
05AA 1139-1327-01 BRACKET 1 41AA 1139-0211-01 PULLEY 1
06AA 1139-0210-01 PULLEY 1 42AA 1151-1326-01 BRACKET 1
07AA 1139-1320-12 SUPPORT 1 43AA 1139-1615-01 SET PLATE 18CPM 1
08AA 1151-1356-01 SEAL 1 *44AA 1151-1338-02 COVER MINOLTA 23CPM 1 0702
09AA 1151-1539-02 LIGHT SHIELD 1 *44BA 1151-1338-02 COVER EX. EU 23CPM 1 2812
10AA 1151-1322-01 BRACKET 1 45AA 1151-1316-01 SUPPORT PLATE 1
11AA 1151-1355-01 LIGHT SHIELD PLATE 1 46AA 1151-1325-01 GUIDE PLATE 1
12AA 9335-1310-11 PHOTO INTERRUPTER OPTION 23CPM 2 47AA 9335-1310-41 PHOTO INTERRUPTER LENS (PC90) 1
13AA 1200-1422-02 WASHER 23CPM 2 48AA 9335-1310-21 PHOTO INTERRUPTER OPTION 23CPM 2
14AA 1139-1621-01 RETAINING RING 23CPM 2 49AA 1151-1330-01 ADJUSTING PLATE 1
15AA 1139-1625-01 SLEEVE 23CPM 2 50AA 1139-1321-01 SHEET 1
16AA 1136-1378-01 TENSION SPRING 23CPM 1 51AA 1151-1337-01 TAPE 1
17AA 1149-1602-01 BRACKET 23CPM 1 52AA 1139-1324-02 HOLDER 1
18AA 1149-1624-01 RUBBER STRIP 23CPM 1 53AA 1151-1329-01 RAIL 1
19AA 9314-1810-11 MOTOR 23CPM (M5) 1 54AA 1151-6814-01 HARNESS OPTION 23CPM 1
20AA 1174-1637-01 BRACKET 23CPM 1 55AA 1151-6813-01 HARNESS OPTION 23CPM 1
21AA 1174-1601-01 WIRE 23CPM 1 56AA 9384-1900-56 PWB SUPPORT 6.35H OPTION 23CPM 4
22AA 1149-1631-01 TIMING BELT 23CPM 1 57AA 1139-6008-14 PW BOARD 23CPM OP (UN2) 1
23AA 1149-1603-01 PULLEY 72T 23CPM 1 58AA 1150-1067-01 POLYESTER FILM 23CPM 1
24AA 9335-1310-31 PHOTO INTERRUPTER 23CPM (PC111) 1 *59AA 1174-1332-01 COVER MINOLTA 23CPM 1 0702
*25AA 1053-4432-01 CORD CLAMP MINOLTA 23CPM 1 2520 *59BA 1174-1332-01 COVER EX. EU 23CPM 1 2812
*25BA 1053-4432-01 CORD CLAMP EX. EU 23CPM 1 2812 60AA 1151-6831-01 HARNESS OPTION 23CPM 1
26AA 1174-0201-01 PLATE 23CPM 1 61AA 1139-0106-01 PW BOARD-H (PWB-H) 1
27AA 1151-1314-01 BRACKET 1 62AA 1139-1533-01 SHIELD 1
28AA 1139-1422-01 CORD CLAMP 1 63AA 1139-1535-02 BRACKET 1
29AA 1151-1354-01 SUPPORT PLATE 1 64AA 1139-1530-01 BRACKET 1
30AA 1151-1313-01 BRACKET 1 65AA 9314-1310-21 MOTOR LENS (M6) 1
*31AA 1151-1721-01 BRACKET MINOLTA 23CPM 1 2520 *66AA 9384-1900-61 PWB SUPPORT 6.35H MINOLTA 23CPM 1 0702
*31BA 1151-1721-01 BRACKET EX. EU 23CPM 1 2812 *66BA 9384-1900-61 PWB SUPPORT 6.35H EX. EU 23CPM 1 2812
*32AA 1139-1725-01 TENSION SPRING MINOLTA 23CPM 1 2520
*32BA 1139-1725-01 TENSION SPRING EX. EU 23CPM 1 2812
*33AA 1151-1726-01 BRACKET MINOLTA 23CPM 1 2520

*33BA 1151-1726-01 BRACKET EX. EU 23CPM 1 2812
*34AA 1139-1724-01 TORSION SPRING MINOLTA 23CPM 1 2520
*34BA 1139-1724-01 TORSION SPRING EX. EU 23CPM 1 2812
*35AA 1151-1722-01 LEVER MINOLTA 23CPM 1 2520
*35BA 1151-1722-01 LEVER EX. EU 23CPM 1 2812

36AA 1174-1611-01 TENSION SPRING 23CPM 1
6
7
4 UPPER FRAMES PARTS MANUAL
9107
10
11
07 05 01
08
06
09
03
04
1321
1321 15
12 15 PU1 02
3104
3510 16
PWB-E,F 45
14 17
3510
13 46 3508
3510
15 44
19 16 35 S1
18 CNT1
LA3 43
27
42
20
28 36 42
1312
34 S2 41
M5 21
3508
33
37
3525 3508
3508
22 3501 32
26 31
3508
LA2 38
30 3704
23 25 39
40
3508 24 29
48
3508
24
3508 47
*01AA 1139-2316-02 COVER 1 0703 37AA 9331-1810-11 MICRO SWITCH FNT DOOR (S2) 1
*01BA 1149-2316-01 COVER 1 2706 38AA 1139-2033-03 LOCK LEVER 1

02AA 1174-0106-02 PW BOARD-F 23CPM (PWB-F) 1 39AA 1174-1023-01 COVER 1
02BA 1139-0105-03 PW BOARD-E 18CPM (PWB-E) 1 40AA 1139-2027-02 LOCK RELEASE LEVER 1
03AA 9384-1900-56 PWB SUPPORT 6.35H 4 41AA 1500-2640-04 MAGNET CATCH 1
*04AA 9325-3010-31 PWB-REGULATOR POWER (PU1) 1 0511 42AA 1139-2338-01 TAPPING SCREW 2
*04BA 9325-3010-21 PWB-REGULATOR POWER (PU1) 1 2619 43AA 9323-1410-11 COUNTER TOTAL (CNT1) 1
*04CA 9325-3610-11 PWB-PU POWER (PU1) 1 2706 44AA 9332-5810-11 SWITCH MAIN (S1) 1
*05AA 1174-6801-02 HARNESS 1 0511 45AA 1174-2383-01 PLATE 1

*05BA 1174-6802-02 HARNESS 1 2619 46AA 9384-1710-71 PWB SUPPORT 23CPM 5
*05CA 1174-6817-02 HARNESS 1 2706 46BA 9384-1710-71 PWB SUPPORT 18CPM 4

06AA 1151-2004-02 REINFORCE PLATE 1 47AA 1151-2052-01 SHEET 1
07AA 1139-4504-01 DUCT 1 48AA 1151-2051-01 PLATE 1
08AA 1175-1601-01 WIRE 18CPM 1
09AA 1151-1603-01 GEAR 119T 18CPM 1
10AA 1139-1614-01 COLLAR 18CPM 1
11AA 1151-1613-01 PULLEY 18CPM 1
12AA 1139-1604-01 SHAFT 18CPM 1
13AA 1151-1611-01 TENSION SPRING 18CPM 1
14AA 1139-1621-01 RETAINING RING 18CPM 2
15AA 1139-1625-01 SLEEVE 18CPM 5
16AA 1139-1620-01 RETAINING RING 18CPM 3
17AA 1200-1422-02 WASHER 2
18AA 1151-1602-01 BRACKET 18CPM 1
19AA 1012-1624-01 RUBBER STRIP 18CPM 1
20AA 1151-1630-01 BRACKET 18CPM 1
21AA 9314-1610-11 MOTOR 18CPM (M5) 1
22AA 1139-2005-01 RAIL 1
23AA 1139-1038-01 COVER 18CPM 1
24AA 1139-2030-01 EDGE COVER 2
25AA 1139-5015-01 LOCK LEVER 1
26AA 1139-2029-01 SPONGE 1
27AA 1066-1283-01 PRESSURE SPRING 1
28AA 1174-6501-01 PWB-LAMP IMAGE (LA3) 1
29AA 1139-4031-02 BRACKET 1
31AA 9351-1810-11 PWB-LAMP MAIN (LA2) 1
32AA 1174-2301-01 BRACKET 1
33AA 1139-4034-03 HOLDER 1
34AA 1151-0208-01 AXLE PLATE 1
35AA 1151-2002-02 FRAME 1
36AA 1139-2026-01 TORSION SPRING 1
8
9
5 LOWER FRAMES (A) PARTS MANUAL
24
22
23 1318
10 09 08
M2 1318
07
11 3508
3504 3508 06
8302 3508
8302 05
1318 21 20 12 04
3508 9107
19 13 9107 03 01
02 46
3508
21 13 3506
9107 17 3508
16 8302
25 9107
18 9107
3508
11 9107 9107 44 3508 3508
26 15 3508
3508
29 9107 45
27 43 S3
14
30
9112 13 8302
3508
31 42
41
3508 1318
32 28 3508 08
1318
1318
3508
33
3508 39
3508 3508
34 40
35
3509 28 38
3508
36
3509
37
01AA 1174-2308-01 GUIDE 1 43AA 1174-2382-01 COVER 1
02AA 1139-3136-01 GEAR 16T 1 *44AA 9332-5310-21 SWITCH OPTION (S3) 1 2517
03AA 1300-3122-32 GEAR 18T 1 45AA 1174-1020-01 HINGE 1
04AA 1151-0215-01 BRACKET 1 46AA 1061-6845-03 GROUND WIRE 1
05AA 1151-2525-01 WASHER 1
07AA 1139-2008-03 SUPPORT 1
08AA 1052-2306-01 NUT 2
09AA 1151-2518-01 PLY GEAR 30/30T 1
10AA 1151-0213-01 BRACKET 1
11AA 1139-2530-01 TENSION SPRING 2
12AA 1151-2521-01 BRACKET 1
13AA 1067-2513-01 PULLEY 3
14AA 1151-0212-01 BRACKET 1
15AA 1151-2579-01 WASHER 1
16AA 1151-2578-01 TIMING BELT 1
17AA 1151-2516-02 PLY GEAR 22/30T 1
18AA 1151-2515-01 TIMING BELT 1
19AA 1151-0214-01 BRACKET 1
20AA 1151-2502-01 BRACKET 1
21AA 1151-2503-01 GEAR 15/56T 2
22AA 1149-6842-01 HARNESS 1
23AA 1151-0211-01 BRACKET 1
24AA 9314-2610-11 PWB-MOTOR MAIN (M2) 1
25AA 1151-2505-01 GEAR 16/24T 1
26AA 1151-2512-01 PLY GEAR 30/30T 1
27AA 1139-2507-01 GEAR 20T 1
28AA 0870-6061-01 GROUND WIRE 2
29AA 9384-2310-41 COVER 1
31AA 1151-2373-01 SHEET 1
32AA 1151-2320-02 BRACKET 1
33AA 1174-1014-01 COVER 1
34AA 1151-2104-02 REINFORCE PLATE 1
35AA 1151-2102-03 BRACKET 1
36AA 1174-1013-01 COVER 1
38AA 1174-1019-01 HINGE 1
39AA 1151-5550-01 PIN 1
40AA 1139-3023-02 BRACKET 1
41AA 1151-2369-01 COVER 1
42AA 1139-2035-01 PIN 1
10
11
6 LOWER FRAMES (B) PARTS MANUAL
9112
01
11 08
08 9112
10 3702
12 05 28
3702 09 04 23
17
06
03
27
3702
13 02 3702
3508
14 3508
9112 3702
3508 3508
3508 21 26
07
22
1415
15 23
H3 3702
3508
19 3702
3702
26
16 1318
18 17
8506 20
17 3702 1415
3509
3702
15
25
16 8506
18 24
1318
17
3702 3721
01AA 1139-3213-02 POSITIONING PLATE 1
02AA 1152-2370-02 COVER 18CPM 1
*03AA 1139-7316-01 LABEL M2 MINOLTA 1 2720
*04AA 1079-1017-01 GUIDE MINOLTA 1 2720
*05AA 1139-2036-01 LOCK RELEASE LEVER MINOLTA 1 2720
*06AA 1139-0255-01 BRACKET MINOLTA 1 2720
*07AA 1139-2039-01 PLATE SPRING MINOLTA 1 2720

08AA 1139-2009-01 BALANCER 2
09AA 1151-3209-01 BRACKET 1
10AA 1151-3210-02 BRACKET 1
*11AA 1139-2043-01 LOCK RING MINOLTA 1 2720
*12AA 1139-7366-01 SEAL MINOLTA 1 2720

13AA 1151-1029-01 PLATE 23CPM 1
14AA 1139-3201-04 LEFT RAIL 23CPM 1
14BA 1142-3201-06 LEFT RAIL 18CPM 1
15AA 1139-7301-12 SEAL 23CPM 2
15BA 1142-7301-12 SEAL 18CPM 2
16AA 1139-3211-01 BRACKET 23CPM 2
17AA 1139-3215-01 HANDLE 23CPM 4
17BA 1139-3215-01 HANDLE 18CPM 2
18AA 1065-2053-01 RUBBER FOOT 2
19AA 1139-3216-01 STOPPER 23CPM 1
20AA 1142-3059-13 HOLDER 18CPM 1
21AA 1139-3204-04 REINFORCE PLATE 23CPM 1
21BA 1142-3204-01 REINFORCE PLATE 18CPM 1
*22AA 9352-6310-11 HEATER OPTION (H3) 1 2517

23AA 1139-3212-02 POSITIONING PLATE 23CPM 2
23BA 1139-3212-02 POSITIONING PLATE 18CPM 1
24AA 1139-3203-02 REINFORCE PLATE 23CPM 1
24BA 1142-3203-01 REINFORCE PLATE 18CPM 1
*25AA 1152-3263-01 SPONGE 18CPM 1 2706

26AA 1139-3214-01 PLATE 23CPM 2
26BA 1139-3214-01 PLATE 18CPM 1
27AA 1142-3007-01 PLATE 18CPM 1
28AA 1139-3202-04 RIGHT RAIL 23CPM 1
28BA 1142-3202-05 RIGHT RAIL 18CPM 1
12
13
7 EXPOSURE LAMP SECTION PARTS MANUAL
01
02
03 3501
04
1201
02 1201
LA1
17
05 9107
06 16
07
15
07 14
18
09
10
12 13
08
11 12
01AA 1139-1328-02 SHAFT 1
02AA 1139-1334-02 PAD 2
03AA 1151-1413-01 SET PLATE 1
04AA 1174-1457-01 GUIDE 1
05AA 1139-1608-01 BALL BEARING 1
06AA 1139-1458-04 BRACKET 1
08AA 1149-1471-01 LIGHT SHIELD 23CPM 1
09AA 1139-1461-01 LIGHT SHIELD 1
10AA 1151-7802-01 MIRROR 1
11AA 1139-1303-01 MIRROR 1
13AA 1151-0156-03 2ND SLIDER 1
14AA 1139-7801-01 MIRROR 1
15AA 1067-1415-02 GUIDE 1
*16AA 9351-2610-11 TUBE LAMP LAMP (LA1) 1 0511
*16BA 9351-2610-21 TUBE LAMP LAMP (LA1) 1 2612

17AA 1151-7801-01 THERMAL FUSE 1
*18AA 1151-0152-02 SCANNER UNIT 1 0511
*18BA 1151-0153-02 SCANNER UNIT 1 2612
14
15
8 LENS SECTION PARTS MANUAL
09 01
3504 42
02 3104
10
41
13
3508 11
3501
12 03 3104
40
3508 04
1302
05 37
07 06 39
08 36 38 1645
1645
14
18
15 7124
3504 34
16 3104 03
17 3504 35
3508 34 31 3508
3122 29
18 30
7124 PC86
3508
43
3508 3504 32
19 M7
33 28
20 23
3402
22
27
24
21
3504 26
25
01AA 1139-1548-01 SHIELD CLOTH 1 40AA 1139-1564-01 PLATE SPRING 1
02AA 1139-1552-01 HOLDER 1 41AA 1139-1560-01 BRACKET 1
03AA 1139-1553-02 RACK GEAR 2 42AA 1139-1562-01 PLATE SPRING 1
04AA 1400-1132-06 PRESSURE SPRING 1 43AA 1139-1513-02 HOLDER 1
05AA 1139-1537-01 SPONGE 1
06AA 1139-1556-01 RAIL 1
08AA 1139-0207-03 BRACKET 1
09AA 1151-1531-01 COVER 1
11AA 1139-1517-01 PLATE 1
13AA 1139-1516-02 GUIDE PLATE 1
14AA 1151-1508-01 BASE FRAME 1
15AA 1136-1423-01 BUSH 1
16AA 1139-0201-01 WIRE PULLEY 1
17AA 1139-1521-01 SHAFT 1
18AA 1139-1523-02 SPRING 2
19AA 1139-1509-01 SUPPORT PLATE 1
20AA 1139-1510-01 CAM 0 1
20BA 1139-1511-01 CAM - 1
20CA 1139-1512-01 CAM + 1
21AA 1151-1571-01 TAPE 1
22AA 1139-0202-01 WIRE PULLEY 1
23AA 1174-6811-01 HARNESS 23CPM 1
23BA 1174-6812-01 HARNESS 18CPM 1
25AA 1065-0229-01 BRACKET 1
26AA 1065-1757-01 PLY GEAR 108T 1
27AA 1174-1525-01 WIRE 1
28AA 9314-1310-31 MOTOR MIRROR (M7) 1
29AA 1139-6825-01 HARNESS 1
30AA 1139-1561-01 BRACKET 1
31AA 1139-1557-01 GEAR 12/36T 1
32AA 1139-1558-01 GEAR 12/15T 1
33AA 1139-1555-02 RAIL 1
35AA 9335-1310-41 PHOTO INTERRUPTER MIRROR (PC86) 1
36AA 1139-1559-01 GEAR 14/18T 1
37AA 1139-1304-01 MIRROR 1
38AA 1139-1563-01 CAM 1
39AA 1139-1551-02 HOLDER 1
16
17
9 OPTICAL DRIVE SECTION (A) PARTS MANUAL
10
11
3501
12
3508 M1 3501
13 09 01
1318 08 03 3508
9112 3508
8302
3501
15 07 02
14 8501 05
06 3508
9107
3508 04
16 9107
17 18
3519
3508 24
19 20
21 23
3519
22 25
39
3705
41
3705
3705 19
40 0509 9107
3508 28
38 0509
3508
37 34 26
9112
36 35 29
M9 33 27
3509
32 31 30
3509
3334
42
43
36
44 47
31
32
45 46
01AA 1151-2333-03 BRACKET 1 43AA 1151-4509-01 OZONE FILTER 1
02AA 1065-5872-01 CORD CLAMP 1 44AA 1151-4522-01 SEAL 1
03AA 1061-6845-03 GROUND WIRE 1 45AA 1151-4521-01 COVER 1
04AA 1151-0217-01 BRACKET 1 46AA 1151-4501-02 DUCT 1
05AA 1151-2575-01 TENSION SPRING 1 47AA 1151-4528-01 SPACER 1
06AA 1151-2574-01 PULLEY 20T 1
07AA 1151-2555-01 GEAR 54/60T 1
08AA 1151-2576-01 TIMING BELT 1
09AA 1151-2569-01 GEAR 24/80T 1
10AA 1151-6830-01 HARNESS 1
11AA 9314-2610-11 PWB-MOTOR PC DRIVE (M1) 1
12AA 1129-7303-01 LABEL HIGH VOLTAGE 1
13AA 1139-2559-01 GROUND PLATE 1
15AA 1200-3131-03 BUSHING 1
16AA 1151-0210-01 BRACKET 1
17AA 1151-2563-01 GEAR 14/35T 1
18AA 1151-2567-01 GEAR 29T 1
20AA 1151-2557-01 GEAR 112T 1
21AA 1151-6808-12 HARNESS 1
22AA 1151-2565-01 GEAR 20T 1
23AA 1151-2561-01 GEAR 24/66T 1
24AA 1151-0203-02 FRAME 1
25AA 1151-0209-01 BRACKET 1
26AA 1139-2560-01 JOINT 1
27AA 1139-2558-02 SHAFT 1
29AA 1174-0202-01 BRACKET 1
30AA 1139-4506-01 DUCT 1
31AA 1151-4529-01 CUSHION 2
32AA 1132-2044-01 SPACER 2
33AA 1065-2753-01 BUSHING 1
34AA 1151-4024-01 TERMINAL 1
35AA 1151-4021-01 HOLDER 1
36AA 1200-1431-01 WASHER 2
37AA 1151-4023-01 TERMINAL 1
38AA 1139-4022-01 TERMINAL 1
39AA 1139-4025-01 COVER 1
40AA 9313-1810-31 MOTOR COOLING (M9) 1
41AA 1151-4524-01 TAPPING SCREW 2
42AA 1151-4520-01 DUCT 1
18
19
10 OPTICAL DRIVE SECTION (B) PARTS MANUAL
06
3508
05
3508
11 3403 02
07 04
3508 03 3504
10 09 08
8501 3504
8501
01
3508
08 01
PC81
3508 3504
3412
3504 8501
12
14
13
3508
30
1318 29 24
9114 3508 3508
28
15
22
16
17 21
3508 M3 25
3508 20
1318
23 24 27
18 3334
1318 3508
19 26
14
03AA 1139-4505-02 BRACKET 1
04AA 1174-2388-01 SPACER 1
05AA 1139-0205-01 BRACKET 1
06AA 1139-2323-01 BRACKET 1
07AA 1500-2640-04 MAGNET CATCH 1
09AA 9335-1310-51 PHOTO INTERRUPTER SCANNAR (PC81) 1
10AA 1151-0207-02 BRACKET 1
11AA 9384-2310-41 COVER 1
12AA 1151-2321-01 BRACKET 1
13AA 1139-2020-01 BRACKET 1
14AA 1139-2014-01 PAWL 2
16AA 1139-2021-02 BRACKET 1
17AA 1139-2041-02 SHIELD 1
18AA 1139-2019-01 BRACKET 1
19AA 1139-2018-01 SHAFT 1
20AA 1077-2101-02 LOCK RELEASE LEVER 1
21AA 1139-1652-01 COVER 18CPM 1
22AA 1151-1653-01 CUSHION 18CPM 1
23AA 9313-1810-11 MOTOR 18CPM (M3) 1
24AA 1139-1011-01 SPONGE 18CPM 2
25AA 1139-1012-02 FILTER 18CPM 1
26AA 1149-1061-01 COVER 23CPM 1
27AA 1150-1030-01 BRACKET 23CPM 1
27BA 1139-1030-01 BRACKET 18CPM 1
28AA 1139-1036-03 SET PLATE 18CPM 1
29AA 1139-1651-01 DUCT 18CPM 1
30AA 1139-1010-04 COVER 18CPM 1
20
21
11 PAPER TAKE-UP SECTION PARTS MANUAL
14 13
1208 12 10
7107 09
15 9107 01 43 35
08
9107 1230
06 07
9107 06 06 04 03 01 3508 1230
3508 7107
12 9107 9107 05 1230 1230
3504 3508
02
11
3508 22
9107 23
15 41 1230
3508 09 3506
25
13 9107
21 PC55 32 34
14 9112
40 23
16 SL2 11 31
06 PC101 3508
3504 9107
3508
19 9112 30
18 02 29 42
17 19 40
SL3 26
3504
44 3508 20 21 1230 28
18 22 39
37 3922
23 39
24
17 34 34 1230
38
25 9107
23 PC56 32 9112
19 PC57
31 35
PC102 3508 3504
30 33 23
9112 9107
29
26 37
3508 3508
36 19
28
27
23CPM ONLY
01AA 1139-0221-01 AXLE PLATE 23CPM 2 34AA 1151-3001-01 PAPER FEED ROLLER 6
01BA 1142-3106-01 AXLE PLATE 18CPM 1 35AA 1151-3110-02 ROLLER 2
02AA 1200-3121-07 BUSHING 2 36AA 1139-3005-01 FRONT FRAME 23CPM 1
03AA 1139-3079-01 TENSION SPRING 1 36BA 1142-3005-01 FRONT FRAME 18CPM 1
04AA 1151-0216-01 BRACKET 1 37AA 1200-3121-09 BUSHING 2
05AA 1139-3099-01 TORSION SPRING 1 38AA 1139-3134-01 BRACKET 1
06AA 1067-2513-01 PULLEY 23CPM 4 39AA 1139-3113-03 POLYESTER FILM 23CPM 6
06BA 1067-2513-01 PULLEY 18CPM 2 40AA 1139-3125-02 POLYESTER FILM 23CPM 2
07AA 1139-3065-01 TIMING BELT 23CPM 1 41AA 1151-6805-01 HARNESS 1
07BA 1142-3065-01 TIMING BELT 18CPM 1 42AA 1151-0168-02 SHAFT 1
08AA 1067-2566-01 PULLEY 18T 1 *43AA 1151-3001-01 PAPER FEED ROLLER 1 0400
09AA 1151-3137-02 PLY GEAR 24/16T 2 44AA 9321-2310-32 SOLENOID 23CPM (SL3) 1
10AA 1139-3074-01 GEAR 18T 1
11AA 1151-3007-01 PULLEY 54T 23CPM 2
11BA 1151-3007-01 PULLEY 54T 18CPM 1
12AA 1139-3010-02 CLUTCH SPRING 23CPM 2
12BA 1139-3010-02 CLUTCH SPRING 18CPM 1
13AA 1139-3009-02 RATCHET 23CPM 2
13BA 1139-3009-02 RATCHET 18CPM 1
14AA 1139-3057-01 BRACKET 23CPM 2
14BA 1139-3057-01 BRACKET 18CPM 1
15AA 1139-3008-01 ARBOR 23CPM 2
15BA 1139-3008-01 ARBOR 18CPM 1
16AA 9321-2310-32 SOLENOID TAKE-UP (SL2) 1
17AA 1139-2346-01 PLATE 2
18AA 1139-3068-01 BRACKET 2
19AA 1200-3134-16 BUSHING 4
20AA 1151-0220-02 REAR FRAME 23CPM 1
20BA 1152-0220-01 REAR FRAME 18CPM 1
21AA 1139-3108-03 GUIDE 23CPM 2
23AA 9335-1310-31 PHOTO INTERRUPTER PC55-57,101•• 5
24AA 1151-6806-01 HARNESS 1
25AA 1200-2105-05 COLLAR 2
26AA 1139-3051-02 ACTUATOR 2
27AA 1139-3081-01 RELEASE PLATE 1
28AA 1139-3003-14 GUIDE PLATE 2
29AA 1139-3053-03 BRACKET 2
30AA 1139-3156-01 SEAL 2
31AA 1200-5212-04 PIN 2
32AA 1139-3127-01 ACTUATOR 2
33AA 1151-0169-02 SHAFT 1
22
23
12 MULTIPLE BYPASS (A) MB-4 PARTS MANUAL
06
07 3920 05
23CPM ALL
18CPM TAIWAN ONLY 1623 04
18CPM EXCEPT TAIWAN OPTION 44
02
04 01
03
11
12 08
13 8506
09
20
1318
3508 19 18 10
21 17 15 14
4020
16 09 43
3509
CL51
24
9302
22 24
42
23 3508 25
31
41
32
26 27 30 40
3509
4020
33 34 39
29 38
28 29
37
36
24 24 35
01AA 1139-3327-13 TABLE 1 43AA 1139-3329-01 HOLDER 1
02AA 4425-1059-12 SEAL 1 44AA 1139-3358-01 GUIDE 1
03AA 1052-5409-01 CORK 1
04AA 0704-5401-01 SEAL 2
05AA 1139-7360-01 LABEL MAX 1
06AA 1139-3330-01 GUIDE 1
07AA 1139-3380-03 COVER 1
08AA 1139-3378-01 GUIDE LEVER 1
09AA 1139-3376-03 LOCK LEVER 2
12AA 1139-3377-01 BRACKET 1
13AA 1174-3305-01 COVER 1
14AA 1139-3333-03 HINGE 1
15AA 1139-0237-03 REAR FRAME 1
16AA 1139-3339-01 SHAFT 1
17AA 1139-3353-01 BUSHING 1
18AA 9322-1610-31 CLUTCH TAKE-UP (CL51) 1
19AA 1139-3361-01 BUSHING 1
20AA 1139-3340-01 BRACKET 1
21AA 1139-0244-01 BRACKET 1
22AA 1151-3310-01 GEAR 22T 1
23AA 1139-3362-01 COLLAR 1
26AA 1139-0246-01 BRACKET 1
27AA 1139-3314-12 HOLDER 1
28AA 1173-3304-01 GUIDE 1
29AA 1033-4402-01 STOPPER RING 2
31AA 1139-0166-02 ROLLER 1
32AA 1139-3342-12 GUIDE 1
33AA 1139-3303-14 BRACKET 1
34AA 1139-3301-03 FRONT FRAME 1
36AA 1139-3341-01 STOPPER 1
38AA 1139-3332-03 HINGE 1
40AA 1139-3344-01 GUIDE 1
41AA 1139-3381-02 COVER 1
42AA 1139-3328-16 COVER 1
24
25
13 MULTIPLE BYPASS (B) MB-4 PARTS MANUAL
23CPM ALL 1302 02

18CPM TAIWAN ONLY 03
18CPM EXCEPT TAIWAN OPTION 01
09 04 02
0210
13 10
3508
05
12 SL51
9302 34
11
06
9302 07 9302
33
9302 08 3501 07
9302 32
33 31
3501
26 9303
PC31
14
9302 11 9303
30
28
1308 27
9302 29
25 27
15 11
19
17
9302
16 24
11
9302
18 23 9302
9302 9302
11
19
9302
21
20 22
9302
01AA 1139-3351-02 LEVER 1
03AA 1151-0218-01 BRACKET 1
04AA 1139-3370-01 GEAR 14T 1
06AA 1139-3348-02 SEGMENT GEAR 1
08AA 1139-3368-01 SHAFT 1
09AA 9321-2310-41 SOLENOID PICK-UP (SL51) 1
10AA 4425-6826-01 HARNESS 1
11AA 1200-3221-07 BUSHING 5
13AA 1052-4412-01 JOINT 1
14AA 1139-3367-01 GEAR 19T 1
15AA 1139-3318-01 GEAR 22T 1
16AA 1139-3307-01 SHAFT 1
17AA 1139-3373-02 SHAFT 1
18AA 1139-3354-01 GEAR 17T 1
19AA 1156-3073-01 ARBOR 2
20AA 1052-5224-01 ROLLER 1
22AA 1065-3086-01 BUSHING 1
23AA 1139-3309-01 HOLDER 1
24AA 1139-3316-01 ROLLER 1
25AA 1139-3317-01 SHAFT 1
26AA 1139-3372-01 HOLDER 1
27AA 1139-3321-01 STOPPER 2
28AA 1139-3364-01 SHAFT 1
29AA 1139-3326-13 ACTUATOR 1
30AA 9335-1310-31 PHOTO INTERRUPTER EMPTY (PC31) 1
31AA 1139-3371-14 HOLDER 1
32AA 1136-2131-03 STOPPER 1
33AA 1139-3322-01 PAWL 2
34AA 1139-3349-01 RUBBER STRIP 1
26
27
14 HOPPER SECTION PARTS MANUAL
04 03
07 01
08 05
06
09
02
M8
3704
18
10 19
18 20
17 3508
25
16
21
16 PC112
22
15
3508
14
23
11 13
24
23
12
01AA 1139-5029-01 BRACKET 1
02AA 9312-1610-11 MOTOR REPLEN (M8) 1
03AA 1151-5024-01 PAWL 1
04AA 1151-5031-02 SHAFT 1
06AA 1151-5032-01 COLLAR 1
07AA 1139-5021-01 LOCK LEVER 1
09AA 1139-5002-02 COVER 1
11AA 1142-5029-01 CUSHION 1
12AA 1139-5020-02 LEVER 1
13AA 1139-5009-01 SPONGE 1
14AA 1139-5003-02 HOPPER BODY 1
15AA 1149-5034-01 SEAL 1
16AA 1139-5023-01 SUPPORT 2
17AA 1139-5010-01 SPONGE 1
18AA 1139-5018-04 DETECTING PLATE 2
*19AA 1139-5018-04 DETECTING PLATE MINOLTA 1 2715
20AA 1139-5017-02 SPONGE 1
21AA 1174-5012-02 HOLDER 1
22AA 9335-1310-31 PHOTO INTERRUPTER (PC112) 1
24AA 1139-5005-01 SHUTTER 1
25AA 1139-5004-03 FRAME 1
28
29
15 IMAGING UNIT (A) PARTS MANUAL
3305 59
09
1608
01
2705
10
07
11 06 02
9106
12 03
08
13 02 54
23 21 03
22 20
9105
3704
05
19 04
9107 18 58
17 52
9106 24 14
16 15 53 57
21 20 51
36 50 55
25 49
3709 56
35 48
37
27
26 34 14
35 3704
28 34 38 39
26
3704 14
46
33 47 45
27 3704
31 32
3704 3704 20 42
41 9105
3704
30
40
29 44
43 3704
01AA 1139-4254-01 HOUSING 1 42AA 1139-5713-12 SHOULDER SCREW 1
02AA 1139-4260-01 HOLDER 2 43AA 1139-5704-02 COVER 1
03AA 1139-4257-01 ROLL 2 44AA 1139-5742-01 LABEL 1
04AA 1139-4263-01 TENSION SPRING 1 45AA 1129-7303-01 LABEL HIGH VOLTAGE 1
05AA 1139-4258-01 HOLDER 1 46AA 1139-5215-01 TERMINAL 1
06AA 1139-4256-01 SUPPORT 1 47AA 1139-5228-01 SET PLATE 1
07AA 1139-4253-02 CORONA PLATE 1 48AA 1139-5219-01 SPONGE 1
08AA 1139-7361-01 LABEL DO NOT HOLD 1 49AA 1139-4261-01 GRID 1
09AA 1139-4252-01 HOLDER 1 50AA 1139-5711-17 CLEANING BLADE 1
10AA 1139-4255-01 TERMINAL 1 51AA 1139-4264-01 COVER 1
11AA 1139-4265-01 COVER 1 52AA 1139-4251-02 HOLDER 1
12AA 1139-4262-01 TERMINAL 1 53AA 1400-1134-07 PRESSURE SPRING 1
13AA 1139-5701-02 COVER 1 54AA 1139-4259-01 SHAFT 1
14AA 1100-3130-08 PLATE NUT 3 55AA 1035-4904-01 HOLDER 1
15AA 1151-5750-01 TENSION SPRING 1 56AA 1139-4268-01 COVER 1
16AA 1400-1154-06 PRESSURE SPRING 1 57AA 1139-4069-01 CAP 1
17AA 1139-5710-13 SHOULDER SCREW 1 *58AA 1174-0335-02 DEVELOPING UNIT MINOLTA 1 2706
18AA 1036-4524-02 SLIDER 1 *58BA 1174-0336-02 DEVELOPING UNIT MINOLTA 1 2520
19AA 1139-5729-01 SHAFT 1 *58CA 1174-0338-02 DEVELOPING UNIT MINOLTA 1 2542
20AA 1067-5508-01 BUSHING 3 *58DA 1174-0336-02 DEVELOPING UNIT EUROPE 1 2812
21AA 1067-5509-01 GEAR 22T 2 *58EA 1174-0338-02 DEVELOPING UNIT EXCEPT EUROPE 1 2812
22AA 1139-5719-01 GEAR 16/16T 1 59AA 1174-0368-01 DRUMCHARGECORONA 1
23AA 1139-0250-01 AXLE PLATE 1
24AA 1067-5507-01 SHAFT 1
25AA 1139-5715-01 TRANSPORT COIL 1
26AA 1174-4230-01 SEPARATOR 2
27AA 1139-4214-02 SHAFT 2
28AA 1151-4218-01 BRACKET 1
*29AA 1139-5728-02 REGULATING PLATE MINOLTA 1 2542
*29BA 1139-5728-02 REGULATING PLATE EXCEPT EUROPE 1 2812

30AA 1139-5726-01 REGULATING PLATE 1
31AA 1139-4213-01 BRACKET 1
32AA 1139-4219-01 LEVER 1
33AA 1139-5702-08 DEVELOPING HOUSING 1
34AA 1139-5720-01 SPONGE 2
35AA 1139-5721-02 SPONGE 2
36AA 1139-5723-01 PAD 1
38AA 1139-5725-01 SPONGE 1
39AA 1139-5739-01 SEAL 1
40AA 1151-6809-01 HARNESS 1
41AA 1139-5730-01 GEAR 18T 1
30
31
16 IMAGING UNIT (B) PARTS MANUAL
02
01
9107
03
06
7104 05 04
1360 3704 3704
07
08
09
3704
02
1308 10 10
61
24 11
9107
9112
9107 12 13 03
3704
9107 14
23 05
22 3704 09
60
21 16 58
17 15
25 20 18 10
26 3704
19
39 59 58
27
19 38
38
57 55
25 47
9107 36 37 3704 56
3704
28 36 46 54
9107 9108
8301
29 44 16
3704
30 3704 40 UN3 9107
3704 48
35 41 43 45 49 50 3704
31
32 42 3704 53 9107
29 52
34 3704
33 51
9107
01AA 1174-5222-01 LID 1 40AA 1139-5734-01 GEAR 18/30T 1
02AA 1139-5249-01 SHOULDER SCREW 2 41AA 1139-0251-12 BRACKET 1
03AA 1139-5250-01 PLATE SPRING 2 42AA 1136-6052-12 ATDC UNIT ATDC (UN3) 1
04AA 1052-1603-01 REGULATING PLATE 1 43AA 1151-3262-01 PRESSURE SPRING 1
05AA 1151-5214-01 BUCKET ROLLER 2 *44AA 1139-5248-01 POLYESTER FILM MINOLTA 1 2543
06AA 1151-5207-01 SHAFT 1 *44BA 1139-5248-01 POLYESTER FILM EUROPE 1 2812
07AA 1139-5220-01 GEAR 23/24T 1 45AA 1139-5703-01 SUPPORT 1
08AA 1032-1606-02 BUSHING 1 46AA 1139-5253-01 POLYESTER FILM 1
09AA 1151-5271-01 RING 2 47AA 1144-0168-01 BUSHING 1
10AA 1139-5221-01 GEAR 22T 3 48AA 1139-0752-01 BUSHING 1
11AA 1139-5223-01 GEAR 30T 1 49AA 1139-5240-01 BUSHING 1
12AA 1174-0254-01 BRACKET 1 50AA 1174-5204-02 ROLL 1
13AA 1139-5216-01 BUSHING 1 51AA 1151-0151-01 DUCT 1
14AA 1139-5231-01 SET PLATE 1 52AA 1200-3211-08 BUSHING 1
15AA 1139-5256-01 POLYESTER FILM 1 53AA 1174-5276-01 SEAL 1
16AA 1400-1226-03 PRESSURE SPRING 2 54AA 1139-5233-02 CONVEYOR DUCT 1
17AA 1139-0753-01 BUSHING 1 55AA 1139-5235-01 SPONGE 1
18AA 1139-5252-02 POLYESTER FILM 1 56AA 1174-5275-02 POLYESTER FILM 1
*19AA 1139-5255-01 SPONGE MINOLTA 2 2542 57AA 1139-5251-01 GUIDE 1
*19BA 1139-5255-01 SPONGE EXCEPT EUROPE 2 2812 58AA 1139-3260-01 PLATE 2
*20AA 1139-5229-01 GROUND PLATE MINOLTA 1 2542 59AA 1174-0656-01 CONVEYOR ROLLER 1
*20BA 1139-5229-01 GROUND PLATE EXCEPT EUROPE 1 2812 60AA 1139-5209-01 BRACKET 1
21AA 1139-5246-01 BALL BEARING 1 61AA 1139-5225-02 SPONGE 1
22AA 1174-5206-02 ROLL 1
23AA 1174-5224-01 GEAR 20T 1
24AA 1174-0203-01 PLATE 1
*25AA 1139-5254-01 SPONGE MINOLTA 2 2542

*25BA 1139-5254-01 SPONGE EXCEPT EUROPE 2 2812
26AA 1139-5226-01 ANTISPILL PLATE 1
27AA 1139-3257-01 GUIDE PLATE 1
29AA 1139-3261-01 BUSHING 2
30AA 1139-3259-01 HOLDER-RR 1
31AA 1151-3250-01 ROLLER 1
32AA 1139-3253-01 CLEANING PAD 1
33AA 1139-3258-01 HOLDER-FNT 1
34AA 1151-3169-01 GEAR 12T 1
35AA 1139-3252-03 GUIDE PLATE 1
36AA 1139-5725-01 SPONGE 2
38AA 1139-5724-02 MAT 2
39AA 1151-5218-01 MAGNET ROLLER 1
32
33
17 PAPER TRANSPORT SECTION PARTS MANUAL
3509
10
03 11
3508
09
02
8506 16 8302
01
12 3509
17 PC51 08
21 3508 3508 3504
23 15 3508
9301 03
24 20 05 03
3504
26 CL2 19
CL1 18 07
3508
9107 25 9301 9112 13 06
22 04
3508
27 16
3305 3508 9112 14 34 PC54
08
28 30 43
31 33 3508
8506
05
3504
32 12
44
35 42
27 06
11 3509
41 38
29 37 20
9107
9112
36 22
31 40
9112
38
VS1
39
3508
3508
01AA 1139-3143-01 LEVER 1 43AA 1136-3537-01 SPACER 1
02AA 1139-0405-01 RESISTOR 1 44AA 1136-3538-01 SPACER 1
03AA 1076-3109-01 GUIDE 3
04AA 1139-6814-02 HARNESS 1
05AA 1136-2131-03 STOPPER 2
06AA 1200-5212-04 PIN 2
07AA 1139-3129-01 BRACKET 1
08AA 1139-3147-01 SPONGE 2
09AA 1139-3127-01 ACTUATOR 1
10AA 1139-3124-01 GUIDE PLATE 1
12AA 1200-2105-05 COLLAR 2
13AA 1151-3179-01 SEAL 1
14AA 1151-3121-01 GUIDE PLATE 1
15AA 1151-3177-01 SPACER 1
16AA 9335-1310-31 PHOTO INTERRUPTER (PC51,54) 2
18AA 1149-3116-01 SPACER 1
19AA 1151-3192-01 BUSHING 1
20AA 1151-3114-01 GEAR 16T 2
21AA 9322-1610-21 CLUTCH TRANS (CL2) 1
22AA 1139-3123-01 SPACER 2
23AA 9322-1610-11 CLUTCH SYNCHRO. (CL1) 1
24AA 1149-3117-01 SPACER 1
27AA 1139-3102-01 BUSHING 2
28AA 1200-1422-02 WASHER 1
29AA 1173-3119-01 GUIDE 1
30AA 1151-3191-01 BUSHING 1
*31AA 1145-3208-01 RETAINING RING 2 2706

32AA 1139-3115-01 ROLLER 1
33AA 1151-3112-02 ROLLER 1
36AA 1139-3117-01 GEAR 18T 1
37AA 1151-3122-13 ROLLER 1
38AA 1200-3231-05 BUSHING 2
39AA 1151-3168-01 GEAR 20T 1
40AA 1139-0420-01 VARISTOR GUIDE (VS1) 1
41AA 1139-3126-01 ACTUATOR 1
42AA 1139-3132-01 BRACKET 1
34
35
18 VACUUM SECTION PARTS MANUAL
01
14 03 48
02 47
3701
02 47
17 15 13 04
18 3508 04 47
3508
3508 05
47
16 06 9105 46
9105 45
19 20
9112
07 3701
21 08
09 44
9112 43
10
3311 10 18
12 11
3508 10
37 41
38
3508 39 42
H2 40
3311 49
22
23
36
24 23
25 02
21
22 15 3508
26
3508
M4
31 35
3508
34
9112 3508 33 3508
3334 30 32
20 3701
50
27 28
29
01AA 1151-4054-01 COVER 1 43AA 1400-2110-01 TENSION SPRING 2
02AA 1400-1122-04 PRESSURE SPRING 3 44AA 1139-0756-01 CORONA WIRE 2
03AA 1139-4513-01 SPONGE 1 45AA 1139-4066-01 SHAFT 1
04AA 1139-4057-01 TERMINAL 2 46AA 1139-4053-02 COVER 1
05AA 1151-4052-03 HOLDER 1 47AA 1139-4077-01 SEAL 4
06AA 1139-0755-01 GUIDE 1 *48AA 9326-1310-61 FERRITE CORE MINOLTA 1 0412
07AA 1139-4065-01 SUPPORT 1 *48BA 9326-1310-61 FERRITE CORE EUROPE 1 2812
08AA 1151-4058-02 CLEANING PAD 1 49AA 1174-6850-01 HARNESS OPTION 1
09AA 1151-4059-02 CLEANING PAD 1 *50AA 1174-0359-01 TRANS/SEP CORONA MINOLTA 1 2314
10AA 1139-4067-01 GUIDE 3 *50BA 1174-0367-01 TRANS/SEP CORONA MINOLTA 1 0412
11AA 1139-4503-01 DUCT 1 *50CA 1174-0367-01 TRANS/SEP CORONA EUROPE 1 2812
12AA 1151-3501-01 FRAME 1 *50DA 1174-0359-01 TRANS/SEP CORONA EXCEPT EUROPE 1 2812
13AA 1139-4502-01 DUCT 1
14AA 1139-4507-01 SPONGE 1
16AA 1139-4072-01 AXLE PLATE 1
17AA 1151-4273-01 STOPPER 1
18AA 1129-7303-01 LABEL HIGH VOLTAGE 2
19AA 1139-2509-01 GEAR 21T 1
20AA 1079-5530-01 BUSHING 2
22AA 1151-3512-01 SPONGE 2
23AA 1151-3511-01 SPONGE 2
24AA 1151-3502-01 DUCT 1
25AA 1151-3506-01 ROLL 4
26AA 1151-3503-01 ROLLER 1
27AA 1151-5502-01 GUIDE PLATE 1
28AA 1151-3505-01 VACUUM BELT 1 set
29AA 1151-3510-02 DUCT 1
30AA 9313-1610-11 FAN MOTOR SUCTION (M4) 1
32AA 1139-4073-01 TERMINAL 1
33AA 1139-4071-02 HOLDER 1
34AA 1139-4075-01 HOLD PLATE 1
35AA 1151-0132-02 RESISTER 1
36AA 1139-4510-01 BRACKET 1
37AA 1139-4068-01 GUIDE 1
38AA 1139-4056-01 HOUSING 1
*40AA 9352-6610-11 HEATER OPTION (H2) 1 2517

41AA 1151-4051-03 HOLDER 1
42AA 1139-4069-01 CAP 1
36
37
19 FUSING SECTION PARTS MANUAL
09
01 65
08
1230 07
06
9114 9114 06 03
30 04 66 1308
9114 02
29
9112 10 1308
28 05
9107 11 1308
31 1212
26 12 1208 1308
TH1 63 64
32 3501 25 13 1208
9107 27 1608 62
09 TS1
1208
1208
24 19 14 15 61
18 59
33 23 20 60
22 17 16
21 58
3408
3408 14 H1
34 1309
44 46
1308
35 3408
3408
3408
3408 3408
36 1608 57 56
3408
3408 47 18 12 11 10
37 23
3408 3408 48
3408 1309
3408 21 28
43 9112
38 3408 27 1309
38 36
39 44 53
38 55
42 9112 54
36 PC53
39 45 3501
41 1308
49 52
67 40 3506
50 51
01AA 9372-2610-11 THERMISTOR FUSING (TH1) 1 43AA 1174-5609-01 ROLLER 1
02AA 1151-5604-02 SHOULDER SCREW 1 44AA 1139-5560-01 TENSION SPRING 2
03AA 1151-5603-01 SHOULDER SCREW 1 45AA 1139-5542-01 LEVER 1
04AA 1151-5605-01 SHOULDER SCREW 1 46AA 1139-5549-01 SHAFT 1
05AA 1174-5602-01 COLLAR 1 47AA 1054-4753-01 SEPARATOR 4
06AA 1151-5612-01 GEAR 24T 2 48AA 1151-5503-02 GUIDE PLATE 1
07AA 1151-5606-02 GEAR 15/19T 1 49AA 9335-1310-31 PHOTO INTERRUPTER EXIT (PC53) 1
08AA 1151-5506-01 SUPPORT PLATE 1 50AA 1151-5510-01 BRACKET 1
09AA 1139-5558-01 CORD CLAMP 9 51AA 1139-6816-02 HARNESS 1
10AA 0993-5529-01 C-RING 2 52AA 1151-5513-01 HOLDER 1
11AA 1151-5611-01 LID 2 53AA 1151-5539-01 PRESSURE SPRING 1
12AA 1100-1340-05 SHOULDER SCREW 2 54AA 1139-5509-02 SUPPORT 1
13AA 1151-5532-02 GEAR 38T 1 55AA 1146-5535-01 COVER 1
14AA 1151-5610-02 BUSHING 2 56AA 1080-7014-01 LABEL M1 1
15AA 1136-5806-01 HOLDER 4 57AA 1151-5507-01 SUPPORT PLATE 1
16AA 1136-5805-02 ROLL 4 *58AA 9352-2610-21 TUBE LAMP FUSING (H1) 1 2505
17AA 1065-5857-01 TENSION SPRING 4 *58BA 9352-2610-31 TUBE LAMP FUSING (H1) 1 2612
18AA 1139-5538-01 PLATE SPRING 2 59AA 1136-5753-01 HOLDER 1
19AA 1139-5554-01 PIN 1 60AA 1012-5586-01 TERMINAL 1
20AA 1174-5574-01 NEUTRALIZING BRUSH 1 61AA 1151-5501-02 FRAME 1
21AA 1139-5546-01 PLATE SPRING 2 62AA 1012-5587-01 TERMINAL 1
22AA 1174-5522-01 FUSING ROLLER-LWR 1 63AA 1174-5521-01 FUSING ROLLER-UPR 1
23AA 1065-5871-01 BALL BEARING 2 64AA 9334-1610-11 THERMOSTAT FUSING (TS1) 1
24AA 1139-0249-01 BRACKET 1 65AA 1174-5505-01 COVER 1
25AA 1139-5552-02 GEAR 15/20T 1 66AA 1151-5608-01 BARCKET 1
26AA 1151-5534-01 GEAR 18T 1 *67AA 1174-0345-02 FUSING UNIT 1 2505
27AA 1139-5561-01 BUSHING 2 *67BA 1174-0346-02 FUSING UNIT 1 2612
28AA 1200-3134-16 BUSHING 2
29AA 1139-5544-01 COLLAR 1
30AA 1300-3132-12 GEAR 24T 1
32AA 1151-5601-01 HOLDER 1
33AA 1139-2022-01 GEAR 22T 1
36AA 1149-5621-01 GUIDE 3
37AA 1149-5504-01 GUIDE PLATE 1
38AA 1149-5622-01 GUIDE 3
39AA 1149-5623-01 GUIDE 2
40AA 1151-5523-01 ROLLER 1
41AA 1139-5514-02 BRACKET 1
38
39
20 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS PARTS MANUAL
05
06 01
03
07
02
08
03
09
PWB-C
PWB-A
03 44
PWB-Y
10 43
04
42 3508
3508 HV1 3508
3508 41
02
3508
11
1318 12 3508
3508
8506
3403 3508 31
17
32
3508 13 30 3508
29 40
16 33
PU2 15 32 34
SSR1 3504 26
18 14 3508 36
19 3508 3504 39
20 3508
28 3504 35 9107
1318 3508 02
S65
S64 38
PWB-D 27 S63
S62
S61
26 36 37 S66
3508
25 PC69
21
23
22 24 3508
01AA 1151-2306-02 BRACKET 1 25AA 1151-3063-01 BRACEKT 23CPM 1
02AA 9384-1900-61 PWB SUPPORT 6.35H 4 26AA 1200-1346-12 WASHER 2
03AA 9384-1900-56 PWB SUPPORT 6.35H 13 *27AA 1174-6847-01 HARNESS OPTION 1 2517
*04AA 9325-1610-12 PWB-HV MINOLTA (HV1) 1 2542 28AA 1151-2326-01 BRACKET 23CPM 1
*04BA 9325-1610-22 PWB-HV MINOLTA (HV1) 1 2543 29AA 1151-2368-01 STOP PLATE 1
*04CA 9325-1610-22 PWB-HV EUROPE (HV1) 1 2812 30AA 1151-2317-01 BRACKET 1
*04DA 9325-1610-12 PWB-HV EXC. EU (HV1) 1 2812 31AA 1174-2388-01 SPACER 1

05AA 1174-0103-01 PW BOARD-C POWER (PWB-C) 1 32AA 1139-2338-01 TAPPING SCREW 2
06AA 9346-3720-21 FUSE 3A 4 33AA 9343-4210-21 TRIAC MODULE FUSING (SSR1) 1
07AA 1174-0101-04 PW BOARD-A 23CPM (PWB-A) 1 34AA 1065-3090-01 BRACKET 1
07BA 1175-0101-04 PW BOARD-A 18CPM (PWB-A) 1 35AA 1139-3049-01 BRACKET 1
08AA 1174-6601-02 IC 23CPM 1 36AA 1273-3048-01 PRESSURE SPRING 2
08BA 1175-6601-02 IC 18CPM 1 37AA 9335-1310-31 PHOTO INTERRUPTER 23CPM (PC69) 1
09AA 1138-0115-03 PW BOARD-Y RAM (PWB-Y) 1 38AA 9332-1310-11 DETECTING SWITCH (S61-66) 6
*10AA 9381-4610-31 POWER CORD MINOLTA 1 2505 39AA 1174-6807-01 HARNESS 1
*10BA 9381-4310-81 POWER CORD MINOLTA 1 2638 40AA 1139-3050-01 BRACKET 1
*10CA 9381-4310-51 POWER CORD MINOLTA 1 2793 41AA 1174-2354-01 GUIDE 1
*10DA 9381-4310-81 POWER CORD 220-240V 1 2812 42AA 1151-2371-02 COVER 1

*10EA 9381-4610-31 POWER CORD 120V 1 2812 43AA 1151-2360-01 EDGE COVER 1
11AA 9384-2310-41 COVER 23CPM 1 *44AA 9326-1410-31 FERRITE CORE MINOLTA 1 0412
12AA 1149-2356-01 PLATE SPRING 1 *44BA 9326-1410-31 FERRITE CORE EUROPE 1 2812
14AA 1174-2388-01 SPACER OPTION 18CPM 1
15AA 1175-2384-01 BRACKET OPTION 18CPM 1
*16AA 1174-6803-02 HARNESS 23CPM 1 0703
*16BA 1175-6803-01 HARNESS 18CPM 1 0703
*16CA 1174-6835-02 HARNESS 23CPM 1 2706

*16DA 1175-6835-02 HARNESS 18CPM 1 2706
*17AA 9325-2610-51 PWB-PU DC POWER (PU2) 1 0511
*17BA 9325-2610-21 PWB-PU DC POWER (PU2) 1 2612
*18AA 1174-0104-01 PW BOARD-D FILTER (PWB-D) 1 0527
*18BA 1174-0105-01 PW BOARD-D FILTER (PWB-D) 1 2612
*18CA 1174-0114-01 PW BOARD-D FILTER (PWB-D) 1 2500
*19AA 9346-3720-51 FUSE 15A 1 0511
*19BA 9346-3610-31 FUSE 8A 1 2612
*20AA 9324-1810-51 TRANSFORMER OPTION 18CPM 1 2504

*20BA 9324-1810-61 TRANSFORMER OPTION 18CPM 1 2612
21AA 1151-2310-02 MOUNTING PLATE 1
*22AA 1174-6845-01 HARNESS OPTION 1 2517
*23AA 9324-1810-21 TRANSFORMER OPTION 23CPM 1 2504
*23BA 9324-1810-31 TRANSFORMER OPTION 23CPM 1 2612

24AA 1174-2384-01 BRACKET OPTION 23CPM 1
40
41
21 PAPER TRAY UNIT PARTS MANUAL
UPPER PAPER TRAY UNIT LOWER PAPER TRAY UNIT
08 05 23CPM ONLY
07
04
09 46
10 06 45
9303
03
02 44
01 13
11 42
12 44 50
19 14 42
3701
13 43 3701 18 3701
20 3701 52 3701
51 49 41
18 47
41
21 15 40 03
3701
17 38
40 04 17 57
16
38 36 3701 35 35
03 48 3701
39 37 57 36
34
34
22 27 27
10 27 54
27
3509
55
30 31 3509
26 53
27 27
23 33
27 27 56
31
28 29
55
3704 32 32
25 3714
3704 24
58
01AA 1139-3027-02 SLIDE PLATE 1 41AA 1139-3034-02 LOCK LEVER 2
02AA 1139-3033-01 FRICTION PLATE 1 42AA 1200-5232-10 SHAFT 2
03AA 1139-3035-01 PIN 3 43AA 1139-3026-02 LIFTING PLATE 1
04AA 1200-2125-01 RETAINING RING 2 44AA 1139-3032-01 FRICTION PLATE 2
05AA 1139-3038-01 PAWL 1 45AA 1139-3084-01 FRICTION PLATE 23CPM 1
06AA 1139-3045-02 SHAFT 1 46AA 1139-3083-01 LIFTING PLATE 23CPM 1
07AA 1139-3019-01 GUIDE 1 47AA 1139-0229-02 PAWL 23CPM 1
08AA 1139-3020-02 PLATE SPRING 1 48AA 1139-7309-03 LABEL MAX 23CPM 1
09AA 1139-3012-02 GUIDE PLATE 1 49AA 1139-3096-01 FRICTION PLATE 23CPM 1
10AA 1139-3014-02 PRESSURE SPRING 2 50AA 1139-3095-01 PLATE SPRING 23CPM 1
11AA 1200-2226-22 COLLAR 1 51AA 1139-3094-01 STOP 23CPM 1
12AA 1139-3013-02 LEVER 1 52AA 1139-3087-01 GUIDE 23CPM 1
13AA 1139-3039-02 PIN 2 53AA 1139-3024-04 CASSETTE BODY 23CPM 1
14AA 1151-7308-01 LABEL MAX 1 54AA 1151-7324-12 LABEL PAPER LOADING 23CPM 1
15AA 1139-3031-02 PRESSURE SPRING 1 55AA 1139-3154-02 PRESSURE SPRING 23CPM 2
16AA 1151-7382-13 LABEL WIDTH SCALE 1 *56AA 1174-7392-01 LABEL A4 METRIC 23CPM 1 2812
17AA 1200-1342-02 WASHER 2 *56BA 1174-7335-01 LABEL LETTER INCH 23CPM 1 2812
18AA 1139-3077-03 STOPPER 2 57AA 1139-3086-02 PRESSURE SPRING 23CPM 2
19AA 1151-7383-01 LABEL 1 *58AA 1174-7371-01 LABEL PAPER SIZE MINOLTA 23CPM 1 0400
20AA 1151-3170-02 LEVER 1 *58BA 1174-7372-01 LABEL PAPER SIZE MINOLTA 23CPM 1 2300
21AA 1139-3082-01 SUPPORT PLATE 1 *58CA 1174-7348-01 LABEL PAPER SIZE METRIC 23CPM 1 2812
22AA 1139-3016-01 STOPPER 1 *58DA 1174-7349-01 LABEL PAPER SIZE INCH 23CPM 1 2812
23AA 1139-3017-01 LOCK LEVER 1
24AA 1142-3042-01 LEVER 1
25AA 1139-3040-12 LEVER 1
26AA 1151-7381-13 LABEL LENGTH SCALE 1
27AA 1139-3153-01 PLATE NUT 8
28AA 1139-3018-01 SPACER 1
29AA 1139-3071-01 SLIDER 1
30AA 1151-7322-12 LABEL PAPER LOADING 1
31AA 1174-3196-01 WASHER 8
32AA 1174-3022-02 CASSETTE COVER 2
*33AA 1175-7307-01 LABEL PAPER SIZE 18CPM 1 0800
*33BA 1174-7334-01 LABEL UNIVERSAL 1 2812
*34AA 1174-3151-02 COVER 2 0800
*34BA 1174-3161-02 COVER 2 2812

35AA 1273-3535-01 MAGNET CATCH 2
36AA 1139-3037-01 PAWL 2
37AA 1139-3181-01 CASSETTE BODY 1
40AA 1200-2105-02 COLLAR 2
42
43
22 WIRING ACCESSORIES AND JIGS PARTS MANUAL
01 06 11 16
02 07 12 17
03 08 13 18
04 09 14
05 10 15
01AA 9384-1311-01 WIRING SADDLE 27H 45
02AA 9384-1110-61 WIRING SADDLE 21.5H 9
02BA 9384-1211-01 WIRING SADDLE 19.2H 5
07BA 9384-1921-31 WIRING SADDLE 17.3H 4
08AA 9384-2610-11 EDGE COVER 8.5H 2
09AA 9384-2010-21 EDGE COVER 8.5H 21
09BA 9384-2800-36 EDGE COVER 15H 4
10AA 9384-2010-31 EDGE COVER 15.4H 4
11AA 1021-4707-01 CORD CLAMP 1
13AA 1156-2019-01 EDGE COVER 16L 1
13BA 1174-2387-01 EDGE COVER 1
14AA 0722-4913-01 COLLAR 20D 3
15AA 1031-4403-01 GROMMET 1
16AA 9384-1311-11 CABLE TIE 104L 1
17AA 1151-0499-01 HOLDER(B5) 1
18AA 1174-7901-01 JIG INTERLOCK 1
44
45
23 SCREWS AND WASHERS PARTS MANUAL
INDEX PART NO. PART NAME ILLUST INDEX PART NO. PART NAME ILLUST INDEX PART NO. PART NAME ILLUST
3104 9656-0308-13 4009 9743-0308-01

TAPPING SCREW
0210 9754-3012-08 SPRING ROLL PIN 3122 9656-0314-13 4020 9743-0408-14 TAPPING SCREW
4021 9743-0308-14
3211 9657-0314-07 TAPPING SCREW

7014 9684-0308-08
0509 9752-2012-50 PIN 7107 9684-0406-08 SET SCREW
7124 9684-0310-08
3305 9732-0308-13
3311 9732-0408-13 TAPPING SCREW
1201 9644-0204-13
3334 9732-0434-13
1208 9644-0306-13 8301 9712-0300-13
SCREW WASHER
1212 9644-0310-13 8302 9712-0400-13
3402 9733-0306-13
1230 9644-0408-13
3403 9733-0308-13
TAPPING SCREW
3408 9733-0406-13
1302 9646-0305-13 3412 9733-0412-13
1305 9646-0306-13 8501 9716-0300-01
3501 9735-0306-13 WASHER
1308 9646-0308-13 8506 9716-0400-01
3504 9735-0308-13
1309 9646-0310-13
SCREW 3506 9735-0406-13
1312 9646-0316-13
3508 9735-0408-13
1318 9646-0408-13
3509 9735-0410-13 9102 9721-0200-01
1321 9646-0412-13 TAPPING SCREW
3510 9735-0412-13 9105 9721-0300-01
1360 9646-0306-21
3517 9735-0305-13 9106 9721-0300-16
RETAINING RING
3519 9735-0312-13 9107 9721-0400-01
3522 9735-0408-01 9112 9721-0600-01
1415 9684-0408-13 3525 9735-0420-13
SCREW 9114 9721-0700-01
1454 9684-0414-01
3701 9739-0408-13
3702 9739-0410-13
3703 9739-0412-13 9301 1066-1151-01
1608 9654-0308-01 3704 9739-0308-13 9302 4425-3001-01 RETAINING RING
TAPPING SCREW
1623 9654-0408-01 3705 9739-0306-13 9303 4425-3002-01
SCREW
1625 9654-0408-03 3709 9739-0310-13
1645 9654-0312-01 3714 9739-0312-13
3721 9739-0416-07
3920 9742-0408-14
2705 9654-0325-01 SCREW TAPPING SCREW
3922 9742-0410-14
24 NUMERICAL INDEX PARTS MANUAL
PART NO. FIG. INDEX QTY PART NO. FIG. INDEX QTY PART NO. FIG. INDEX QTY PART NO. FIG. INDEX QTY
0704-5401-01 12 04AA 2 1136-3537-01 17 43AA 1 1139-1521-01 08 17AA 1 1139-2027-02 04 40AA 1
0722-4913-01 22 14AA 3 1136-3538-01 17 44AA 1 1139-1523-02 08 18AA 2 1139-2029-01 04 26AA 1
0870-6061-01 05 28AA 2 1136-5753-01 19 59AA 1 1139-1530-01 03 64AA 1 1139-2030-01 04 24AA 2
0993-5529-01 19 10AA 2 1136-5805-02 19 16AA 4 1139-1532-03 03 01AA 1 1139-2033-03 04 38AA 1
1012-1624-01 04 19AA 1 1136-5806-01 19 15AA 4 1139-1533-01 03 62AA 1 1139-2035-01 05 42AA 1
1012-5586-01 19 60AA 1 1136-6052-12 16 42AA 1 1139-1535-02 03 63AA 1 1139-2036-01 06 05AA 1
1012-5587-01 19 62AA 1 1136-7326-01 02 30AA 1 1139-1537-01 08 05AA 1 1139-2039-01 06 07AA 1
1021-4707-01 22 11AA 1 1136-7817-01 01 33AA 1 1139-1548-01 08 01AA 1 1139-2041-02 10 17AA 1
1031-4403-01 22 15AA 1 1136-7818-01 01 34AA 1 1139-1551-02 08 39AA 1 1139-2043-01 06 11AA 1
1032-1606-02 16 08AA 1 1136-7823-01 01 35AA 1 1139-1552-01 08 02AA 1 1139-2316-02 04 01AA 1
1033-3102-01 02 48AA 1 1138-0115-03 20 09AA 1 1139-1553-02 08 03AA 2 1139-2323-01 10 06AA 1
1033-4402-01 12 29AA 2 1139-0105-03 04 02BA 1 1139-1555-02 08 33AA 1 1139-2338-01 04 42AA 2
1035-4904-01 15 55AA 1 1139-0106-01 03 61AA 1 1139-1556-01 08 06AA 1 1139-2338-01 10 08AA 2
1036-4524-02 15 18AA 1 1139-0166-02 12 31AA 1 1139-1557-01 08 31AA 1 1139-2338-01 20 32AA 2
1052-1603-01 16 04AA 1 1139-0201-01 08 16AA 1 1139-1558-01 08 32AA 1 1139-2346-01 11 17AA 2
1052-2306-01 05 08AA 2 1139-0202-01 08 22AA 1 1139-1559-01 08 36AA 1 1139-2507-01 05 27AA 1
1052-4412-01 13 13AA 1 1139-0205-01 10 05AA 1 1139-1560-01 08 41AA 1 1139-2509-01 18 19AA 1
1052-5224-01 13 20AA 1 1139-0207-03 08 08AA 1 1139-1561-01 08 30AA 1 1139-2530-01 05 11AA 2
1052-5409-01 12 03AA 1 1139-0210-01 03 06AA 1 1139-1562-01 08 42AA 1 1139-2558-02 09 27AA 1
1053-3103-01 02 25AA 1 1139-0211-01 03 41AA 1 1139-1563-01 08 38AA 1 1139-2559-01 09 13AA 1
1053-3869-01 01 20AA 1 1139-0221-01 11 01AA 2 1139-1564-01 08 40AA 1 1139-2560-01 09 26AA 1
1053-4432-01 03 25AA 1 1139-0229-02 21 47AA 1 1139-1604-01 04 12AA 1 1139-3003-14 11 28AA 2
1053-4432-01 03 25BA 1 1139-0237-03 12 15AA 1 1139-1608-01 07 05AA 1 1139-3005-01 11 36AA 1
1054-3765-13 19 35AA 5 1139-0244-01 12 21AA 1 1139-1612-01 03 40AA 1 1139-3008-01 11 15AA 2
1054-3773-01 19 34AA 5 1139-0246-01 12 26AA 1 1139-1614-01 04 10AA 1 1139-3008-01 11 15BA 1
1054-4753-01 19 47AA 4 1139-0249-01 19 24AA 1 1139-1615-01 03 43AA 1 1139-3009-02 11 13AA 2
1061-6845-03 05 46AA 1 1139-0250-01 15 23AA 1 1139-1620-01 04 16AA 3 1139-3009-02 11 13BA 1
1061-6845-03 09 03AA 1 1139-0251-12 16 41AA 1 1139-1621-01 03 14AA 2 1139-3010-02 11 12AA 2
1065-0229-01 08 25AA 1 1139-0255-01 06 06AA 1 1139-1621-01 04 14AA 2 1139-3010-02 11 12BA 1
1065-1360-01 01 19AA 1 1139-0405-01 17 02AA 1 1139-1625-01 03 15AA 2 1139-3012-02 21 09AA 1
1065-1504-02 07 07AA 2 1139-0420-01 17 40AA 1 1139-1625-01 04 15AA 5 1139-3013-02 21 12AA 1
1065-1506-02 07 12AA 2 1139-0752-01 16 48AA 1 1139-1651-01 10 29AA 1 1139-3014-02 21 10AA 2
1065-1757-01 08 26AA 1 1139-0753-01 16 17AA 1 1139-1652-01 10 21AA 1 1139-3016-01 21 22AA 1
1065-2053-01 06 18AA 2 1139-0755-01 18 06AA 1 1139-1701-04 01 02AA 1 1139-3017-01 21 23AA 1
1065-2753-01 09 33AA 1 1139-0756-01 18 44AA 2 1139-1702-02 01 01AA 1 1139-3018-01 21 28AA 1
1065-3086-01 13 22AA 1 1139-1010-04 10 30AA 1 1139-1703-03 01 25AA 3 1139-3019-01 21 07AA 1
1065-3090-01 20 34AA 1 1139-1011-01 10 24AA 2 1139-1704-14 01 27AA 1 1139-3020-02 21 08AA 1
1065-5857-01 19 17AA 4 1139-1012-02 10 25AA 1 1139-1705-01 01 03AA 2 1139-3023-02 05 40AA 1
1065-5871-01 19 23AA 2 1139-1022-01 02 27AA 1 1139-1706-01 01 24AA 1 1139-3024-04 21 53AA 1
1065-5872-01 09 02AA 1 1139-1030-01 10 27BA 1 1139-1724-01 03 34AA 1 1139-3026-02 21 43AA 1
1066-1283-01 04 27AA 1 1139-1035-01 02 02AA 1 1139-1724-01 03 34BA 1 1139-3027-02 21 01AA 1
1067-1415-02 07 15AA 1 1139-1036-03 10 28AA 1 1139-1725-01 03 32AA 1 1139-3030-01 21 39AA 1
1067-2513-01 05 13AA 3 1139-1037-02 02 14AA 1 1139-1725-01 03 32BA 1 1139-3031-02 21 15AA 1
1067-2513-01 11 06AA 4 1139-1038-01 04 23AA 1 1139-1727-01 02 03AA 1 1139-3032-01 21 44AA 2
1067-2513-01 11 06BA 2 1139-1039-01 02 15AA 2 1139-1727-01 02 03BA 1 1139-3033-01 21 02AA 1
1067-2566-01 11 08AA 1 1139-1040-01 02 22AA 1 1139-1727-01 02 03CA 1 1139-3034-02 21 41AA 2
1067-5507-01 15 24AA 1 1139-1044-01 01 29AA 2 1139-1904-02 01 14AA 2 1139-3035-01 21 03AA 3
1067-5508-01 15 20AA 3 1139-1303-01 07 11AA 1 1139-1905-01 01 21AA 1 1139-3037-01 21 36AA 2
1067-5509-01 15 21AA 2 1139-1304-01 08 37AA 1 1139-1906-01 01 13AA 1 1139-3038-01 21 05AA 1
1070-3072-01 13 12AA 1 1139-1318-12 03 03AA 1 1139-1907-01 01 22AA 2 1139-3039-02 21 13AA 2
1076-3109-01 17 03AA 3 1139-1319-12 03 02AA 1 1139-1909-01 01 16AA 1 1139-3040-12 21 25AA 1
1077-2101-02 10 20AA 1 1139-1320-12 03 07AA 1 1139-1915-02 01 17AA 1 1139-3045-02 21 06AA 1
1079-1017-01 06 04AA 1 1139-1321-01 03 50AA 1 1139-1916-03 01 12AA 1 1139-3049-01 20 35AA 1
1079-5530-01 18 20AA 2 1139-1324-02 03 52AA 1 1139-1917-03 01 11AA 1 1139-3050-01 20 40AA 1
1080-7014-01 19 56AA 1 1139-1327-01 03 05AA 1 1139-1919-02 01 09AA 2 1139-3051-02 11 26AA 2
1100-1330-05 12 11AA 1 1139-1328-02 07 01AA 1 1139-1920-01 01 10AA 1 1139-3053-03 11 29AA 2
1100-1332-14 13 02AA 2 1139-1333-02 03 39AA 1 1139-1921-01 01 04AA 1 1139-3057-01 11 14AA 2
1100-1340-05 12 10AA 1 1139-1334-02 07 02AA 2 1139-1922-02 01 08AA 1 1139-3057-01 11 14BA 1
1100-1340-05 19 12AA 2 1139-1422-01 03 28AA 1 1139-1923-01 01 07AA 1 1139-3065-01 11 07AA 1
1100-1362-11 05 06AA 1 1139-1458-04 07 06AA 1 1139-2005-01 04 22AA 1 1139-3068-01 11 18AA 2
1100-3130-08 15 14AA 3 1139-1461-01 07 09AA 1 1139-2008-03 05 07AA 1 1139-3071-01 21 29AA 1
1129-7303-01 09 12AA 1 1139-1505-03 08 12AA 1 1139-2009-01 06 08AA 2 1139-3074-01 11 10AA 1
1129-7303-01 15 45AA 1 1139-1509-01 08 19AA 1 1139-2014-01 10 14AA 2 1139-3077-03 21 18AA 2
1129-7303-01 18 18AA 2 1139-1510-01 08 20AA 1 1139-2016-01 10 15AA 1 1139-3079-01 11 03AA 1
1132-2044-01 09 32AA 2 1139-1511-01 08 20BA 1 1139-2018-01 10 19AA 1 1139-3081-01 11 27AA 1
1136-1378-01 03 16AA 1 1139-1512-01 08 20CA 1 1139-2019-01 10 18AA 1 1139-3082-01 21 21AA 1
1136-1423-01 08 15AA 1 1139-1513-02 08 43AA 1 1139-2020-01 10 13AA 1 1139-3083-01 21 46AA 1
1136-1901-01 01 05AA 1 1139-1516-02 08 13AA 1 1139-2021-02 10 16AA 1 1139-3084-01 21 45AA 1
1136-2131-03 13 32AA 1 1139-1517-01 08 11AA 1 1139-2022-01 19 33AA 1 1139-3086-02 21 57AA 2
1136-2131-03 17 05AA 2 1139-1518-12 08 24AA 1 1139-2026-01 04 36AA 1 1139-3087-01 21 52AA 1 46
47
1139-3089-01 21 38AA 2 1139-3322-01 13 33AA 2 1139-4258-01 15 05AA 1 1139-5544-01 19 29AA 1
1139-3094-01 21 51AA 1 1139-3326-13 13 29AA 1 1139-4259-01 15 54AA 1 1139-5546-01 19 21AA 2
1139-3095-01 21 50AA 1 1139-3327-13 12 01AA 1 1139-4260-01 15 02AA 2 1139-5548-01 18 21AA 2
1139-3096-01 21 49AA 1 1139-3328-16 12 42AA 1 1139-4261-01 15 49AA 1 1139-5549-01 19 46AA 1
1139-3099-01 11 05AA 1 1139-3329-01 12 43AA 1 1139-4262-01 15 12AA 1 1139-5552-02 19 25AA 1
1139-3102-01 17 27AA 2 1139-3330-01 12 06AA 1 1139-4263-01 15 04AA 1 1139-5554-01 19 19AA 1
1139-3103-01 02 46AA 8 1139-3332-03 12 38AA 1 1139-4264-01 15 51AA 1 1139-5558-01 19 09AA 9
1139-3104-01 02 45AA 8 1139-3333-03 12 14AA 1 1139-4265-01 15 11AA 1 1139-5560-01 19 44AA 2
1139-3105-03 02 39AA 1 1139-3339-01 12 16AA 1 1139-4268-01 15 56AA 1 1139-5561-01 19 27AA 2
1139-3108-03 11 21AA 2 1139-3340-01 12 20AA 1 1139-4502-01 18 13AA 1 1139-5701-02 15 13AA 1
1139-3113-03 11 39AA 6 1139-3341-01 12 36AA 1 1139-4503-01 18 11AA 1 1139-5702-08 15 33AA 1
1139-3115-01 17 32AA 1 1139-3342-12 12 32AA 1 1139-4504-01 04 07AA 1 1139-5703-01 16 45AA 1
1139-3117-01 17 36AA 1 1139-3344-01 12 40AA 1 1139-4505-02 10 03AA 1 1139-5704-02 15 43AA 1
1139-3118-01 17 26AA 1 1139-3346-02 13 05AA 1 1139-4506-01 09 30AA 1 1139-5710-13 15 17AA 1
1139-3123-01 17 22AA 2 1139-3348-02 13 06AA 1 1139-4507-01 18 14AA 1 1139-5711-17 15 50AA 1
1139-3124-01 17 10AA 1 1139-3349-01 13 34AA 1 1139-4510-01 18 36AA 1 1139-5713-12 15 42AA 1
1139-3125-02 11 40AA 2 1139-3351-02 13 01AA 1 1139-4512-01 10 02AA 1 1139-5715-01 15 25AA 1
1139-3126-01 17 41AA 1 1139-3353-01 12 17AA 1 1139-4513-01 18 03AA 1 1139-5719-01 15 22AA 1
1139-3127-01 11 32AA 2 1139-3354-01 13 18AA 1 1139-4515-01 10 01AA 2 1139-5720-01 15 34AA 2
1139-3127-01 17 09AA 1 1139-3358-01 12 44AA 1 1139-5002-02 14 09AA 1 1139-5721-02 15 35AA 2
1139-3129-01 17 07AA 1 1139-3361-01 12 19AA 1 1139-5003-02 14 14AA 1 1139-5723-01 15 36AA 1
1139-3131-01 11 22AA 2 1139-3362-01 12 23AA 1 1139-5004-03 14 25AA 1 1139-5724-02 16 38AA 2
1139-3132-01 17 42AA 1 1139-3364-01 13 28AA 1 1139-5005-01 14 24AA 1 1139-5725-01 15 38AA 1
1139-3134-01 11 38AA 1 1139-3365-01 12 35AA 1 1139-5006-01 14 23AA 2 1139-5725-01 16 36AA 2
1139-3136-01 05 02AA 1 1139-3366-01 12 37AA 1 1139-5009-01 14 13AA 1 1139-5726-01 15 30AA 1
1139-3141-01 02 34AA 1 1139-3367-01 13 14AA 1 1139-5010-01 14 17AA 1 1139-5728-02 15 29AA 1
1139-3142-01 02 37AA 1 1139-3368-01 13 08AA 1 1139-5015-01 04 25AA 1 1139-5728-02 15 29BA 1
1139-3143-01 17 01AA 1 1139-3369-01 13 07AA 2 1139-5017-02 14 20AA 1 1139-5729-01 15 19AA 1
1139-3144-01 02 41AA 1 1139-3370-01 13 04AA 1 1139-5018-04 14 18AA 2 1139-5730-01 15 41AA 1
1139-3145-01 02 43AA 1 1139-3371-14 13 31AA 1 1139-5018-04 14 19AA 1 1139-5734-01 16 40AA 1
1139-3146-01 02 44AA 1 1139-3372-01 13 26AA 1 1139-5020-02 14 12AA 1 1139-5739-01 15 39AA 1
1139-3147-01 17 08AA 2 1139-3373-02 13 17AA 1 1139-5021-01 14 07AA 1 1139-5742-01 15 44AA 1
1139-3153-01 21 27AA 8 1139-3374-01 12 30AA 1 1139-5022-01 14 08AA 1 1139-6008-14 03 57AA 1
1139-3154-02 21 55AA 2 1139-3376-03 12 09AA 2 1139-5023-01 14 16AA 2 1139-6814-02 17 04AA 1
1139-3156-01 11 30AA 2 1139-3377-01 12 12AA 1 1139-5026-01 14 10AA 1 1139-6816-02 19 51AA 1
1139-3167-01 17 11AA 2 1139-3378-01 12 08AA 1 1139-5029-01 14 01AA 1 1139-6825-01 08 29AA 1
1139-3181-01 21 37AA 1 1139-3380-03 12 07AA 1 1139-5209-01 16 60AA 1 1139-7301-12 06 15AA 2
1139-3201-04 06 14AA 1 1139-3381-02 12 41AA 1 1139-5215-01 15 46AA 1 1139-7309-03 21 48AA 1
1139-3202-04 06 28AA 1 1139-3382-01 12 39AA 1 1139-5216-01 16 13AA 1 1139-7316-01 06 03AA 1
1139-3203-02 06 24AA 1 1139-4022-01 09 38AA 1 1139-5219-01 15 48AA 1 1139-7328-01 02 23AA 1
1139-3204-04 06 21AA 1 1139-4025-01 09 39AA 1 1139-5220-01 16 07AA 1 1139-7332-12 02 49AA 1
1139-3211-01 06 16AA 2 1139-4031-02 04 29AA 1 1139-5221-01 16 10AA 3 1139-7347-01 02 29AA 1
1139-3212-02 06 23AA 2 1139-4033-02 04 30AA 1 1139-5223-01 16 11AA 1 1139-7360-01 12 05AA 1
1139-3212-02 06 23BA 1 1139-4034-03 04 33AA 1 1139-5225-02 16 61AA 1 1139-7361-01 15 08AA 1
1139-3213-02 06 01AA 1 1139-4053-02 18 46AA 1 1139-5226-01 16 26AA 1 1139-7366-01 06 12AA 1
1139-3214-01 06 26AA 2 1139-4056-01 18 38AA 1 1139-5228-01 15 47AA 1 1139-7801-01 07 14AA 1
1139-3214-01 06 26BA 1 1139-4057-01 18 04AA 2 1139-5229-01 16 20AA 1 1142-3005-01 11 36BA 1
1139-3215-01 06 17AA 4 1139-4064-01 18 39AA 1 1139-5229-01 16 20BA 1 1142-3007-01 06 27AA 1
1139-3215-01 06 17BA 2 1139-4065-01 18 07AA 1 1139-5231-01 16 14AA 1 1142-3042-01 21 24AA 1
1139-3216-01 06 19AA 1 1139-4066-01 18 45AA 1 1139-5233-02 16 54AA 1 1142-3059-13 06 20AA 1
1139-3252-03 16 35AA 1 1139-4067-01 18 10AA 3 1139-5235-01 16 55AA 1 1142-3065-01 11 07BA 1
1139-3253-01 16 32AA 1 1139-4068-01 18 37AA 1 1139-5240-01 16 49AA 1 1142-3101-02 02 19AA 1
1139-3255-02 16 28AA 1 1139-4069-01 15 57AA 1 1139-5246-01 16 21AA 1 1142-3105-03 02 39BA 1
1139-3256-02 16 37AA 1 1139-4069-01 18 42AA 1 1139-5248-01 16 44AA 1 1142-3106-01 11 01BA 1
1139-3257-01 16 27AA 1 1139-4071-02 18 33AA 1 1139-5248-01 16 44BA 1 1142-3108-01 02 36AA 1
1139-3258-01 16 33AA 1 1139-4072-01 18 16AA 1 1139-5249-01 16 02AA 2 1142-3201-06 06 14BA 1
1139-3259-01 16 30AA 1 1139-4073-01 18 32AA 1 1139-5250-01 16 03AA 2 1142-3202-05 06 28BA 1
1139-3260-01 16 58AA 2 1139-4074-01 17 17AA 1 1139-5251-01 16 57AA 1 1142-3203-01 06 24BA 1
1139-3261-01 16 29AA 2 1139-4075-01 18 34AA 1 1139-5252-02 16 18AA 1 1142-3204-01 06 21BA 1
1139-3301-03 12 34AA 1 1139-4077-01 18 47AA 4 1139-5253-01 16 46AA 1 1142-5029-01 14 11AA 1
1139-3303-14 12 33AA 1 1139-4213-01 15 31AA 1 1139-5254-01 16 25AA 2 1142-7301-12 02 42AA 1
1139-3307-01 13 16AA 1 1139-4214-02 15 27AA 2 1139-5254-01 16 25BA 2 1142-7301-12 06 15BA 2
1139-3309-01 13 23AA 1 1139-4219-01 15 32AA 1 1139-5255-01 16 19AA 2 1144-0168-01 16 47AA 1
1139-3314-12 12 27AA 1 1139-4251-02 15 52AA 1 1139-5255-01 16 19BA 2 1145-3208-01 17 31AA 2
1139-3315-02 12 25AA 1 1139-4252-01 15 09AA 1 1139-5256-01 16 15AA 1 1146-5535-01 19 55AA 1
1139-3316-01 13 24AA 1 1139-4253-02 15 07AA 1 1139-5509-02 19 54AA 1 1149-1061-01 10 26AA 1
1139-3317-01 13 25AA 1 1139-4254-01 15 01AA 1 1139-5514-02 19 41AA 1 1149-1471-01 07 08AA 1
1139-3318-01 13 15AA 1 1139-4255-01 15 10AA 1 1139-5538-01 19 18AA 2 1149-1602-01 03 17AA 1
1139-3320-01 13 21AA 1 1139-4256-01 15 06AA 1 1139-5542-01 19 45AA 1 1149-1603-01 03 23AA 1
1139-3321-01 13 27AA 2 1139-4257-01 15 03AA 2 1139-5543-01 19 42AA 1 1149-1624-01 03 18AA 1
1149-1631-01 03 22AA 1 1151-1630-01 04 20AA 1 1151-3168-01 17 39AA 1 1151-5610-02 19 14AA 2
1149-1661-01 03 38AA 1 1151-1653-01 10 22AA 1 1151-3169-01 16 34AA 1 1151-5611-01 19 11AA 2
1149-1662-02 02 05AA 1 1151-1721-01 03 31AA 1 1151-3170-02 21 20AA 1 1151-5612-01 19 06AA 2
1149-2316-01 04 01BA 1 1151-1721-01 03 31BA 1 1151-3176-01 17 34AA 1 1151-5750-01 15 15AA 1
1149-2356-01 20 12AA 1 1151-1722-01 03 35AA 1 1151-3177-01 17 15AA 1 1151-6805-01 11 41AA 1
1149-3116-01 17 18AA 1 1151-1722-01 03 35BA 1 1151-3179-01 17 13AA 1 1151-6806-01 11 24AA 1
1149-3117-01 17 24AA 1 1151-1726-01 03 33AA 1 1151-3191-01 17 30AA 1 1151-6808-12 09 21AA 1
1149-5034-01 14 15AA 1 1151-1726-01 03 33BA 1 1151-3192-01 17 19AA 1 1151-6809-01 15 40AA 1
1149-5504-01 19 37AA 1 1151-1753-01 01 15AA 1 1151-3209-01 06 09AA 1 1151-6813-01 03 55AA 1
1149-5621-01 19 36AA 3 1151-1754-01 01 15CA 1 1151-3210-02 06 10AA 1 1151-6814-01 03 54AA 1
1149-5622-01 19 38AA 3 1151-1755-01 01 15BA 1 1151-3250-01 16 31AA 1 1151-6830-01 09 10AA 1
1149-5623-01 19 39AA 2 1151-1901-01 01 18AA 1 1151-3251-01 17 25AA 1 1151-6831-01 03 60AA 1
1149-6842-01 05 22AA 1 1151-1902-01 01 18CA 1 1151-3262-01 16 43AA 1 1151-7308-01 21 14AA 1
1150-1030-01 10 27AA 1 1151-1903-01 01 18BA 1 1151-3300-01 12 24AA 4 1151-7311-01 02 18AA 1
1150-1067-01 03 58AA 1 1151-1918-01 01 06AA 1 1151-3300-01 20 13AA 1 1151-7317-01 02 20AA 1
1151-0132-02 18 35AA 1 1151-2002-02 04 35AA 1 1151-3310-01 12 22AA 1 1151-7320-01 02 31AA 1
1151-0151-01 16 51AA 1 1151-2004-02 04 06AA 1 1151-3501-01 18 12AA 1 1151-7322-12 21 30AA 1
1151-0152-02 07 18AA 1 1151-2051-01 04 48AA 1 1151-3502-01 18 24AA 1 1151-7324-12 21 54AA 1
1151-0153-02 07 18BA 1 1151-2052-01 04 47AA 1 1151-3503-01 18 26AA 1 1151-7381-13 21 26AA 1
1151-0156-03 07 13AA 1 1151-2102-03 05 35AA 1 1151-3505-01 18 28AA 1 1151-7382-13 21 16AA 1
1151-0168-02 11 42AA 1 1151-2103-01 05 37AA 1 1151-3506-01 18 25AA 4 1151-7383-01 21 19AA 1
1151-0169-02 11 33AA 1 1151-2104-02 05 34AA 1 1151-3510-02 18 29AA 1 1151-7801-01 07 17AA 1
1151-0170-01 01 23AA 1 1151-2105-01 09 28AA 1 1151-3511-01 18 23AA 2 1151-7802-01 07 10AA 1
1151-0171-01 01 23CA 1 1151-2306-02 20 01AA 1 1151-3512-01 18 22AA 2 1152-0220-01 11 20BA 1
1151-0172-01 01 23BA 1 1151-2310-02 20 21AA 1 1151-4021-01 09 35AA 1 1152-2301-01 02 26AA 1
1151-0173-01 01 23DA 1 1151-2317-01 20 30AA 1 1151-4023-01 09 37AA 1 1152-2370-02 06 02AA 1
1151-0174-01 01 23FA 1 1151-2320-02 05 32AA 1 1151-4024-01 09 34AA 1 1152-3193-01 02 32AA 1
1151-0175-01 01 23EA 1 1151-2321-01 10 12AA 1 1151-4051-03 18 41AA 1 1152-3263-01 06 25AA 1
1151-0203-02 09 24AA 1 1151-2326-01 20 28AA 1 1151-4052-03 18 05AA 1 1156-2019-01 22 13AA 1
1151-0207-02 10 10AA 1 1151-2333-03 09 01AA 1 1151-4054-01 18 01AA 1 1156-3073-01 13 19AA 2
1151-0208-01 04 34AA 1 1151-2350-01 05 30AA 2 1151-4058-02 18 08AA 1 1173-3119-01 17 29AA 1
1151-0209-01 09 25AA 1 1151-2360-01 20 43AA 1 1151-4059-02 18 09AA 1 1173-3304-01 12 28AA 1
1151-0210-01 09 16AA 1 1151-2368-01 20 29AA 1 1151-4218-01 15 28AA 1 1174-0101-04 20 07AA 1
1151-0211-01 05 23AA 1 1151-2369-01 05 41AA 1 1151-4273-01 18 17AA 1 1174-0103-01 20 05AA 1
1151-0212-01 05 14AA 1 1151-2371-02 20 42AA 1 1151-4501-02 09 46AA 1 1174-0104-01 20 18AA 1
1151-0213-01 05 10AA 1 1151-2373-01 05 31AA 1 1151-4509-01 09 43AA 1 1174-0105-01 20 18BA 1
1151-0214-01 05 19AA 1 1151-2502-01 05 20AA 1 1151-4520-01 09 42AA 1 1174-0106-02 04 02AA 1
1151-0215-01 05 04AA 1 1151-2503-01 05 21AA 2 1151-4521-01 09 45AA 1 1174-0114-01 20 18CA 1
1151-0216-01 11 04AA 1 1151-2505-01 05 25AA 1 1151-4522-01 09 44AA 1 1174-0167-01 02 13AA 1
1151-0217-01 09 04AA 1 1151-2512-01 05 26AA 1 1151-4523-01 02 07AA 1 1174-0201-01 03 26AA 1
1151-0218-01 13 03AA 1 1151-2515-01 05 18AA 1 1151-4524-01 09 41AA 2 1174-0202-01 09 29AA 1
1151-0220-02 11 20AA 1 1151-2516-02 05 17AA 1 1151-4528-01 09 47AA 1 1174-0203-01 16 24AA 1
1151-0499-01 22 17AA 1 1151-2518-01 05 09AA 1 1151-4529-01 09 31AA 2 1174-0254-01 16 12AA 1
1151-1008-01 02 10AA 1 1151-2521-01 05 12AA 1 1151-5024-01 14 03AA 1 1174-0335-02 15 58AA 1
1151-1029-01 06 13AA 1 1151-2525-01 05 05AA 1 1151-5031-02 14 04AA 1 1174-0336-02 15 58BA 1
1151-1313-01 03 30AA 1 1151-2555-01 09 07AA 1 1151-5032-01 14 06AA 1 1174-0336-02 15 58DA 1
1151-1314-01 03 27AA 1 1151-2557-01 09 20AA 1 1151-5033-02 14 05AA 1 1174-0338-02 15 58CA 1
1151-1316-01 03 45AA 1 1151-2561-01 09 23AA 1 1151-5207-01 16 06AA 1 1174-0338-02 15 58EA 1
1151-1322-01 03 10AA 1 1151-2563-01 09 17AA 1 1151-5214-01 16 05AA 2 1174-0345-02 19 67AA 1
1151-1325-01 03 46AA 1 1151-2565-01 09 22AA 1 1151-5218-01 16 39AA 1 1174-0346-02 19 67BA 1
1151-1326-01 03 42AA 1 1151-2567-01 09 18AA 1 1151-5271-01 16 09AA 2 1174-0359-01 18 50AA 1
1151-1329-01 03 53AA 1 1151-2569-01 09 09AA 1 1151-5501-02 19 61AA 1 1174-0359-01 18 50DA 1
1151-1330-01 03 49AA 1 1151-2574-01 09 06AA 1 1151-5502-01 18 27AA 1 1174-0367-01 18 50BA 1
1151-1337-01 03 51AA 1 1151-2575-01 09 05AA 1 1151-5503-02 19 48AA 1 1174-0367-01 18 50CA 1
1151-1338-02 03 44AA 1 1151-2576-01 09 08AA 1 1151-5506-01 19 08AA 1 1174-0368-01 15 59AA 1
1151-1338-02 03 44BA 1 1151-2578-01 05 16AA 1 1151-5507-01 19 57AA 1 1174-0451-02 01 30AA 1
1151-1354-01 03 29AA 1 1151-2579-01 05 15AA 1 1151-5510-01 19 50AA 1 1174-0452-02 01 30BA 1
1151-1355-01 03 11AA 1 1151-2580-02 09 14AA 1 1151-5513-01 19 52AA 1 1174-0453-02 01 30CA 1
1151-1356-01 03 08AA 1 1151-3001-01 11 34AA 6 1151-5523-01 19 40AA 1 1174-0453-02 01 30EA 1
1151-1413-01 07 03AA 1 1151-3001-01 11 43AA 1 1151-5532-02 19 13AA 1 1174-0455-02 01 30FA 1
1151-1508-01 08 14AA 1 1151-3007-01 11 11AA 2 1151-5534-01 19 26AA 1 1174-0458-02 01 30DA 1
1151-1531-01 08 09AA 1 1151-3007-01 11 11BA 1 1151-5539-01 19 53AA 1 1174-0656-01 16 59AA 1
1151-1534-01 08 10AA 1 1151-3063-01 20 25AA 1 1151-5550-01 05 39AA 1 1174-0901-01 01 36AA 1
1151-1538-01 08 07AA 1 1151-3109-01 02 38AA 2 1151-5553-01 19 31AA 1 1174-1001-02 02 33AA 1
1151-1539-02 03 09AA 1 1151-3110-02 11 35AA 2 1151-5601-01 19 32AA 1 1174-1002-01 02 01AA 1
1151-1571-01 08 21AA 1 1151-3112-02 17 33AA 1 1151-5603-01 19 03AA 1 1174-1005-02 02 17AA 1
1151-1602-01 04 18AA 1 1151-3114-01 17 20AA 2 1151-5604-02 19 02AA 1 1174-1006-01 02 06AA 1
1151-1603-01 04 09AA 1 1151-3121-01 17 14AA 1 1151-5605-01 19 04AA 1 1174-1007-02 02 08AA 1
1151-1611-01 04 13AA 1 1151-3122-13 17 37AA 1 1151-5606-02 19 07AA 1 1174-1009-02 02 51AA 1
1151-1613-01 04 11AA 1 1151-3137-02 11 09AA 2 1151-5608-01 19 66AA 1 1174-1013-01 05 36AA 1 48
49
1174-1014-01 05 33AA 1 1174-7371-01 21 58AA 1 1500-2640-04 04 41AA 1 9381-4310-51 20 10CA 1
1174-1015-01 02 12AA 2 1174-7372-01 21 58BA 1 1500-2640-04 10 07AA 1 9381-4310-81 20 10BA 1
1174-1017-01 02 28AA 2 1174-7373-01 01 28AA 1 4425-1059-12 12 02AA 1 9381-4310-81 20 10DA 1
1174-1018-01 02 47AA 1 1174-7375-01 02 21AA 1 4425-6826-01 13 10AA 1 9381-4610-31 20 10AA 1
1174-1019-01 05 38AA 1 1174-7376-01 02 21BA 1 9312-1610-11 14 02AA 1 9381-4610-31 20 10EA 1
1174-1020-01 05 45AA 1 1174-7377-01 02 21EA 1 9313-1610-11 18 30AA 1 9384-1110-61 22 02AA 9
1174-1023-01 04 39AA 1 1174-7392-01 21 56AA 1 9313-1610-31 03 37AA 1 9384-1211-01 22 02BA 5
1174-1031-01 02 24AA 1 1174-7393-02 02 09AA 1 9313-1810-11 10 23AA 1 9384-1310-81 22 03AA 30
1174-1033-01 02 11AA 1 1174-7801-01 01 32AA 1 9313-1810-31 09 40AA 1 9384-1310-91 22 12AA 13
1174-1041-01 02 16AA 1 1174-7901-01 22 18AA 1 9314-1310-21 03 65AA 1 9384-1311-01 22 01AA 45
1174-1042-01 02 04AA 1 1175-0101-04 20 07BA 1 9314-1310-31 08 28AA 1 9384-1311-11 22 16AA 1
1174-1046-02 02 33EA 1 1175-0451-02 01 31AA 1 9314-1610-11 04 21AA 1 9384-1311-21 22 06AA 1
1174-1047-02 02 33BA 1 1175-0452-02 01 31BA 1 9314-1810-11 03 19AA 1 9384-1710-71 04 46AA 5
1174-1052-01 02 52AA 1 1175-0453-02 01 31CA 1 9314-2610-11 05 24AA 1 9384-1710-71 04 46BA 4
1174-1332-01 03 59AA 1 1175-0453-02 01 31EA 1 9314-2610-11 09 11AA 1 9384-1820-31 22 04AA 4
1174-1332-01 03 59BA 1 1175-0455-02 01 31FA 1 9321-2310-32 11 16AA 1 9384-1900-53 22 05AA 1
1174-1457-01 07 04AA 1 1175-0458-02 01 31DA 1 9321-2310-32 11 44AA 1 9384-1900-56 03 56AA 4
1174-1525-01 08 27AA 1 1175-1001-02 02 33CA 1 9321-2310-41 13 09AA 1 9384-1900-56 04 03AA 4
1174-1601-01 03 21AA 1 1175-1004-01 02 50AA 1 9322-1610-11 17 23AA 1 9384-1900-56 20 03AA 13
1174-1611-01 03 36AA 1 1175-1005-02 02 17BA 1 9322-1610-21 17 21AA 1 9384-1900-61 03 66AA 1
1174-1637-01 03 20AA 1 1175-1006-01 02 06BA 1 9322-1610-31 12 18AA 1 9384-1900-61 03 66BA 1
1174-2301-01 04 32AA 1 1175-1037-01 02 14BA 1 9323-1410-11 04 43AA 1 9384-1900-61 20 02AA 4
1174-2308-01 05 01AA 1 1175-1046-02 02 33FA 1 9324-1810-21 20 23AA 1 9384-1921-21 22 07AA 2
1174-2354-01 20 41AA 1 1175-1601-01 04 08AA 1 9324-1810-31 20 23BA 1 9384-1921-31 22 07BA 4
1174-2382-01 05 43AA 1 1175-2384-01 20 15AA 1 9324-1810-51 20 20AA 1 9384-2010-21 22 09AA 21
1174-2383-01 04 45AA 1 1175-6601-02 20 08BA 1 9324-1810-61 20 20BA 1 9384-2010-31 22 10AA 4
1174-2384-01 20 24AA 1 1175-6803-01 20 16BA 1 9325-1610-12 20 04AA 1 9384-2310-41 05 29AA 1
1174-2386-01 18 31AA 1 1175-6835-02 20 16DA 1 9325-1610-12 20 04DA 1 9384-2310-41 10 11AA 1
1174-2387-01 22 13BA 1 1175-7307-01 21 33AA 1 9325-1610-22 20 04BA 1 9384-2310-41 20 11AA 1
1174-2388-01 10 04AA 1 1175-7373-01 01 28BA 1 9325-1610-22 20 04CA 1 9384-2610-11 22 08AA 2
1174-2388-01 20 14AA 1 1175-7375-01 02 21CA 1 9325-2610-21 20 17BA 1 9384-2800-36 22 09BA 4
1174-2388-01 20 31AA 1 1175-7376-01 02 21DA 1 9325-2610-51 20 17AA 1
1174-3022-02 21 32AA 2 1175-7377-01 02 21FA 1 9325-3010-21 04 04BA 1
1174-3130-01 02 40AA 1 1200-1342-02 21 17AA 2 9325-3010-31 04 04AA 1
1174-3151-02 21 34AA 2 1200-1346-12 20 26AA 2 9325-3610-11 04 04CA 1
1174-3161-02 21 34BA 2 1200-1422-02 03 13AA 2 9326-1310-61 18 48AA 1
1174-3196-01 21 31AA 8 1200-1422-02 04 17AA 2 9326-1310-61 18 48BA 1
1174-3305-01 12 13AA 1 1200-1422-02 17 28AA 1 9326-1410-31 20 44AA 1
1174-4230-01 15 26AA 2 1200-1431-01 09 36AA 2 9326-1410-31 20 44BA 1
1174-5012-02 14 21AA 1 1200-2105-02 21 40AA 2 9326-2820-11 01 26AA 1
1174-5204-02 16 50AA 1 1200-2105-05 11 25AA 2 9331-1810-11 04 37AA 1
1174-5206-02 16 22AA 1 1200-2105-05 17 12AA 2 9332-1310-11 20 38AA 6
1174-5222-01 16 01AA 1 1200-2125-01 21 04AA 2 9332-5310-21 05 44AA 1
1174-5224-01 16 23AA 1 1200-2226-22 21 11AA 1 9332-5810-11 04 44AA 1
1174-5275-02 16 56AA 1 1200-3121-07 11 02AA 2 9334-1610-11 19 64AA 1
1174-5276-01 16 53AA 1 1200-3121-09 11 37AA 2 9334-2610-11 03 04AA 1
1174-5505-01 19 65AA 1 1200-3131-03 09 15AA 1 9335-1310-11 03 12AA 2
1174-5521-01 19 63AA 1 1200-3134-16 11 19AA 4 9335-1310-21 03 48AA 2
1174-5522-01 19 22AA 1 1200-3134-16 19 28AA 2 9335-1310-31 03 24AA 1
1174-5574-01 19 20AA 1 1200-3211-08 16 52AA 1 9335-1310-31 11 23AA 5
1174-5602-01 19 05AA 1 1200-3221-07 13 11AA 5 9335-1310-31 13 30AA 1
1174-5609-01 19 43AA 1 1200-3231-05 17 38AA 2 9335-1310-31 14 22AA 1
1174-5762-01 15 37AA 1 1200-5212-04 11 31AA 2 9335-1310-31 17 16AA 2
1174-6501-01 04 28AA 1 1200-5212-04 17 06AA 2 9335-1310-31 19 49AA 1
1174-6601-02 20 08AA 1 1200-5232-10 21 42AA 2 9335-1310-31 20 37AA 1
1174-6801-02 04 05AA 1 1273-3048-01 20 36AA 2 9335-1310-41 03 47AA 1
1174-6802-02 04 05BA 1 1273-3505-01 17 35AA 1 9335-1310-41 08 35AA 1
1174-6803-02 20 16AA 1 1273-3535-01 02 35AA 1 9335-1310-51 10 09AA 1
1174-6807-01 20 39AA 1 1273-3535-01 21 35AA 2 9343-4210-21 20 33AA 1
1174-6811-01 08 23AA 1 1300-3122-32 05 03AA 1 9346-3610-31 20 19BA 1
1174-6812-01 08 23BA 1 1300-3132-12 19 30AA 1 9346-3720-21 20 06AA 4
1174-6817-02 04 05CA 1 1400-1122-04 09 19AA 2 9346-3720-51 20 19AA 1
1174-6835-02 20 16CA 1 1400-1122-04 18 02AA 3 9351-1810-11 04 31AA 1
1174-6845-01 20 22AA 1 1400-1132-06 08 04AA 1 9351-2610-11 07 16AA 1
1174-6847-01 20 27AA 1 1400-1133-08 08 34AA 2 9351-2610-21 07 16BA 1
1174-6850-01 18 49AA 1 1400-1134-07 15 53AA 1 9352-2610-21 19 58AA 1
1174-7334-01 21 33BA 1 1400-1154-06 15 16AA 1 9352-2610-31 19 58BA 1
1174-7335-01 21 56BA 1 1400-1167-05 18 15AA 2 9352-6310-11 06 22AA 1
1174-7348-01 21 58CA 1 1400-1226-03 16 16AA 2 9352-6610-11 18 40AA 1
1174-7349-01 21 58DA 1 1400-2110-01 18 43AA 2 9372-2610-11 19 01AA 1
Copyright
1998 MINOLTA Co., Ltd. 1175-7995-21 98114150
Printed in Japan

Ep2030 SM Minolta

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Ep2030 SM Minolta

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

FrameMaker Ver.5.

5(PC) EP1054/EP1085/EP2030 GENERAL

CONTINUOUS COPY SPEED (copies/min.): Fed from 1st Drawer

LENS : Through Lens (F = 8.0, f = 180 mm)

POWER/CURRENT CONSUMPTION (Copier Only)

POWER : 115 V, 120 V, 120–127 V, 220–240 V; 50/60 Hz

DIMENSIONS : Width .... 650 mm (25-1/2”)

TYPE : Desktop (with Stationary Platen)

CONTINUOUS COPY SPEED (copies/min.): Fed from 1st Drawer

LENS : Through Lens (F = 8.0, f = 180 mm)

POWER/CURRENT CONSUMPTION (Copier Only)

POWER : 115 V, 120 V, 120–127 V, 220–240 V; 50/60 Hz

DIMENSIONS : Width .... 610 mm (24”)

1-3. Specifications of EP1054

TYPE : Desktop (with Stationary Platen)

LENS : Through Lens (F = 8.0, f = 180 mm)

POWER/CURRENT CONSUMPTION (Copier Only)

POWER : 115 V, 120 V, 120–127 V, 220–240 V; 50/60 Hz

DIMENSIONS : Width .... 610 mm (24”)

2 PRECAUTIONS FOR INSTALLATION

3 PRECAUTIONS FOR USE

4 HANDLING OF THE CONSUMABLES

1174G003AA 1174G004AA 1174G006AA

1. Automatic Document Feeder AF-5 6. Duplex Unit AD-11

1. Automatic Document Feeder AF-5

1. Multi Bypass Table MB-4

13-3.Paper Lifting Plate ................................................................................... M-45

1. 3rd Mirror 17. Image Transfer/Paper Separator

1. 3rd Mirror 17. Image Transfer/Paper Separator

1. 3rd Mirror 13. Synchronizing Roller

1. PC DRUM 8. PAPER SEPARATION

Drive Train for Lower Half of Copier Coupled to Exit/Duplex

Paper Exit Roller Drive

Main Drive Motor M2

Synchronizing Roller Clutch CL 1

<23 cpm Copier>

A The power cord is plugged into the outlet.

Power cord is plugged in.

B Power Switch is turned ON.

C The Fusing Unit temperature reaches 205°C.

Fusing Thermistor detects 205°C.

D The Start Key is pressed.

OFF 1st/2nd Drawer Paper Take-Up

E Paper is taken up.

1st/2nd Drawer Paper Take-Up Solenoid ON

Approx. 0.2 Image Erase Lamp LEDs ON/OFF control is started.

F A scan motion is completed.

SCEND signal: LOW

Approx. 0.3 Scanner starts return motion.

✽ For A4 crosswise, ×1.000

G The last paper moves past Transport Roller Sensor.

Transport Roller Sensor OFF

H The paper moves past 1st Paper Exit Sensor.

1st Paper Exit Sensor OFF

Corona Unit Cleaning PC Drum Coupled to Gear in

Developer Mixing Chamber

Paper Separator Fingers

Upper Synchronizing Roller

Paper Guide Plate

Developer Mixing Screw Drive Gear

Bucket Roller Drive Gear

Toner Recycling Coil

Toner Supply Port